HomeMy WebLinkAboutVAIL VILLAGE FILING 2 LOT E F VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER 2001 PHASE 1 EXPANSION BOOK 1-2 LEGALI DTVISION T.INDEX
l--ivision.......Section Title
DIVISION 7- THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
072 I O...........BUILDING INSULATION
07241 ........,,.EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM
074 I I ...........M8TAL ROOF PANELS
07 412....,,-.METAL WALL PANELS
0753 I,..........EPDM MEMBRANE ROOFINC
07620...........SH88T METAL FLASHING AND TRIM.
077 I O...........MANUFACTURED ROOF SPECIALTIES
07720...........ROOF ACCESSORIES
07760...........ROOF IPLAZA PAVER MATERIALS
07 8 I I ...........SPRAY8D FIRE-RESISTIVE MATERIALS
0784I .....,.....THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRE STOP SYSTEMS
m 920...........toINT SEALANTS
END
VNL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nsfr'uc tio n D o c um e nt s
15 October 2001
13
l0
11
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
t
Ir
I
HLM 98007r-04
I sEcrroNoT2ro BAILDING INSULATION
1-.SECTION O72IO - BUILDING INSULATION
I PARr r -.ENERAL
I r.r RELATEDDocuMENTs
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
I
Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes the following:
l. Foundation wall insulation (supporting backfill).
f| 2. Concealed building insulation.
I 3. Vapor retarders.
r B. Related Sections include the following:
I
I . Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete".2. Division 7 Section "Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems--Class PB" for insulation specified as
I pan of rnese syslems.
t 3. Division 7 Section "EPDM Membrane Roohng" for insulation specified as part of roofing
constructron.
1; -' 4. Division 9 Sections "Gypsum Board Assemblies" and "Gypsum Board Shaft-Wall Assemblies"
I for installation in metal-framed assemblies of insulation specified by reference to this Section.- 5. Division 15 Sections "Duct Insulation, Equipment Insulation, and "Pipe Insulation."
! 1.3 SUBMITTALS
I A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated, including product test reports performed by a qualifred
I independent testing agency complying with requirements.
I 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCEI
A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of building insulation through one source.
I B. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide insulation and related materials with the fire-test-response
characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated below by
I UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify
I materials with appropriate markings of applicahle testing and inspecting agency.
I. Surface-Burning Characteristics: ASTM E 84.
l| 2. Fire-Resistance Ratings: ASTM E I19.
I 3. Combustion Characteristics: ASTM E 136.
I I.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
-
l- HLM 980071-04 VAIL VALLEY MEDICALCENTER 07210-t
I Design Development Pricing Documents
15 October 2001
I
SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSALATION
Protect insulation materials fiom physical damage and from deterioration by moisture, soiling, and other
sources. Store inside and in a dry location. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for
handling, storing, and protecting during installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANI.]FACTURERS
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
l. Extruted-PolystyeneDrainagePanels:
a. Dow Chemical Company.
b. Owens Corning.
c. DiversiFoam Products.
d. Approved Equal.
Glass-Fiber Insulation:
a. Owens Corning.
b. Approved Equal.
Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation:
a. Firestone Building Products.
b. Apache Products Co.
c. Celotex Corporation.
d. Johns Manville Corporation.
e. Approved Equal.
C.
INSULATING MATERIALS
General: Provide insulating materials that comply with requirements and with referenced standards.
l. Preformed Units: Sizes to fit applications indicated; selected from manufacturer's standard
thicknesses, widths, and lengths.
Extruded-Polystyrene Drainagc Panels: ASTM C 578, of type and density indicated below, with
maximum flame-spread and smoke-developcd indices of 75 and 450, respectively:
L Owens Corning Foamular 250, square edge. 2" minimum thickness.
Unfaced, Glass-Fibcr Board Insulation: ASTMC5I8 for R-value, ASTM E 84 for Surface burning
Charactieristics and ASTM E 96 for Perm Rating. Minimum R-value = 19.
I . Owens Cornins Unfaced Thermal Batt Insulation.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
J.
B.
2.1
2.2
VAIL VAI,I,EY MEDICAL CENTER
Design Developme nt Pricing Documents
15 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 07210-2
t sECrroN o72ro BAII-DING INSUIATION
l--D. Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation: Roof insulation to be compatible with a Class A roof membrane
systcm. Provide a system that tapers to the roof drains as per drawings and has a minimum R-value of
30.
l. Firestone ISO 95+ roof insulation.
2.1 VAPOR RETARDERSIt A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements UL Class A Frre rating, provide one of the following:
I l. Vapor Retarder in Wall Cavity:
I a. Fortifiber Pyro Kure 600.
b. Griffolyn Type 55-FR
I c. Architect approved equal.
2. Vapor Rctarder under Concrete Slab on Crade:
a. Fortifiber Moistop Plus.
b. Griffolyn Type 65
c. Architect approved equal.
I B. Vapor-Retarder Tape: Pressure-sensitive tape of type recommended by vapor-retarder manufacturer forI sealingjoints and penetrations in vapor retarder.
2,4 AUXILIARY INSI,JLATING MATERIALS
l A. Adhesive for Bonding Insulation: Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation securely to
I substrates indicated without damaging insulation and substrates. Product to be as recommended byr insulatation board manufacturer.
I B. Protection Board: Premolded, semirigid asphalt/fiber composition board, l/4 inch thick, formed under
I heat and pressure, of standard sizes.
I 2.s TNsuLATToNATTAcHMENTt
A. Extruded Polvstvrene Insulation Board:
t l. Adhesively Attached per manufacturers recomrnendations
r B. Fiber glass Batt Insultation:
I l. Install per manufacturers recommendations.
I C. Vapor Rerarder in Caviry Wall:
I
l. Install as indicatcd on drawings, and per manufacturer's recommendations. Material to be
installed smooth without bunches in matcrial. Seam overlaps, edge sealing and sealing of
penetrations to be per manufacturers recommendations.
I
I
I
l-
I
I
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Design Development Pricing Docunents
15 October 2001
HLM 98007r-04 07210-3
SECTION 07210
Vapor Retarder under Concrete Slab on Grade
a. Install per manufacturers recommendations, laid smooth without folds or bunches of
material. Searn overlaps, edge sealing and sealing of penetrations to be per manufacturers
recommendations.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for Sections
in which substrates and related work are specified and other conditions affecting pcrformance.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
PREPARATION
Clean substrates of substances harmful to insulations or vapor retarders, including removing projections
capable of puncturing vapor retarders or of interfering with insulation attachment.
INSTALLATION, CENERAL
Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to producls and application
indicated.
Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled and that has not been left exposed at any time to
ice and snow.
Extend insulation in thickness indicated to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and lit tightly iuound
obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement.
Water-Piping and Electrical Devise Coordination: If water piping is located on inside of insulated
exterior walls, coordinate location of piping to ensure that it is placed on warm side of insulation and
insulation encapsulates piping. Fully Insulate around all devices within wall cavity.
Api;ly single layer of insulation to produce thickncss indicated, unless multiple layers are otherwise
shown or required to make up total thickness.
INSTALLATION OF PERIMETER INSULATION
On vertical surfaces, set units in adhesivc applied according to manufacturer's written instructions. Use
adhesive recommended by insulation manufacturer.
I . If not indicated, extend insulation a minimum of 48 inches below extcrior grade line.
Protcct below-grade insulation on vertical surfaces from damage during backfilling by applying
protection board. Set in adhcsivc according to insulation manufacturer's written instructions.
BT]ILDING INSUIATION I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D.
B.
A.
B.
C.
D,
A.
B.
J.l
-'t.z
3.3
3.4
VAIL VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
Design Development Pricing Documents
15 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 07210-4
I
I
SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSALATION
Protect top surface of horizontal insulation from damage during concrete work by applying protection
board.
INSTALLATION OF GENERAL BUILDING INSULATION
Apply insulation units to substrates by method indicated, complying with manufacturer'.s written
instructions. If no specific method is indicated, bond units to substrate with adhesive or use mechanical
anchorage to provide perrnanent placement and support of units.
Seal joints between closed-cell (nonbreathing) insulation units by applying adhesive, mastic, or sealant to
edges ofeach unit to form a tight seal as units are shoved into place. Fill voids in completed installation
with adhesive, mastic, or sealant a; recommended by insulation manufacturer.
Install mineral-fiber blankets in cavitics formed by framing members according to the following
requiremcnts:
I . Use blanket widths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing members. If more than one
length is required to fill cavity, provide lengths that will produce a snug fit between ends.2. Place blankets in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit between edges of
insulation and adjoining fiaming members.
3. For metal-framed wall cavities where cavity heights exceed 96 inches (2438 mm), support unfaced
blankets mechanically and support faced blankets by taping stapling flanges to flanges of metal
studs.
Install board insulation on concrete substrates by adhesive attachement as recommended by manufacturer.
INSTALLATION OF VAPOR RETARDERS
General: Extend vapor retarder to extremities of areas to be protected from vapor transmission. Secure
in place with adhesives or other anchorage system as recommended by manufacturer. Extend vapor
retarder to cover miscellaneous voids in insulated substrates, including those filled with loose-fiber
insulation.
Seal vertical joints in vapor retarders over framing as recommended by manufacturer.
Firmly attach vapor retarders to substrates with mechanical fasteners or adhesives as recommended by
vapor-retarder manufacturer.
Seal joints caused by pipes, conduits, electrical boxes, and similar items penetrating vapor retarders with
vapor-retarder tape to create an airtight seal between penetrating objects and vapor retarder.
Repair any tears or punctures in vapor retarders immediately before concealment by othcr work. Cover
with vapor-retarder tape or another layer of vapor retarder.
PROTECTION
Protect installed insulation and vapor retarders from damage due to harmful weather exposures, physical
abuse, and other causes. Provide temporary coverings or enclosures where insulation is subject to abuse
and cannot be concealed and protected by permanent construction immediately after installation.
B.
C.
D.
3.5I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
3.6l-
I
B.
c.
D.
A.
I
I
I
I
I
I
J--
I
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Design Development Pricing Docume nts
15 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 07210-s
SECTION O72IO
END OF SECTION 07210
BAILDING INSUI-ATION
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Design Development Pricing Docurflents
15 October 2001
HLM 98OO7I.M 07210-6
I SECTION 07241
A.
B.
1.2
I
I
I
T
I
I
SECTION 0724I - EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS - CLASS PB
PART I . GENERAL
t.l
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstruc tio n Do c ume nts
15 October 2001
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
This Section includes the following:
l. Exterior insulation and finish system (EIFS) applied over gypsum shearhing.
Related Scctions include the following:Division 3 Section "Concrete" for substrate behind system.2. Division 4 Section "Masonry" for substrate behind system.
2. Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for sealingjoints in system with elastomeric joint sealants.
4. Division 9 Section "Gypsum Sheathing" for gypsum sheathing behind system.
DEFINITIONS
Class PB Exterior Insulation and Finish System (EIFS) is defined by ASTM PS 49 as a "nonload bearing,
exterior wall cladding system that consists of an insulation board attached either adhesively,
mechanically, or both to the substrate; an integrally reinforced base coat; and a texture protective finish
coat."
Systems refer to Class PB EIFS.
System manufacturer refers to EIFS manufacturer.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
General: Provide systems that comply with the following performance requirements:
l. Bond Integrity: Free from bond failure within system components or between system and
supporting wall construction, resulting from exposure to fire, wind loads, weather, or other in-
service conditions.
2. Weathertightness: Resistant to water penetration from exterior into system and assemblies behindit or through them into interior of building that results in deterioration of thermal-insulating
effectiveness or other degradation of system and assemblies behind it, including substratcs,
supporting wall construction, and interior finish.
Physical Properties of Cltus PB System: Provide EIFS whose physical propenies and structural
performance comply with the following when tested per methods referenced:
EXTERIOR INSUI-ATION AND FINISH SVSTEMS
1.3
I
I
I
I
I
B.
c.
B.
I
I
I
HLM 980071-04 07241-1
SECTION 07241
-t.
4.
5.
t.
6.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each component ofEIFS specified.
EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS
Abrasion Resistanqe: Sample consisting of l-inch- thick EIFS mounted on l/2-inch thick gypsum
board; curcd for a nrinimum of 28 days; and showing no cracking, checking, or loss of film
integrity after exposure to 528 quarts of sand when tested per ASTM D 968, Method A.
Accelerated Weathering Characteristics: Sample of size suitable for test equipment and consisting
of l-inch- thick EIFS mounted on l/2-inch- thick gypsum board; cured for 28 days; and showing
no cracking, checking, crazing, erosion, blistering, peeling, or delamination after testing for 2000
hours when viewed under five times magnification per the following:
a. ASTM C 23, Method l.
b. ASTM G 53.
c. Either ASTM G 23, Method I or ASTM G 53.
Absorption-Freeze Resistance: No visible deleterious effects and negligible weight loss after 60
cycles per EIMA l0l.0l.
Mildcw Resistance: Sample consisting of finish coat applied to 2-by-2-inch clean glass substrate;
cured for 28 days; and showing no growth when tested per ASTM D 3273.
Salt-Spray Resistance: Sample consisting of l-inch- thick EIFS mounted on l/2-inch- thick
gypsum board; cured for 28 days; and showing no cracking, checking, crazing, erosion, blistering,
peeling, or delamination after testing for 300 hours per ASTM B I 17.
Tensile Adhesion: No failure in the adhesive, base coat, or finish coat. Minimum 5-psi tensile
strenglh before and after freeze-thaw and accelerated weathering tests per EIMA | 0l .03.
Water Penetration: Sample consisting of l-inch- thick EIFS mounted on ll?-inch- (12.7 -mm-
) thick gypsum board; cured for 28 days; and showing no water penetration into the plane of the
base coat to expanded polystyrene board interface of the test specimen after 15 minutes at 6.24
lbflsq. ft. of air pressure difference or 20 percent of positive design wind pressure, whichever is
greater, across the specimen during a test period when tested per EIMA 101.02.
Water Resislance: Sample consisting of l-inch- thick EIFS mounted on l/2-inch- thick gypsum
board; curcd for 28 days; and showing no cracking, checking, crazing, erosion, blistcring, pceling,
or delamination after testing for 14 days per ASTM D 2247.
Impact Resistance: Sample consisting of l-inch thick EIFS when constructed, conditioned, and
tested per EIMA 101.86; and meeting or exceeding the following impact classification and range:
a. Standard Impact Resistance: 25-49 inchlb.
Positive and Negative Wind-Load Performance: Sample assembly, 48 by 48 inches in size,
consisting of studs, sheathing, and l-inch thick EIFS; and showing capability to withstand wind
loads indicated when tested per ASTM E 330.
Wind Loads: Refer to structural sheathing requirements.
Normal thermal movement is defined as that resulting liom the following maximum change
(range) in ambient temperature. Base design calculation on surface temperatures of materials due
to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss.
a. Temperature Change (Range): l00degF.
Deflection: Limit deflection of framins members to less than U360 of the member.
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
7.
8.
9.
t0.
I t.
12.
13.
I .-5
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 07241-2
II SECTION 07241
B.
EXTERIOR INSUI-{TION AND FINISH SYSTEMS
Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturcr's color charts and small-scale samples consisting of units or
sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and pattcrns available for each finish choice
indicated.
l. Submit sealant manufacturer's standard bead samples consisting of strips of actual products
showing the full range ofcolors available.
Samples for Verification: 24-inch- square panels for cach finish, color, texture, and pattern specified.
Prepare samples using same tools and techniques intended for actual work.
l. Incorporate within €ach sample a typical control joint filled with sealant of color indicated or
selected.
Installer Certificates: Signed by system manufacturer certirying that installers comply with specified
requrrements.
Qualification Data: For firms and pcrsons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their
capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names
and address of architects and owners, and other information specified.
l. Insulation.
2. Joint sealants.
Compatibility and Adhesion Tcst Reports: From sealant manufacturer indicating that materials forming
joint substrates and joint sealant backings have been tested for compatibility and adhesion with joint
sealants. Include joint sealant manufacturer's written interpretation of test results relative to sealant
performance and recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed to obtain adhesion.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Installer Qualifications: Engagc an experienced installer wiro is certihed in writing by system
manufacturer as qualified to install manufacturer's system.
Manufacturer Qualifications: Engage a firm experienced in manufacturing systems similar to those
indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance.
Source Limitations: Obtain materials for system from one source and by a single manufacturer or by
manufacturers approved by EIFS manufacturer as compatible with other system components.
Fire-Test-Responsc Characteristics: Provide system assemblies and components with the following fire-
test-response characteristics as detcrmincd by testing identical products per test method indicated below
by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify
products with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency.
1. Flame Spread of Insulation Board and Finish Coats: 25 or less when tested individually per
ASTM E 84.
2. Smoke Developed of Insulation Board and Finish Coats: 450 or less when tested individually per
ASTM E 84.
DELIVERY, STORACE, AND HANDLINC
D.
E.
I
I
T
I
I
I
l-:
I
t
I
t
I
t
I
l-
I
F.
1.6
B.
D.
1.7
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Cowtruction Documeds
I5 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 07241-3
--:\
SECTION 07241
t.l0
A.
EXTBRIOR INSALA,TION AND FINISH SYSTEMS
Deliver materials in original, unopened packages with manufacturer's labels intact and clearly identifying
products.
Store materials inside and under cover; keep them dry and protectcd from the weather, direct sunlight,
surface contamination, aging, corrosion, damaging temperatures, construction traffic, and other causes.
l. Stack insulation board flatand off the eround.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Environmental Limitations: Do not install system when ambient outdoor air and substrate temperatures
are 40 deg F and falling unless temporary protection and heat are provided to maintain ambient
temperatures above 40 deg F during installation of wet materials and until they have dried thoroughly and
become weather resistant, but for at least 24 hours after installation.
COORDINATION AND SCHEDULINC
Coordinate installation of EIFS with related Work specified in other Sections to ensure that wall
assemblies, including sheathing, flashing, trim, joint sealers, windows, and doors, are protected against
damage from the effects of weather, age, conosion, moisture, and other causes. Do not allow water to
penetrate behind EIFS.
WARRANTY
Manufacturer's standard product and installation warranty.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering Class PB
systems that may be incorporated into thc Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. El Rey Stucco Company, Inc.
2. Dryvit Systems Inc.
3. EIFS Inc. Energex./V itricon.
4. Architect Approved Equal
MATERIALS
Compatibility: Providc substratcs, adhcsivc, board insulation, reinforcing meshes, base- and finish-coat
materials, sealants, and accessories that are compatible with one another and approved for use by system
manufacturer for Project.
Colors, Tcxturcs, and Pattcrns of Finish Coat: Comply with thc following rcquirements:
l. Color#l: El Rey Sandlewood Biege CJ-1002, Royal Course.
VAI L VAI,LEY M EDICAL CENTER
C o nstr uctio n D oc ume nts
I5 October 2001
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
A.
B.
A.
B.
1.8
1.9
2.1
2.2
HLM 98007r-04 07241-4
I
I
SECTION 07241
2.3 MIXINC
HLM 980071-04
EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS
2. Color #2: El Rey River Rock PF - 1565, Medium Classique.
3. Color #3: to match STO color #20616 with fine sand fininsh.
Adhesive for Application of Insulation: System manufacturer's standard formulation designed for
indicated use, compatible with substrate, and complying with the following rcquirements:
l. Factory-mixed formulation designed for adhesive attachment of insulation to substrates of type
indicated, as recommcnded by system manuf'acturer.
Molded-Polystyrene Board Insulation: Rigid, cellular thcrmal insulation formed by expansion of
polystyrene resin beads or granules in a closed mold. Comply with system manufacturer's requirements,
ASTM C 578 for Type I, and "EIMA Cuideline Specification for Expanded Polystyrene (EPS) Insulation
Board" for more stringent requirements for material performance and qualities of insulation, including
dimensions and permissible variations, and the following:
l. Before cutting and shipping, age insulation in block form by air drying for not less than six weeks
or by another method approved by EIMA that produces equivalent results.2. Provide insulation in boards not more than 24 by 48 inches and in thickness indicated but not more
than 4 inches or less than that allowed by ASTM PS 49.
Reinforcing Mesh: Balanced, alkali-resistant, open-weave glass-fiber mesh treated for compatibility with
other system materials, made liom continuous multiend strands with retained mesh tensile strength of not
less than 120 lbflin per EIMA 105.01, complying with ASTM D 578 and the following requirements for
minimum weieht:
Standard Rcinforcing Mesh: Not less than 4.0 oz./sq. yd.
Detail Reinforcing Mesh: Not less than 4 oz.lsq. yd.
Corner Reinforcing Mesh: Not less than 7 .2 oz./sq. yd.
Base-Coat Materials: System manufacturer's standard mixture complying with the following
requirements for material composition and method of combining materials:
l. Factory-blended dry formulation of portland cement, dry polymer admixture, and inert fillers to
which only water is added at Project site.
Finish-Coat Materials: System manufacturer's standard mixture complying with the following
rcquirements for material composition and method of combining materials:
l. Factory-mixed formulation of polymcr-emulsion binder, colorfast mineral pigments, sound stone
particles, and fillers..
Water: Potable
Trim Accessories: Type as designated or required to suit conditions indicated and to comply with system
manufacturcr's written requirements, manufactured from vinyl plastic and complying with
ASTM C I063.
z-
Casing Bead: Prefabricated one-piece type for attachment behind insulation, of depth required to
suit thickness of coating and insulation, with face leg perforated for bonding to coating.
Drip Screed: Prefabricated one-piccc type for attachment behind insulation, of depth required to
suit thickness of coating and insulation, with face leg perforated for bonding to coating and
extended to form a drip.
D.
I
I
I
I
t
I l.
2.
J.
F.
l.
G.I
I
t
I
t
I
t-
I
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstruc tion Do c am e nts
15 October 2001
I
0724L-s
SECTION 07241 EXTERIOR INSALATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS
General: Comply with system manufacturcr's rcquirements for combining and mixing materials. Do not
introduce admixtures, water, or other materials except as recommended by system manufacturer. Mix
materials in clean containers. Use materials within time period specified by system manufacturer or
discard.
SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
Correct deficiencies in or rcplace EIFS pancls that inspections and test reports indicate do not comply
with requirements.
Additional inspection and testing, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of
corrected Work with requirements.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for
installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of system. Proceed with installation of
system only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
PREPARATION
Protect contiguous work from moisture deterioration and soiling caused by application of systems.
Provide temporary covering and other protection needed to prevent spattering of exterior finish coats on
other work.
Protect system, substrates, and wall construction behind them from inclement weather during installation.
Prcvent infiltration of moisture behind system and deterioration of substrates.
Prepare and clean substrates to comply with system manufacturer's written requirements to obtain
optimum bond between substrate and adhesive for insulation.
INSTALLATION
Comply with ASTM PS 49 and system manufacturer\ written instructions for installation of system as
applicable to each type of substrate indicated.
Apply trim accessories at perimcter of systcm, at expansion joints, and clscwhcrc, as indicatcd. Usc drip
screed at bottom edge of system, unless otherwise indicated. Use casing beads at other locarions.
Adhesively attach insulation to comply with ASTM PS 49, system manufacturerl written requirements,
and the following:
l. Apply adhesive to insulation by notched-trowel method in a manner that results in adhesive's
coating the entire surface of concrete and gypsum sheathing once insulation is adhered to
substratc. Apply adhcsivc to a hcight of not lcss than l/4 inch for factory mixcd and not less than
3/8 inch for field mixed, measured from the surface of the insulation board before Dlacement.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstruc tio n Doc ume nts
I5 October 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
A.
B.
B.
B.
C.
3.1
3.2
-t. -1
HLM 980071-04 07241-6
z-
I
I
SECTION 07241 EXTERIOR INSUIA.TION AND FINISH SYSTEMS
Allow adhered insulation to remain undisturbed for period recommended by system manufacturer,
but not less than 24 hours, before beginning rasping and sanding insulation, or applying base coat
and reinforcing mesh.
a. Steel Framing: 5/16 inch.
Apply insulation boards over dry substrates in courses with long edges oriented horizontally.
Begin first course from a level base line and work upward.
Stagger vertical joints in successive courses to produce running bond pattcrn. Locatc joints so no
piece of insulation is less than l2 inches wide or 6 inches high. Offset joints nor less than 6 inches
from corners of window and door openings.
a. Ollset joints of insulation not less than 6 inches from horizontal and 4 inches from vertical
joints in sheathing.
b. Offsetjoints of insulation not less than 4 inches from aesthetic reveals.
Intcrlock ends at internal and external comers.
Abut boards tightly at joints within and between each course to produce flush, continuously even
surfaces without gaps or raised edges between insulation boards. If gaps greater than l/16 inch
occur, fill with insulation cut to fit gaps exactly; insert insulation without using adhesive or other
material.
cut insulation to fit openings, corners, and projections precisely and to produce edges and shapes
complying with details indicated.
Rasp or sand flush entire surface of insulation to remove irregularities projecting more than l/32
inch from surface of insulation and to rcmovc yellowed areas due to sun exposure; do not create
depressions deeper than l/16 inch.
Install foam shapes attached to supporting substrate, where indicated.
Interrupt insulation for expansion joints where indicated.
Form joints for sealant application by leaving gaps between adjoining insulation edges and
between insulation edges and dissimitar adjoining surfaces. Make gaps wide enough to produce
joint widths indicated after encapsulating joint substrates with base coat and reinforcing mesh.
Treat exposed edges of insulation board as follows:
a. Wrap mesh of width required to extend not less than 2-ll2 inches onto substrate behind
insulation board, cover insulation board edge, and extend not less than 2-ll2 inches onto
insulation board face.
b. Wrap edges of insulation board forming substrates of sealant joints within system or
between systcm and other work by encapsulating with base coat and reinforcing mesh.13. Coordinate flashing installation with installation of insulation to producc a wall system that does
not allow water to penetrate behind protective coating.
Install expansionjoints at locations indicated, where required by system manufacturer, and as follows:
l. Where expansion joints are indicated in substrates behind EIFS.2. Where EIFS adjoins dissimilar substrates, matcrials, and construction.3. Where wall he ight changes.
Apply base coat to exposed surfaces of insulation and direct to concrete masonry units in minimum
thickness recommended in writing by system manufacturer, but not less than l/16-inch drv-coat
thickness.
F. Embed reinforcing mesh of type indicated below in wet base coat to produce wrinkle-free installation
with mesh continuous at corners and overlapped not less than 2-l/2 inches or othcrwise treated atjoints to
comply with ASTM PS 49 and systcm manufacturer's writtcn rcquircments. Do not lap reinlbrcing mesh
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o ns lruc tio n Doc ume nts
15 October 2(Ml
7.
8.
I
I
I
I
I
I
12.
D.
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
-).
A
5.
6.
9.
10.
ll.
I
HLM 980071-04 07241-7
r i.;:'
SECTION 07241 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
C.
A.
B.
3.4
-J. )
Shapes: Fully embed reinforcing mesh in base coat.
Apply finish coat over dry base coat. maintaining a wet
thickness required by system manufacturer to produce a
approved sample.
EXTERIOR INSAIA.TION AND FINISH SYSTEMS
edge at all times for uniform appearance, in
uniform finish of color and texture matchins
within 8 inches ol'corners. Completely embed mesh, applying additional base-coat material if necessary,
so reinforcing-mesh color and pattern are not visible.
l. Standard reinforcing mesh, unless othcrwisc indicatcd.
Additional Reinforcing Mesh: Apply strip reinforcing mesh around openings extcnding 4 inchcs beyond
perimeter. Apply additional 9-by-12-inch strip reinforcing mesh diagonally at corners of openings (re-
entrant corners). Apply 8-inch- wide strip reinforcing mesh at both inside and outside comers, unless
base layer of mesh is lapped not less than 4 inches on each side of corners.
L Embed strip reinforcing mesh in base coat before applying first layer of reinforcing mesh.
INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS
Prepare joints and apply sealants, of type and at locations indicated, to comply with applicablc
requirements in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" and in "EIMA Guide for Use of Sealants with
Exterior Insulation and Finish Svstems. Class PB."
1.
2.
J.
n
5.
6.
Clean surfaces to receive sealants to comply with indicated requirements and system
manufacturer's w tten instructions.
Apply primer recommended in writing by sealant manufacturer for surfaces to be sealed.
Install sealant backing to control depth and configuration of sealant joint and to prevent sealant
from adhering to back ofjoint.
Apply masking tape to protect areas adjacent to sealant joints. Remove tape immediately after
tooling joints, without disturbing joint seal.
Recess sealant sufficiently from surface of system so an additional sealant application, including
backing rod, can be installed without protruding beyond system surface.
Apply joint sealants after base coat has cured but before applying finish coat.
CLEANING AND PROTECTING
Remove temporary covering and protection of othcr work. Promptly remove coating materials from
window and door frames and other surfaces outside areas indicated to receive system coatings.
Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to Installer and system
manufacturer, that ensure system is without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial
Completion.
END OF SECTION 0724I
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C onstructio n Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 07241-8
I sECrroNoT4tr
I
METAL ROOF PANEI^S
B. Related Sections include the following:
l. Division 5 Section "Steel Deck" for steel roofdeck supporting metal roof panels.
2. Division 5 Section "Cold-Formed Metal Framing" for secondary support framing supporting metal
roof panels.
3. Division 7 Section "Metal Wall Panels" for factory-formed metal soffit panels.
4. Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for fasciae, copings, flashings and other sheet
metal work not part of metal roof panel assemblies.
5. Division 7 Section "Manufactured Roof Specialties" for fasciae and copings not part of metal roof
panel assemblies.
6. Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for field-applicd sealants not otherwise specified in this
Section.
^
sEcTroN0T4ll -METALROOFPANELS
r,.,,'
I PART I.GENERAL
I I.I RELATEDDOCUMENTS
I A. Drawings and gencral provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
I Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
I t.2 suMMARYI
A. This Section includes the followins:
I l. Factory-formcd and field-assembled, standing-seam metal roof panels.
2. Factory-formed and -assembled, snow retention system for standing-seam metal roofpanels.
I
I
II I.3 DEFINITIONS
I
A. Metal Roof Pancl Assembly: Metal roof panels, attachment system components, misccllaneous metal
I framing, thermal insulation, and accessories necessary for a compiete weatheitight roofing system.I
B. Solar Flux: Direct and diffuse radiation from the sun received at ground levcl over the solar spectrum,
I expressed in watts per square metcr.
- C. Solar Reflectance: Fraction of solar flux reflected by a surfacc, expressed as a percent or within the range
of 0.00 and I .00.
r
1.4 PERFORMANCEREQUIREMENTS
I A. General: Provide metal roof panel assemblies that comply with pcrformance requirements specified asr determincd by testing manufaiturers' standard assemblies similar to those indicated for this Project, by a
qualified testing and inspecting agcncy.II B. Air Infiltration: Air leakage through assembly of not morc than 0.06 cfnr/sq. ft. (0.3 L/s per sq. m) of
roof arca when tested according to ASTM E 1680 at the following test-pressure diffcrence:
a -,,' HLM gt007t-04 vATLvALLEy MEDICALCENTER 074u-rf Construction Documents
15 October 2001
I
I
SECTION 07411 METAL ROOF PANELS
l. Test-Pressure Difference: Negative 1.57 lbf/sq. ft. (75 Pa).
2. Test-Pressure Difference: Positivc and negative [.57 lbf/sq. ft. (75 Pa).
3. Positive Preload TesrPressure Difference: Greater than or equal to 15.0 lbf/sq. ft. (720 Pa) and
the greater of 75 percent of building live load or 50 percent of building dcsign positive wind-
pressure difference.
4. Negativc Preload Test-Pressure Diffcrence: 50 percent of design wind-uplift-pressure difference.
Water Penetration: No water penetration when tested according to ASTM E 1646 at the following test-
pressure difference:
I . Test-Pressure Difference: 2.86 lbflsq. ft. (137 Pa).
2. Test-Pressure Differencc: 20 pcrccnt of positive design wind pressure, but not less than 6.24
lbf/sq. ft. (300 Pa) and not more than 12.0 lbf/sq. ft. (575 Pa).
3. Positive Preload Test-Pressure Difference: Greater than or equal to 15.0 lbf/sq. ft. (72O Pa) and
the greater of 75 percent of building live load or 50 percent of building design positive wind-
pressure difference.
4. Negative Preload Test-Pressure Difference: 50 percent of design wind-uplift-pressure difference.
D. Watcr Absorption: Maximum 1.0 percent absorption rate by volume when tested according to
ASTM C 209.
Wind-Uplift Resistance: Provide metal roof panel assemblies that comply with UL 580 for wind-uplift
resistance class indicated.
FMG Listing: Provide metal roof panels and component materials that comply with requirements in
FMG 447 | as part of a panel roofing system and that are listed in FMG's "Approval Guide" for Class I or
noncombustible construction, as applicable. Identi$ materials with FMG markings.
Fire/Windstorm Classification: Class lA-90.
Hail Resistance: MH.
Thermal Movements: Provide metal roof panel assemblies that allow for thermal movements resulting
from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures by preventing
buckling, opening ofjoints, overstressing of components, failure ofjoint sealants, failure of connections,
and other detrimental ef'fects. Base engineering calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to
both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss.
l. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 dcg C), material
surfaces.
Thermal Performance: Provide insulated metal roof panel assemblies with thermal-resistance value (R-
value) indicated when tested according to ASTM C 236 or ASTM C 518.
Solar Reflectance for Roofs with Slopes of 2:12 or Less: Initial solar reflectance of not less than 0.65
when tested according to ASTM E 903, and maintained, under normal conditions, solar reflectance of not
Iess than 0.50 lbr 3 years after installation.
Solar Reflectance for Roofs with Slopes Steeper Than 2:12: lnitial solar reflectance of not less than 0.25
when tested according to ASTM E 903, and maintained, under normal conditions, solar reflectance not
less than 0.15 lbr 3 years alier installation.
SUBMITTALS
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
l.
z-
F.
G.
1.5
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o ns truc tio n Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 07411-2
I
I
c.
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION O74II METAL ROOF PANELS
Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components
and profiles, and finishes for each type of mctal roof panel and accessory.
B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation layouts of mctal roof panels; details of edge
conditions, joints, panel profiles, corners, anchorages, trim, flashings, closures, and accessories; and
special details. Distinguish bctween factory- and field-assembled work.
I . Accessories: Include details of the following items, at a scale of not less than I - l/2 inches per 12
inches(l:10):
a. Flashing and trim.
b. Gurtcrs.
c. Downspouts.
d. Roof curbs.
e. Snow guards.
2. For installed products indicated to comply with design loads, include structural analysis data
signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for thcir preparation.
Coordination Drawings: Roof plans drawn to scale and coordinating penetrations and roof-mounted
items. Show the following:
l. Roof panels and attachments.
2. Purlins and rafters.
3. Roof-mounted items including roof hatches, equipment suppons, pipe supports and penetrations,
lighting fixtures, snow guards, and items mounted on roof curbs.
Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of metal roof panel indicated with factory-applied color
finishes.
l. Include similar Samples of trim and accessories involving color selection.
Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required, prepared on Samples of size
indicated below.
l. Metal Roof Panels: 12 inches (300 mm) long by actual panel width. Include fasteners, closures,
and other metal roof panel accessories.
2. Translucent Panels: l 2 inches (300 mm) long by actual panel width.
3. Trim and Closures: l2 inchcs (3()0 mrn) long. Include fasteners and other exposed acccssories.4. Vapor Retarders: 6-inch- ( 150-mm-) square Samples.
5. Accessories: l2-inch- (300-mm-) long Samples for each type of accessory.
Field quality-control inspection reports.
Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests pcrformed by a qualified testing
agency, for the following:
L Metal Roof Panels: Include reports for air infiltration, water penetration, and structural
performance.
2. Insulation and Vapor Retarders: Include reports for thermal resistance, firc-test-response
characteristics, water-vapor transmission, and water absorption.
Maintcnancc Data: For metal roof panels to include in maintenance manuals.
l-
D.
I
I
I
I
I
I
F.
G.
H.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Doc ume nts
15 October 2001t
I
HLM 98007r-04 07411-3
SECTION O74II I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
D.
1.6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t_
C.
METAL ROOF PANELS
Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and approved by manufacturer.
l. Installer's responsibilities include fabricating and installing metal roof panel assemblies and
providing professional engineering services needed to assume engineering responsibility.
2. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of data for metal roof panels, including Shop Drawings,
based on testing and engineering analysis of manufacturer's standard units in assemblies similar to
those indicated for this Project.
Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM E 329 for testing indicated, as documented
according to ASTM E 548.
Source Limitations: Obtain each type of metal roof panels through one source from a single
manufacturer.
Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of metal roof panels
and are based on the specific system indicated. Refer to Division I Section "Product Requirements."
l. Do not modify intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except with Architect's
approval. If modifications are proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for
review.
Fire-Resistance Ratings: Where indicated, providc rnetal roof panels identical to those of assemblies
tested for fire resistance per ASTM E I 19 by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities
having jurisdiction.
l. Combustion Characteristics: ASTM E 136.
2. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Indicated by design designations from UL's "Fire Resistance Directory"
or fiom the listings of another testing and inspecting agency.
3. Metal roof panels shall bc identified with appropriate markings of applicable testing and
inspecting agency.
Surface-Burning Characteristics: Provide insulated metal roof panels having insulation core matcrial
with the following surface-burning characteristics as determined by testing identical products per
ASTM E 84 by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction:
l. Flame-Sprcad Indcx: 25 or lcss, unless othcrwise indicated.
2. Smoke-Developed Index: 450 or less, unless otherwise indicated.
Preliminary Roofing Conference: Before starting roof construction, conduct conference at Project sitc.
Comply with requirements for preinstallation conferences in Division I Section "Project Management
and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to roof construction and metal roof panels
including, but not linrited to, the lbllowing:
l. Mcct with Owncr, Architcct, Owncr's insurer if applicable, testing and inspecting agency
representative, metal roof panel Installer, metal roof panel manufacturer's representative Installer,
and installers whose work interfaces with or affects metal rool'panels including installers of roof
acccssorics and roof-mountcd equipmcnt.
2. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer!
personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid dclays.
I
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstruction Doc uments
15 October 2001
HLM 9EOO7I-04 07411-4
I
I
SECTION 07411
PART 2. PRODUCTS
HLM 98007t-04
METAL ROOF PANELS
Review methods and procedures related to metal roof panel installation, including manufacturer's
written instructions.
Examine conditions for compliance with requirements, including flatncss and attachment to
structural members.
Review structural loading limitations of during and after roofing.
Review flashings, special roof details, roof drainage, roof penetrations, equipment curbs, and
condition of other construction that will affect metal roof panels.
Review governing regulations and requirements for insurance, certificates, and testing and
inspecting if applicable.
Review temporary protection requirements for metal roofpanels during and after installation.
Review roof obscrvation and repair procedures after metal roof panel installation.
COORDINATION
Coordinate installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations, which are specified in
Division 7 Section "Roof Accessories."
Coordinate metal panel roof assemblies with rain drainage work, flashing, trim, and construction of
parapets, walls, and other adjoining work to provide a leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation.
3.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
B.
1.7
1.8
I
I
I
I
I
I
WARRANTY
Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form
components of metal roof panel assemblies that
in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace
fail in materials or workmanship within specified
B.
wananty period.
1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Structural failures, including rupturing, cracking, or puncturing.
b. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering.
Special Wananty on Panel Finishes: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrces to
repair finish or replace metal roof panels that show evidencc of deterioration of factory-applied finishes
within spccified wananty period.
l. Fluoropolymer Finish: Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following:
a. Color fading more than 5 Hunter units when tested according to ASTM D 2244.
b. Chalking in excess ofa No. 8 rating when tested according to ASTM D 4214.
c. Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal.
2. Finish Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion.
Special Weathertightness Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to
rcpair or replace metal roof panel assemblies that fail to remain weathertight, including leaks, within
specified wananty period.
l. Weathertight Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.
C.
I
t
I
I
I
I
l--'VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstructio n Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
I
07411-5
,---./
SECTION O74II METAL ROOF PANELS
MANUFACTURERS
In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requiremenls apply for product
selection:
l.Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated
into the Work include, but are not limited to, the products specified.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offcring
products that may bc incorporated into the Work include, but are not limitcd to, the manufacturers
specified.
Basis-of-Design Product: The design for each metal roof panel specified is based on the product
named. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide either the namcd product or a
comparable product by one of the other manufacturers specificd.
PANEL MATERIALS
Aluminum Sheet: Coil-coated sheet, ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), with temper as required to suit
forming operations and structural performance required.
a. Aluminum panel: Snap-Clad Panels by Peterson Aluminim. .04 3105-Hl4 aluminum with
a standing seam at 16" oc.
2. Surface: Smooth, flat finish.
3. Exposed Finishes: Apply the following coating, as specified or indicated on Drawings.
a. Kynar 500 - Medium Bronze by PAC-CLAD Steel.
4. Concealed Finish: Apply pretreatment and manufacturer's standard white or light-colored acrylic
or polyester backer finish, consisting of prime coat and wash coat with a minimum total dry film
thickness of 0.5 mil (0.013 mm).
Panel Sealants:
L Sealant Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, gray polyisobutylene compound sealant tape
with release-paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining tape ll2
inch (13 mm) wide and 1/8 inch (3 mm) thick.
Joint Scalant: ASTM C 920; elastomeric polyurethane, polysulfide, or silicone sealant; of type,
grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in metal rool' panels and rcmain
weathertight; and as recommended in writing by mecal roof panel manufacturer.
Butvl-Rubber-Based. Solvent-Release Sealant: ASTM C I 3l l.
UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS
Felts: ASTM D 226, 30# asphalt-saturated organic felts.
2,4 SUBSTRATE BOARDS
A. 5/8" exterior grade non-combustible plywood.
B. Substrate-Board Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and nrctal or plastic plates complying with
corrosion-resistance provisions in FMG 4470, dcsigncd for fastening substrate board to substrate.
VAI L VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
Co nstruction Doc ume nts
I5 October 2001
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
z-
J.
3.
B.
2.1
2.2
z-:t
HLM 98007r-04 07411-6
2.5
I
I
SECTION O74II METALROOF PANEIS
MISCELLANEOUS METAL FRAMING
General: Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated.
l. Steel Sheet Components: Complying with ASTM C 645 requirements for metal and with
manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant zinc coating.
Fasteners for Metal Framing: Of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power, and other
properties required to fasten steel members to substrates.
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
Fasteners: Self-tapping screws, bolts, nuts, self-locking rivets and bolts, end-welded studs, and other
suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads. Provide exposed fasteners with heads matching
color of metal roof panels by means of plastic caps or factory-applied coating.
l. Fasteners for Roof Panels: Self-drilling or self-tapping, zinc-plated, hex-head carbon-steel screws,
with a stainless-steel cap or zinc-aluminum-alloy head and EPDM or neoprene sealing washer.2. Fasteners for Roof Panels: Self-drilling or self-tapping 410 stainless or zinc-alloy steel hex
washer head, with EPDM or PVC washer under heads of fasteners bearing on weather side of
metal roof panels.
3. Fasteners for Flashing and Trim: Blind fasteners or self-drilling screws with hex washer head.4. Blind Fasteners: High-strength aluminum or s[ainless-steel rivets.
Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt mastic, SSPC-Paint 12, compounded for lS-mil (0.4-mm) dry
film thickness per coat. Provide inert-type noncorrosive compound free of asbestos fibers, sulfur
components, and other deleterious impurities.
2.7 STANDING-SEAM METAL ROOF PANELS
A. General: Provide factory-formed metal roof panels designed to be field assembled by lapping and
interconnecting raised side edges of adjacent panels with joint type indicated and mechanically attaching
panels to supports using concealed clips in side laps. Include clips, cleats, pressure plates, and
acccssories required for weathertight installation.
l. Steel Panel Systems: Unless more stringent requirements are indicated, comply with
ASTM E 1514.
2. Aluminum Panel Systems: Unless more stringent requirements are indicated, comply with
ASTM E 1637.
B. Vertical-Rib, Snap-Joint, Standing-Seam Metal Roof Panels : Formed with vertical ribs at panel edges
and between ribs; designed for sequential installation by mechanically attaching panels to supports using
concealed clips located under one side of panels and engaging opposite edge of adjacent panels, and
snapping panels together.
l. Basis-of-Design Product: PAC-CLAD, "Snap On Panels" by Peterson Aluminum Corporation or
a comparable product of one of the following:
2. Manufacturers:
a. AEP-Span.
b. BerridgeManufacturingCompany.
c. Approved equal.
VAIL VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
C onstructio n Doc un e nts
15 October 2(Ml
B.
2.6
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
HLM 980071-04 07411-7
SECTION O74II I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
3.
B.
D.
2.8
METALROOF PANEIS
5.
Material: Aluminum sheet, [0.032 inch (0,E mm)] t0.0a0 inch (1.0 mm)l thick.
a. Exterior Finish: Kynar 500.
b. Color: Medium Bronze as per PAC-CLAD Steel.
Batten: Same material, finish, and color as roof panels.
Clips: Floating to accommodate thermal movement.
ACCESSORIES
Roof Panel Accessories: Provide components required for a complete metal roof panel assembly
including trim, copings, fasciae, corner units, ridge closures, clips, flashings, sealants, gaskcts, fillers,
closure strips, and similar items. Match material and finish of metal roof panels, unless otherwise
indicated.
L Closures: Provide closures at eaves and ridges, fabricated of same metal as metal roof panels.
2. Clips: Minimum 0.0625-inch- (l.6-mm-) thick, stainless-steel panel clips designed to withstand
negativeload requirements.
3. Cleats: Mechanically seamcd cleats formed from minimum 0.0250-inch- (0.64-mm-) thick,
stainless-steel or nylon-coated aluminum sheet.
4. Backing Plates: Provide metal backing plates at panel end splices, fabricated from material
recommended by manufacturer.
5. Closure Strips: Closed-cell, expanded, cellular, rubber or crosslinked, polyolefin-foam or closed-
cell laminated polyethylene; minimum I -inch- (25-mm-) thick, flexible closure strips; cut or
premolded to match metal roof panel profile. Provide closure strips where indicated or necessary
to ensure weathertight construction.
Flashing and Trim: Formed from 0.0179-inch- (0.45-mm-) thick, zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet or
aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet prepainted with coil coating. Provide flashing and trim as
required to seal against weather and to provide finished appearance. Locations include, but are not
limited to, eaves, rakes, corners, bases, framed openings, ridges, fasciae, and fillers. Finish flashing and
trim with same finish system as adjacent metal roof panels.
Gutters: Formed from 0.0179-inch- (0.45-mm-) thick, zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet or aluminum-
zinc alloy-coated steel sheet prepainted with coil coating. Match profile of gable trim, complete with end
pieces, outlet tubes, and othcr special pieces as required. Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- (2400-mm-)
long sections, sized according to SMACNAb "Architectural Shcct Metal Manual." Furnish gutter
supports spaced 36 inches (900 mm) o.c., fabricated from same metal as gutters. Provide bronze, copper,
or aluminum wirc ball strainers at outlets. Finish gutters to match.
Downspouts: Formed from 0.0179-inch- (0.45-mm-) thick, zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet or
aluminum-zinc alloy-coatcd steel sheet prepainted with coil coating; in l0-foot- (3-m-) long sections,
complete with formed elbows and offsets. Finish downspouts to match mctal roof panels.
Roof Curbs: Fabricated from 0.0478-inch- (1.2-mm-) thick, zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet or
aluminum-zinc alloy-coatcd stccl sheet prepainted with coil coating; with welded top box and bottom
skirt, and integral full-length cricket. Fabricate curb subframing of minimum 0.0598-inch- ( 1.5-mm-)
thick, angle-, C-, or Z-shaped steel sheet. Fabricatc curb and suhframing to withstand indicated loads, of
size and height indicatcd. Finish roofcurbs to match metal roof panels.
| . Insulate roof curb with | -inch- (25-mm-) thick, rigid insulation.
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o ns truc tio n Doc ame nts
IS October 2001
HLM 98007r-04 07411-8
I SECTION O74II
F.
METAL ROOF PANELS
Snow Cuards: Prefabricated, noncorrosive units designed to bc installed without penetrating metal roof
panels, and complete with predrilled holes, clamps, or hooks for anchoring.
I' Scam-Mounted, Bar-Type Snow Guards: stainless-steel rods or bars held in place by stainless-
steel clamps attached to vertical ribs of standing-seam metal roofpanels.
a. Stainless-Steel Finish: Kynar finish to match roofing system
b. Producrs: SNOBAR by Riddell & Company or approved equal.
Pipe Flashing: Premolded, EPDM pipe collar with flexible aluminum ring bonded to base.
FABRICATION
Ceneral: Fabricate and finish metal roof panels and accessories at lhe factory to greatcst extent. possible,
by manufacturerl standard procedurcs and processes, as necessary to fulfill indicated performance
requirements demonstrated by laboratory testing. Comply with indicated profiles and with dimensional
and structural requirements.
Provide panel profile, including major ribs and intermediate stiffening ribs, if any, for full length of panel.
Where indicated, fabricate metal roof panel joints with factory-installed captive gaskcts or separator strips
that provide a tight seal and prevent metal-to-metal contact, in a manner that will minimize noise from
movements within panel assembly.
Sheet Metal Accessories: Fabricate flashing and trim to comply with recommendations in SMACNA'S
"Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to the design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics
of item indicated.
Form exposed sheet metal accessories that are without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool
marks and that are true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems.
Seams for Aluminum: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Form seams and seal
with epoxy seam sealer. Rivet joints for additional strength.
Seams for Other Than Aluminum: Fabricate nonmovins seams
seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder.
Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion but movable joints in metal
sealant to comply with SMACNA standards.
5.
6.
Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions whcre possible. Exposed fasteners are not allowed on
faces of accessories exposcd to view.
Fabricatc cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or from
compatible, noncorrosive metal recommended by metal roof panel manufacturer.
a. Size: As recommended by SMACNA's "Architectural Shect Metal Manual" or metal roof
panel manufacturer for application but not less than thickness of metal bcing secured.
FINISHES, CENERAL
Comply with NAAMM'.s "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for
recommendations fbr applying and designating finishes.
Protect mechanical and painted finishes on exposed surfaccs fiorn damage by applying a strippable,
temporary protective covering beforc shipping.
c.
B.
c.
2.9
I
I
t
I
I
I
J.
A
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D.
l.
2.10
A.
B.
in accessories with flarlock
to accommodate elastomeric
I-
t
VAIL VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
Co nstruc tio n D oc u me nts
15 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 07411-9
SECTION 07411 METALROOFPANELS I
Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if
they are within one-hall'of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in the same piece are
not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range
of approved Samples and are asse mtrled or installed to minimize contrast.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requiremcnts for
installation tolerances, metal roof panel supports, and other conditions affecting performance of work.
l. Examine primary and secondary roof framing to veriry that rafters, purlins, angles, channels, and
other structural panel support members and anchorages have been installed wilhin alignment
tolerances required by metal roof panel manufacturer.
2. Examine solid roof sheathing to verify that sheathing joints are supported by framing or blocking
and that installation is within flatness tolerances required by metal roof panel manufacturer.
3. For the record, prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to
performance of work.
Examine roughing-in for componcnts and systems penetrating metal roof panels to verify actual locations
ofpenetrations relative to seam locations of metal roof panels before metal roof panel installation.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been conected.
PREPARATION
Clean substrates of substances harmful to insulation, including removing projections capable of
interfering with insulation attachment.
Substrate Board: Install substrate boards over roof deck on entirc roof surface. Attach with substrate-
board fasteners.
l. Install substratc board with long joints in continuous straight lines, perpcndicular to roof slopes
with end joints staggered between rows. Tightly butt substrate boards together.
2. Comply with UL requirements for fire-rated construction.
Install flashings and other sheet metal to comply with requirements spccified in Division 7 Section "Sheet
Metal Flashing and Trim."
Install fasciae and copings to comply with requirements specified in Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal
Flashing and Trim."
Miscellaneous Framing: Install subpurlins, cavc angles, furring, and other miscellaneous roof pancl
support members and anchoragc according to metal roof panel manufacturer\ written rccommendations.
UNDERLAYMENT INSTALLAT]ON
A. Felt Underlayment:
roof panels, unless
HLM 980071-04
Install felt underlayment and building-papcr slip sheet on roof sheathing under metal
otherwise rccommcnded by metal roof panel manufacturer. Usc adhesive for
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstruction Doc ume nts
I5 October 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
C.
B.
B.
c.
D.
3.1
3.2
-1. -1
07411-10
I
I
B.
C.
3.4
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION O74II
C.
METALROOF PANELS
temporary anchorage, where possible, to minimize use of mechanical fasteners undcr metal roof panels.
Apply at locations indicated on Drawings, in shingle fashion to shed water, with lapped joints of not less
than 2 inches (50 mm).
l. Apply liom eave to ridge.
2. Apply on roof not covered by self-adhering sheet underlayment. Lap cdges of self-adhering sheet
underlayment not less than 3 inches (75 mm), in shingle fashion to shed water.
Install flashings to cover underlayment to comply with requirements specified in Division 7 Section
"Sheet Mctal Flashing and Trim."
Apply slip sheet over underlayment before installing metal roofpanels.
METAL ROOF PANEL INSTALLATION. GENERAL
General: Provide metal roof panels of full length from eave to ridge, unless otherwise indicated or
restricted by shipping limitations. Anchor metal roof panels and other components of the Work securely
in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement.
l. Field cutting ofmetal roof panels by torch is not permitted.
2. Install panels perpendicular to purlins.
3. Rigidly fasten eave end of metal roof panels and allow ridge end free movement due to thermal
expansion and contraction. Predrill panels.
4. Provide metal closures at [each sidc ofridge caps.
5. Flash and seal metal roof panels with weather closues at eaves, rakes, and at perimeter of all
openings. Fasten with self-tapping screws.
6. Locate and space fastenings in uniform vertical and horizontal alignment.
7. Install ridge caps as metal roof panel work proce€ds.
8. Locate panel splices over, but not anached to, structural supports. Stagger panel splices and end
laps to avoid a four-panel lap splice condition.
9. Lap metal flashing over metal roof panels to allow moistrrre to run over and off the material.
Fasteners:
l.Steel Roof Panels: Use stainless-steel fasteners for surfaces exposed to the extcrior and
galvanized steel fasteners for surfaces exposed to the interior.
Aluminum Roof Pancls: Use aluminum or stainless-steel fasteners for surfaces cxposed to the
exterior and aluminum or galvanized steel fastcners for surfaces exposed to the interior.
Copper Roof Panels: Use copper or stainless-steel fasteners.
Stainless-Steel Roof Panels: Use stainless-steel fasteners.
Mctal Protection: Where dissimilar metals will contact each other or corrosive substrates, protect against
galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating, by applying rubberized-asphalt
underlayment to each contact surface, or by other pcrmanent separation as recommended by metal roof
panel manufacturer.
l. Coat back side of aluminumroof panels with bituminous coating where roof panels will contact
wood, ferrous metal, or cementitious construction.
Joint Scalcrs: Install gaskets, joint fillers, and sealants where indicatcd and where required for
weatherproof performance of metal roof panel assemblies. Provide types of gaskets, fillers, and scalants
indicated or, if not indicated, types recommended by metal roof panel manufacturer.
B.I
I
I
I
T
-t.
A
D.
I
l-
I
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstructio n Doc u me nts
15 October 2001
I
HLM 980071-04 07411-I I
SECTION O74II METALROOF PANEI,S I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I.
A
5.
D.
3.5
3.6
C.
F.
C.
Seal metal roof pancl cnd laps with double beads ol' tapc or sealant, full width of panel. Seal side
joints where recommended by metal roof panel manufacturer.
Prepare joinn and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Division 7 Section "Joint
Sealants."
ACCESSORY INSTALLATION
Ceneral: Install accessorics with positive anchorage to building and weathertight mounting and provide
for thermal expansion. Coordinate installation with flashings and other components.
l. Install components required for a complete metal roof panel assembly including trim, copings,
ridge closures, seam covers, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items.
Flashing and Trim: Comply with performance requirenrents, manufacturer's written installation
instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Shect Metal Manual." Provide concealed fastcners where
possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that
will be permanently watertight and weather resistant.
l. Install exposed flashing and trim that is without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks
and that is true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. Install
sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in waterproof and weather-resistant
performance.
2. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space
movement joints at a maximum of l0 feet (3 m) with no joints allowed within 24 inches (600 mm)
of corner or intersection. Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions cannot be used or
would not be sufficiently weather resistant and waterproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing
hooked flanges, not less than I inch (25 mm) deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within
joints).
Gutters: Join sections with riveted and soldered or lapped and sealed joints. Attach gutters to eave with
gutter hangers spaced nol more than 4 feet (1.2 m) o.c. using manufacturer's standard fasteners. Provide
end closures and seal watenight with sealant. Provide for thermal expansion.
Downspouts: Join sections with l-l/2-inch (38-mm) telescoping joints. Provide fasteners designed to
hold downspouts securely I inch (25 mm) away from walls; locate fastcncrs at top and bottom and at
approximately 60 inches (1500 mm) o.c. in between.
l. Provide elbows at basc of downspouts to direct water away from building.
2. Tie downspouts to underground drainage system indicated.
Roof Curbs: Install curbs at locations indicatcd on Drawings. Install flashing around bases whcrc they
meet metal roof panels.
Bar-Type Snow Guards: Attach bar supports to vertical ribs of standing-seam metal roof panels with
clamps or set screws. Do not usc fasteners that will penetrate metal roof panels.
Pipe Flashing: Form flashing around pipe penetration and metal roof pancls. Fasten and seal to metal
roof pancls as recommended by manufacturer.
ERECTION TOLERANCES
VAIL VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
C o nstructio n Do c ume nts
15 Octoher 2001
HLM 980071-04 0741I-12
I
I SECTION 07411 METAL ROOF PANEIS
Installation Tolerances: Shim and align metal roofpanel units within installed tolerance of l/4 inch in 20
feet (6 mm in 6 m) on slope and location lines as indicated and within l/8-inch (3-mm) offset of adjoining
faces and of alignment of matching profiles.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect completed
metal roof panel installation, including accessories. Report results in writing.
Remove and replace applications of metal roof panels where inspections indicate that they do not comply
with specifi ed requirements.
Additional inspections, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or
additional work with specilied requirements.
CLEANING AND PROTECTION
Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as metal roof panels are installed,
unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. On completion of metal
roof panel installation, clean finished surfaces as recommended by metal roof panel manufacturer.
Maintain in a clean condition during construction.
Replace metal roof panels that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish
touchup or similar minor repair procedures.
END OF SECTION O74I I
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstruc tio n Docume rrts
15 October 2(NI
3.7
3.8
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
B.
b
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
HLM 980071-04 074il-13
t
I/-\
f "':r
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 07412
SECTION 07412 - METAL WALL PANELS
PART I . CENERAL
METAL WALL PANEI^S
t.l RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
This Section includes the following:
l. Factory-formed and field-assembled, concealed-fastener, lap-seam metal wall panels .
Related Sections include the following:
l. Division 5 Section "Cold-Formed Metal Framing" for secondary support framing supporting metal
wall panels.
2. Division 7 Section "Metal Roof Panels" for factory-formed metal soffit panels.
3. Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" forl flashings and other sheet meral work not
part of metal wall panel assemblies.
4. Division 7 Section "Manufactured Roof Specialties" for not part of metal wall panel assemblies.5. Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for field-applied sealans not otherwise specified in this
Section.
DEFINTTION
Metal Wall Panel Assembly: Metal wall panels, attachment system componcnts, miscellaneous metal
framing, thermal insulation, and accessories necessary for a complete weathertight system.
t.2
B.
1.3
t
I
t
I
1.4 PERFORMANCEREQUIREMENTS
A. General: Provide metal wall panel assemblies that comply with performance requirements specified as
determined by testing manufacturers' standard assemblies similar to those indicated for this Project, by a
qualified testing and inspecting agency.
B. Air Infiltration: Air leakage through assembly of not more than 0.06 cfny'sq. ft. (0.3 t /s per sq. m) of
wall area when tested according to ASTM E 283 at a static-air-pressure difference of 6,2 lbf/sq. fL (3fi)
pa)>.
I C. Waler Penetration: No water penetration when tested according to ASTM E 33 | at a
I differential pressure of 20 perccnt of inward-acting, windload design prcssure of not less
lbf/sq. ft. (3ffi Pa) and not more than 12 lbf/sq. ft. (575 Pa).
D. Water Penetration: No evidence of water leakage when tested according to AAMA 501 .l under dynamic
pressure equal to 20 percent of inward-acting, wind-load design pressurc of not less than 6.A lbf/sq. ft.
(300 Pa) and not more than l2 lbf/sq. ft. (575 Pa).
mlnlmum
than 6.4
I
I
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o ns tructio n D oc ume nts
15 OAober 2001
I
HLM 980071-04 07412-1
METALWALLPANELS ISECTION 07412
L Water Leakage: As defined according to AAMA 50 | . l.
2. Water Leakage: Uncontrolled water infiltrating the system or appearing on system's normally
exposed interior surfaces from sources other than condensation. Water controlled by flashing and
gutters that is drained back to the extcrior and cannot damage adjacent materials or finishes is not
water leakage.
Water Absorption: Maximum 1.0 percent absorption rate by volume when tested according to
ASTM C 209.
Structural Performance; Provide metal wall panel assemblies capable of withstanding the effects of
gravity loads and the following loads and strcsses within limits and under conditions indicated, based on
testing according to ASTM E 1592:
Seismic Performance: Provide metal wall panel assemblies capable of withstanding the effects of
earthquake motions determined according to ASCE 7, "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other
Structures": Section 9, "Earthquake Loads.".
Thermal Movements: Provide metal wall panel assemblies that allow for thcrmal movements resulting
from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures by preventing
buckling, opening ofjoints, overstressing of components, failure ofjoint sealants, failurc of connections,
and other detrimental effects. Base engineering calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to
both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss.
l. Temperature Change (Range): 120 degF (67 degC), ambient; 180 degF (100 degC), material
surfaces.
Thermal Movements for Metal-Faced Composite Wall Panels: Provide composite wall panel assemblies
that allow for noiseless thermal movements resulting from the following range in ambient temperatures
and that prevent buckling, opening ofjoints, overstressing of components, failure ofjoint sealants, failure
of connections, and other detrimental effects:
l. Ambient Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F (Minus 29 to plus 82 deg C).
Thermal Performance: Provide insulated metal wall panel assemblies with thermal-resistance value (R-
value) indicated when tested accordins to ASTM C 236 or ASTM C 518.
SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components
and profiles, and finishes for each type of metal wall pancl and accessory.
B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation layouts of metal wall panels; details of cdge
conditions, joints, panel profiles, corners, anchorages, attachment system, trim, flashings, closures, and
accessories; and special details. Distinguish bctween factory- and field-assembled work.
l. Acccssories: Include details of the following items, at a scale of not less than t-l/2 inchcs per 12
inches(l:10):
a. Flashing and trim.
b. Downspouts.
2. For installed products indicated to comply with design loads, include structural analysis data
signed and sealed by the qualified prol'essional cnginccr rcsponsible for their preparation.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Doc ume nts
I5 October 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
F.
G.
J.
1.5
HLM 98007r-04 07412-2
I
D.
F.
A.
B.
C.
1.6
I
I
I
t
I
I
SECTION 07412 METALWALLPANELS
Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required, prepared on Samples of size
indicated below.
l. Metal Wall Panels: 12 inches (300 mm) long by actual panel width. Include fasteners, closures,
and other metal wall panel accessories.
Compatibility and Adhesion Test Reports: From sealant manufacturer indicating the following:
l. Materials forming joint substrates and joint sealant backings have been tested for compatibility
and adhesion with joint sealants.
2. Interpretation of test results and written recommendations lbr primers and substrate prcparation
needed for adhesion.
Maintenance Data: For metal wall panels to include in maintenance manuals.
Wananties: Special warranties specified in this Section.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and approved by manufacturer.
Fabricator Qualifications: Certified by metal-faced composite wall panel manufacturer to fabricate and
install manufacturer's wall panel system.
Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM E 329 for testing indicated, as documented
according to ASTM E 548.
D. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of metal wall panel through one source from a single manufacturer.
E. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of metal wall panels
and are based on the specific system indicated. Refer to Division I Section "Product Requirements."
L Do not modify intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except with Architect's
approval. If modifications are proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for
review.
F. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Where indicated, provide metal wall panels identical to those of assemblics
tested for fire resistance per ASTM E l19 by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities
having jurisdiction.
l. Combustion Characteristics: ASTM E 136.
2. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Indicated by design designations from UL's "Fire Resistancc Directory"
or from the listings of another testing and inspecting agency.
3. Metal wall panels shall be identified with appropriate markings of applicable testing and
inspecting agency.
G. Surfacc-Burning Characteristics: Providc insulated metal wall panels having insulation-core materials
with the following surface-burning characteristics as determined by testing identical products per
ASTM E 84 by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction:
l. Flamc-Spread Index: 25 or less, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Smoke-Developcd Index: 450 or less, unless othcrwise indicated.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstructio n Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
l--
I
HLM 980071-04 07412-3
METALWALLPANEI^S I
t.7
SECTION 07412
DELIVERY. STORAGE. AND HANDLING
Deliver components, shects, metal wall panels, and other manufactured items so as not to be damaged or
deformed. Package metal wall panels for protection during transportation and handling.
Unload, store, and erect metal wall panels in a manner to prevent bending, warping, twisting, and surface
damage.
Stack metal wall panels horizontally on platforms or pallets, covered with suitable weathertight and
ventilated covering. Store metal wall panels to ensure dryness, with positive slope for drainage of water.
Do not store metal wall panels in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other
surface damage.
Protect strippable protective covering on metal wall panels from exposure to sunlight and high humidity,
except to extent necessary for period of metal wall panel installation.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions
permit assembly of metal wall panels to be performed according to manufacturers' writlen instructions
and warranty requirements.
Field Measurements: Verify locations of structural members and wall opening dimensions by field
measurements before metal wall panel fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings.
l. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work,
either establish framing and opening dimensions and proceed with fabricating metal wall panels
without field measurements, or allow for field trimming of panels. Coordinate wall construction
to ensure that actual building dimensions, locations of structural members, and openings
correspond to established dimensions.
WARRANTY
Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace
components of metal wall panel assemblies that fail in materials or workmanship within specified
warranty period.
l. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Structural failures, including rupturing, cracking, or puncturing.
b. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering.
2. Wananty Period: two years from datc of Substantial Completion.
B. Special Warranty on Panel Finishcs: Manufacturer's standtud lbrm in which manufacturer agrees to
repair finish or replacc rnetal wall panels that show evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishcs
within specified warranty period.
l. Fluoropolymer Finish: Dctcrioration includes, but is not limited to, thc following:
a. Color fading more than 5 Hunter units when testcd according to ASTM D 2244.
b. Chalking in excess ofa No. 8 rating when tested according to ASTM D 4214.
VAI L VALI.EY M EDI CAL CENTER
Co nstruction Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
B.
D.
B.
A.
1.8
1.9
HI,M 98OO7I-M 07412-4
I
2.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
2.2
L..7
I
t
I
SECTION 07412 METAL WALL PANELS
c. Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal.
2. Finish Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion.
Special Weathertightness Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to
repair or replace metal wall panel assemblies that fail to remain weathertight, including leaks, within
specifi ed warranty period.
I . Weathertight Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2. PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product
selection:
l. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated
into the Work include, but are not limited to, the products specified.
2. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incolporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the manufacturers
specified.
3. Basis-of-Design Products: The design for each metal wall panel specified is based on the product
named. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide either the named product or a
comparable product by one of the other manufacturers specified.
PANELMATERIALS
MISCELLANEOUS METAL FRAMINC
Steel Sheet Components, Ceneral: Complying with ASTM C 645 requirements for metal and with
manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant zinc coating.
Subgirts: C- or Z-shaped sections fabricated liom 0.0598-inch (1.5-mm) bare steel thickness, shop-
painted, cold-formed, metallic-coated steel sheet.
Zee Clips: 0.079-inch (2.0-mm) bare steel thickness, cold-formed, galvanized sreel sheet.
ZShapcd Funing: With sloned or nonslotted web, face flange of l-l14 inches (32 mm), wall attachmenr
flange of 7/8 inch (22 mm), minimum bare metal thickness of 0.0179 inch (0.45 mm), and depth requircd
to fit insulation thickness indicated.
Fasteners for Metal Framing: Of type, material, sizc, corrosion resistance, holding power, and other
properties required to fasten steel members to substrates.
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Constructian Documents
15 October 2001
I
I
t
I
c.
D.
.\A
I
I
HLM 980071-04 07412-5
METALWALLPANEI^S ISECTION 07412
Fasteners: Self-tapping screws, bolts, nuts, self-locking rivets and bolts, end-welded studs, and other
suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads. Providc cxposed fasteners with heads matching
color of metal wall panels by means of plastic caps or factory-applied coating.
l. Fasteners for Wall Panels: Self-drilling or self-tapping, zinc-plated, hex-head carbon-stcel screws,
with a stainless-steel cap or zinc-aluminum-alloy head and EPDM or neoprene sealing washer.
2. Fasteners for Wall Panels: Self-drilling or self+apping 410 stainless or zinc-alloy steel hex
washer head, with EPDM or PVC washer undcr heads of fasteners bearinq on weather side of
metal wall panels.
Exposed Fasteners for Composite Panels: Stainless steel.
Fasteners for Flashing and Trim: Blind fastencrs or self-drilling screws with hex washer head.
Blind Fasteners: High-strength aluminum or stainless-steel rivets.
Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt mastic, SSPC-Paint 12, compounded for l5-mil (0.4-mm) dry
film thickness per coat. Provide inert-type noncorrosivc compound free of asbestos fibers, sulfur
components, and other deleterious impuritics.
Backer Board: Hardboard complying with AHA A135.4, Class I tempered, [1/8 inch (3 nm)] [/4 inch
(6 mm)l thick, unless otherwise indicated.
CONCEALED-FASTENER, LAP-SEAM METAL WALL PANELS
General: Provide factory-formed metal wall panels designed to be field assembled by lapping and
interconnecting side edges of adjacent panels and mechanically attaching through panel to supports using
concealed fasteners and factory-applied sealant in side laps. Include accessories required for weathertight
installation.
Tapered-Rib-Profile, Concealed-Fastener Mctal Wall Panels : Formed with raised, trapezoidal major ribs
and intermediate stiffening ribs symmetrically spaced between major ribs.
l. Basis-of-Design Product: PAC-CLAD, R Panel by Peterson Aluminum Corporation or a
comparable product of one of the following:
a. ATAS International, Inc.
b. Industrial Building Panels, Inc.
c. Morin Corporation; a Metecno Group Company.
d. Reynolds Metals Company.
2. Interior Facing:
3. Edgc Members: Extruded aluminum, not less than 0.063-inch- ( I .6-mm-) thick, nominal wall
thickness.
4. Gaskcts: Extruded, dry seal silicone.
ACCESSORIES
A. Wall Panel Accessories: Provide components requircd for a complete metal wall panel assembly
including trim, copings, fasciac, mullions, sills, corner units, clips, flashings, sealants, gaskcts, hllers,
closurc strips, and similar items. Match material and finish of metal wall panels, unless otherwise
indicated.
I . Closures: Providc closurcs at eaves and rakes, fabricated of same metal as metal wall panels.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o ns truc tio n Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
A.I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
J.
-).
B.
C.
2.5
B.
2.6
HLM 980071-U 07412-6
I
B.
2,7
I
I
t
I
I
I
SECTION 07412
PART 3 - EXECUTION
HLM 98007r-U
METALWALL PANELS
2. Backing Plates: Provide metal backing plates at panel end splices, fabricated from material
rccommended by manufacturer.
3. Closure Strips: Closed-cell, expanded, cellular, rubber or crosslinked, polyolefin-foam or closed-
ccll laminated polyethylene; minimum l -inch- (25-mm-) thick, flexible closure strips; cut or
premolded to match metal wall panel profile. Provide closure strips where indicated or necessary
to ensure weathertight construction.
Flashing and Trim: Formed from 0.0179-inch- (0.45-mm-) thick, zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet or
aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet prepainted with coil coating. Provide flashing and trim as
required to seal against weather and to provide finished appearance. Locations include, but are not
limited to, bases, drips, sills, jambs, corners, endwalls, framed openings, rakes, fasciae, parapet caps,
soffits, reveals, and fillers. Finish flashing and trim with same finish system as adjacent metal wall
pancls.
FABRICATION
General: Fabricate and finish metal wall panels and accessories at the factory to greatest extent possible,
by manufacturer's standard procedures and processes, as necessary to fulfill indicated performance
requirements demonstrated by laboratory testing. Comply with indicated profiles and with dimensional
and structural requirements.
l. Form panel lines, break, and angles to be sharp and true, with surfaces free from warp and
buckle.
2. Fabricate wall panels with panel stiffeners as required to maintain fabrication tolerances and to
withstand design loads.
Fabricate metal wall panels in a manner that eliminates condensation on interior side of panel and with
joints between panels designed to form weathertight seals.
Provide panel profile, including major ribs and intermediate stiffening ribs, ifany, for full length ofpanel.
Where indicated, fabricate metal wall panel joints with factory-installed captive gaskets or separator
strips that provide a tight seal and prevent metal-to-metal contact, in a manner that will minimize noise
from movements within panel assembly.
FINISHES, GENERAL
Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for
recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
Protect mechanical and painted finishes on cxposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable,
temporary protective covering before shipping.
Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieccs are acceptable if
they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in the same piecc are
not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptablc if they are within the range
of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.
B.
D.
A.
B.
c.
2.8
I
I
I
I
I
I
l''
I
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o ns truc tio n Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
I
07412-7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
B.
3.1
3.2
SECTION 07412 METALWALL PANELS
EXAMINATION
Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for
installation tolerances, metal wall panel supports, and othcr conditions affccting performance of work.
l. Examine primary and secondary wall framing to verify that girts, angles, channels, studs, and
other structural panel support members and anchorage have been installed within alignment
tolerances required by metal wall panel manufacturer.
2. Examine solid wall sheathing to verify that sheathing joints are supported by framing or blocking
and that installation is within flatness tolerances required by metal wall panel manufacturer.
3. For the record, prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimcntal to
performance of work.
Examine roughing-in for components and systems penetrating metal wall panels to verify actual locations
of penetrations relative to seam locations of metal wall panels before metal wall panel installation.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been conected.
PREPARATION
Clean substrates of substances harmful to insulation, including removing projections capable of
interfering with insulation attachment.
Substrate Board: Install substrate board over wall sheathins on entire wall surface. Attach with
substrate-board fasteners.
l. Install substrate board with long joints in continuous straight lines, perpendicular to direction of
metal wall panel seams with end joints staggered between rows. Tightly butt substrate boards
together.
2. Comply with UL requirements for fire-rated construcrion.
Install flashings and other sheet metal to comply with requirements specified in Division 7 Section "Sheet
Metal Flashing and Trim."
Miscellaneous Framing: Install subgirts, base angles, sills, furring, and other miscellaneous wall panel
support members and anchorage according to ASTM C754 an<l metal wall panel manufacturer's written
recommendations.
3.3 METAL WALL PANEL INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. General: Install metal wall panels in orientation, sizes, and locations indicated on Drawings. Install
panels perpendicular to girts and subgirts, unless otherwise indicated. Anchor metal wall panels and
other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movemcnt.
I . Field cutting of metal wall panels by torch is not permitted.
2. Shim or othcrwise plumb substrates receiving metal wall panels.
3. Rigidly fasten base end of metal wall panels and allow eave end free movement due to thcrmal
expansion and contraction, Predrill panels.
4. Flash and seal metal wall panels with weather closures at eaves, rakes, and at perimeter of all
openings. Fasten with self-tapping screws. Do not begin installation until weather barricr and
flashings that will be concealed by metal wall panels are installcd.
5. Install scrcw fasteners in oredrilled holes.
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D.
VA I L VALLEY M EDICAL C ENTER
C o ns tr uctio n D o c ume nts
15 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 07412-8
I
I SECTION 07412 METALWALL PANELS
Locate and space fastenings in uniform vertical and horizontal alignment.
Install tlashing and trim as metal wall pancl work proceeds.
Locate panel splices over, but not attached to, structural supports. Stagger panel splices and end
laps to avoid a four-panel lap splice condition.
9. Apply elastomeric sealant continuously between metal base channel (sill angle) and concrete, and
elsewhere as indicated or, if not indicated, as necessary for waterproofing.
10. Align bottom of metal wall panels and fasten with btind rivets, bolts, or selftapping scrcws.
Fasten flashings and trim around openings and similar elements with self-tapping screws.
I l. Provide weatherproof escutcheons for pipe and conduit penetrating exterior walls.
Fasteners:
l. Steel Wall Panels: Use stainless-steel fasteners for surfaces exposed to the exterior and galvanized
steel fasteners for surfaces exposed to the interior.
2. Aluminum Wall Panels: Use aluminum or stainless-steel fasteners for surfaces exposcd to the
exterior and aluminum or galvanized steel fasteners for surfaces exposed to the interior.
3. Copper Wall Panels: Use copper or stainless-steel fasteners.
4. Stainless-Steel Wall Panels: Use stainless-steel fasteners.
Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals will contact each other or corrosive substrates, protect against
galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating, by apptying rubbe rized-asphalt
underlayment to each contact surface, or by other peffnanent separation as recommended by metal wall
panel manufacturer.
l. Coat back side of aluminum wall panels with bituminous coating where wall panels will contact
wood, ferrous metal. or cementitious construction.
Joint Sealers: Install gaskets, joint fillers, and sealants where indicated and where required for
weatherproof performance of metal wall panel assemblies. Provide types of gaskets, fillers, and sealants
indicated or, if not indicated, types recommended by metal wall panel manufacturer.
L Seal metal wall panel end laps with double beads of tape or sealant, full width of panel. Seal side
joints where recommended by metal wall panel manufacturer.
2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requiremcnts in Division 7 Section "Joint
Scalants."
ACCESSORY INSTALLATION
A. General: Install accessories with positive anchorage to building and weathertight mounting and provide
for thermal expansion. Coordinate installation with flashings and other components.
l. Install components required for a complete metal wall panel asscmbly including trim, copings,
corners, seam covers, flashings, sealants, gaskcts, fillers, closure strips, and similar items.
B- Flashing and Trim: Comply with performance requirements, manufacturer's written installation
instruotions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Providc concealed fasteners where
possible, and sct units true to line and level as indicatcd. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that
will be permanently watertight and weather resistant.
L lnstall exposed flashing and trim that is without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks
and that is true to line and levels indicated, with cxposed edges folded back to form herns. Install
sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in waterproof and weather-resistant
performance.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Constructfutn Docume nts
15 October 2001
6.
7.
8.
B.
I
I
I
t
I
I
3.4
I
I
I
I
t
I
D.
I
a-
t
HLM 980071-04 07412-9
SECTION 07412 METALWALL PANELS I
2. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space
movement .ioints at a maximum of l0 feet (3 m) with no joints allowed within 24 inchcs (600 mm)
of corner or intersection. Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions cannot be used or
would not be sufficicntly weather resistant and waterproof, form cxpansion joints of intermeshing
hooked flanges, not less than l inch (25 mm) deep, fillcd with mastic sealant (concealed within
joinrs).
Downspouts: Join sections with l-ll2-inch (38-mm) telescoping joints. Provide fastcners designed to
hold downspouts securely I inch (25 mm) away from walls; locate fastcners at top and bottom and at
approximately 60 inches (1500 mm) o.c. in between.
l. Provide elbows at base ofdownspouts to direct water away from building.
2. Tie downspouts to underground drainage system indicated.
Translucent Wall Panels: Provide end laps of not less than 6 inches (150 mm) and side laps of not less
than l-l/2-inch (38-mm) corrugations. Align horizontal laps with adjacent translucent wall panels. Seal
intermediate end laps and side laps of translucent panels with translucent mastic.
ERECTION TOLERANCES
Installation Tolerances: Shim and align metal wall panel units within installed tolerance of l/4 inch in 20
feet (6 mm in 6 m), nonaccumulative, on level, plumb, and location lines as indicated and within l/8-inch
(3-mm) offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles.
CLEANING AND PROTECTION
Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as metal wall panels are installed,
unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. On completion of metal
wall panel installation, clean finished surfaces as recommended by metal wall panel manufacturer.
Maintain in a clean condition durins construction.
wall panel installation, clear weep holes and drainage channels of obstructions, dirt, and
I
Replace metal wall panels that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by
finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures.
I
END OF SECTION 07412
VAIL VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
Co nstruction Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
D,
3.5 t
I
I
I
3.6
B. After metal
sealant,
I
t
I
I
I
I
HLM 980071-04 07412-10
I
I
-\
I _.t
I
I
t-
I
SECTION 07531
SECTION 0753I . EPDM MEMBRANE ROOFING
PART I -GENERAL
EPDM MEMBMNE ROOFINC
l.l RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
This Section includes the followins:
Adhered membrane roofing system.
Roof insulation.
B.Related Sections include the followins:
l.
L.
t.2
t
I
t
t
I
B.
l.JI
I
I
I
I
I
l.
2.
J.
^
5.
6.
Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for wood nailers, curbs, and blocking
Division 7 Section "Building Insulation" for insulation beneath the roofdeck.
Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for metal roof penetration flashings,
fl ashings, and counterflashings.
Division 7 Section "Roof Expansion Assemblies."
Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants."
Division l5 Section "Plumbing Specialties" for roofdrains.
DEFINITIONS
Roofing Terminology: Refer to ASTM D 1079 and glossary of NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing and
Waterproofing Manual" for definition of terms related to roofing work in this Section.
Design Uplift Pressure: The uplift pressure, calculated according to procedures in SPRI's "Wind Load
Design Guide for Fully Adhered and Mechanically Fastened Roofing Systems," before multiplication by
a safety factor.
1.4 PERFORMANCEREQUIREMENTS
A. General: Provide installed roofing membrane and base flashings that remain watertight; do not permit the
passage of water; and resist specified uplift pressures, thermally induced movement, and exposure to
weather without failure.
B. Material Compatibility: Provide rooling materials that are compatible with one another under oonditions
of service and application required, as demonstratcd by roofing membrane manufacturer based on testing
and field cxperience.
C. Roofing System Design: Provide a membrane roofing system that is identical to systems that have been
successfully tested by a qualified testing and inspecting agency to resist uplift pressurc calculated
accordins to ASCE 7.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstructio n Doc u me nts
15 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 07531-1
SECTION 07531 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
T
I
T
I
I
t
I
D.
A.
B.
c.
D.
E.
F.
EPDM MEMBRANE ROOFING
FMG Listing: Providc roofing mcnrbranc, base flashings, and component materials that comply with
rcquirements in FMG 4450 and FMG 4470 as part of a membrane rooling systcm and that are listed in
FMG'.s "Approval Cuide" for Class I or noncombustible construction, as applicable. Identify materials
with FMC markings.
L FireAVindstorm Classification: Class I A-90.
2. Hail Resistance: MH.
Roofing System Design: Provide a membrane roofing system that is identical to systems that have been
successfully tested by a qualified testing and inspccting agency to resist the factored design uplift
pressures calculated according to SPRI's "Wind Load Design Guide for Fully Adhered and Mechanically
Fastened Roofi ng Systems."
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
Shop Drawings: For roofing system. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other
Work.
l. Base flashings and membrane terminations.
2. Tapered insulation, including slopes.
Installer Certificates: Signed by roofing system manufacturer ccrtifying that Installer is approved,
authorized, or licensed by manufacturer to install roofing system.
Manufacturer Certificates: Signed by roofing manufacturer certifying that roofing systcm complies with
requirements specified in "Performance Requirements" Article.
l. Submit evidence of meeting performance requirements.
Qualification Data: For Installer and manufacturer.
Product Test Rcports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by manufacturer and
witnessed by a qualified testing agency, for components of roofing system.
Research/Evaluation Reports: For components of membrane roofing system.
Maintenance Data: For roofing system to include in maintenance manuals.
Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section.
Inspection Report: Copy of roofing system manufacturer's inspection repon of completed roofing
installation.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Installer Qualifications: A qualified firm that is approved, authorized, or licensed by roofing system
manulacturer to install manufacturcr's product and that is eligible to receive manufacturer's warranty.
Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer that has UL listing for membranc roofing system
identical to that used for this Project.
t.5
c.
H.
I.
J.
t.6
B.
VA I I. VALLEY M EDI CAL C ENTER
Co nstruction Docume nts
15 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 07531-2
I
I SECTION 07531 EPDM MEMBRANE ROOFING
C. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency with the experiencc and capability to
conduct the testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548.
Source Limitations: Obtain components for membrane roofing system from same manufacturer as
roofing membrane or as approved by roofing membrane manufacturer.
Fire-TesrResponse Characteristics: Provide membrane roofing materials with the fire-test-response
characteristics indicated as determined by testing identical products per test method below by UL, FMC,
or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authoritics having jurisdiction. Materials shall be
identified with appropriate markings ofapplicable testing and inspecting agcncy.
1. Exterior Fire-Test Exposure: Class A; ASTM E 108, for application and roof slopes indicated.2. Fire-Resistance Ratings: ASTM E I 19, for firc-resistance-rated roof assernblies of which roofing
system is a part.
Preliminary Roofing Conference: Before starting roof deck construction, conduct conference at Project
site. Comply with requirements for preinstallation conferences in Division I Section "Project
Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to roof deck construction and
roofing system including, but not limited to, the following:
l . Meet with Owner; Architect; Owner's insurer if applicable; testing and inspecting agency
representative; roofing Installer; roofing system manufacturer3 represenlative; deck Installer; and
installers whose work interfaces with or affects roofing, including installers of roof accessories
and roof-mounted equipment.
2. Review methods and procedures related to roofing installation, including manufacturer's written
instructions.
3. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installerb
personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays.
4. Examine deck substrate conditions and finishes for compliance with requirements, including
flatness and fastening.
Review structural loading limitations of roof deck during and after roofing.
Review base flashings, special roofing details, roof drainage, roof penetrations, equipment curbs,
and condition of other construction that will affect roofing system.
Review governing regulations and requirements for insurance and certificates if applicable.
Review temporary protection requirements for roofing system during and after installation.
Review roof observation and repair procedures after roofing installation.
DELIVERY, STORAGE. AND HANDLING
Deliver roofing materials to Project site in original containers with seals unbroken and labeled with
manufacturer's name, product brand name and type, date of manufacture, and directions lbr storing and
mixing with other componcnts.
Store liquid materials in their original undamaged containers in a clean, dry, protected location and within
the temperature range required by roofing systcm manufacturer. Protect stored liquid material liom direct
sunlight.
1. Discard and legally disposc of liquid material that cannot be applied within its stated shelf life.
Protect roof insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by sunlight, moisture,
soiling, and other sources. Store in a dry location. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written
instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation.
D.
F.
I
I
I
I
I
I
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
B,
c.
1.7
T
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstruc tio n D oc ume nts
15 October 2001
I
HLM 98OO7I-M 07531-3
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
f\
1.8
1.9
SECTION 07531 EPDM MEMBRANE ROOFING
Handle and store roofing materials and place equipment in a manner to avoid perrnanen! deflection of
deck.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecastcd weather conditions
permit roofing system to be installed according to manulacturer's written instructions and warranty
requirements.
WARRANTY
Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form, without monetary limitation, in which manufacturer
agrees to repair or rcplace components of membrane roofing system that fail in materials or workmanship
within specified warranty period. Failure includes roof leaks.
l. Special warranty includes roofing mcmbrane, base flashings, roofing accessories, roof insulation,
fasteners, cover boards, vapor retarder and other components of mcmbrane roofing system.
2. Warranty Period: 20 years fiom date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply
for product selection:
l. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated
into the Work include, but are not limited to, the products specified.
2. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the manufacturers
specified.
EPDM ROOFING MEMBRANE
EPDM Roofing Membrane: ASTM D 4637 , Type I, nonreinforced uniform, flexiblc shcet made from
EPDM, and as follows:
'1. Manufacturers:
a. Firestone Building Products Company.
b. Approved equal.
2. Thickness: 60 mils (1.5 mm), nominal.
3. Exoosed Face Color: Black.
2.3 AUXILIARY MATERIALS
A. Ceneral: Auxiliary materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use and
compatible with membrane roofing.
VAI L VALLEY M EDICA L C ENTER
C onstructio n Documents
15 October 2001
2.r
2.2
t
I
I
I
t
T
I
T
T
I
HLM 98007r-04 07531-4
I sECrroN o7s3t
I
EPDM MEMBRANE ROOFING
i..
l. Liquid-type auxiliary materials shall mee t VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Sheet Flashing: 60-mil- ( l .5-mm-) thick EPDM, partially cured or cured, according to application.
C. Epichlorohydrin Sheet: 60-mil- (1.5-mm-) thick, unreinforced flexible sheet with the following typical
properties as determined per ASTM test method indicated:
l. TcnsileStrength: l500psi(l0.3MPa);ASTMD4l2.
2. Ultimate Elongation: 200 percent; ASTM D 41 2.
3. Tear Resistance: 150 lbf/in. (26.3 kN/m); ASTM D 412.
4. Brittleness Temperature: Minus 20 deg F (Minus 29 deg C); ASTM D 746.
5. Resistance to Ozone Aging: No cracks after 168 hours'exposure of 50 percent elongated sample
at 104 deg F (40 deg C) and 100-pphm ( I 00-MPa) ozone; ASTM D l 149.
6. Resistance to Oil Aging: 15 percent maximum mass change after 168 hours'immersion in diesel
fuel No. 2 at 158 deg F (70 deg C); ASTM D 471.
D. Bonding Adhesive: Manufacturer's standard bonding adhesive.
E. Cold Fluid-Applied Membrane Adhesive: Manufacturer's standard cold fluid-applied bonding adhesive
formulated to adhere fleece-backed roofing membrane to substrate.
F. Seaming Material: Manufacturer's standard synthetic-rubber polymer primer and 3-inch- (75-mm) wide
minimum, butyl splice tape with release film.
G. Lap Sealant: Manufacturer'.s standard single-component sealant, color to match roofing membrane.
H. Water Cutoff Mastic: Manufacturer's standard butvl mastic sealant.
I. Metal Termination Bars: Manufacturer's standard predrilled stainless-steel or aluminum bars,
approximately I by 1/8 inch (25 by 3 mm) thick; with anchors.
J. Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates meeting corrosion-resistance
provisions in FMG 4470, designed for fastening membrane to substrate, and acceptable to membrane
roofi ng system manufacturer.
K. Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide pourable sealers, preformed cone and vent sheet flashings,
preformed inside and outside corner sheet flashings, T-joint covers, in-seam sealants, termination reglets,
cover sl.rips, and other accessories.
I 2.4 ROOF TNSULATTON
I A. Ceneral: Provide preformed roof insulation boards that comply with requirements and referenced
standards, selected from manufacturer's standard sizcs and of thicknesses indicated.
I B. Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation: ASTM C 1289. ISO 95+GL by Firestone or approved equal to
provide an R-value of 30 minimum. Taper rool' insulation to roof drains as shown in plans.
I C. Insulation board to be set in a hot mopped bed of asphalt over asphalt primer and mechanically fastened
as per manufacturcr's requirements for wind uplift.
I 2.5 INSULATION ACCESSORIES
I t.-i- :._-::r/
I HLM 98N7I.M VAILVALLEY MEDICALCENTER 07531-5
C onstruction Doc ume nts
I5 Ocnber 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
ks
I
I
I
SECTION 07531 EPDM MEMBMNE ROOFING
Ceneral: Furnish roof insulation accessories recommended by insulation manul'acturer for intended use
and compatible with membrane rooling.
B. Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fxstencrs and metal or plastic platcs meeting corroiion-resistance
provisions in FMC 4470, dcsigned for fastening roof insulation to substrate, and acceptable to roofing
system manuf'acturer.
Cold Fluid-Applied Adhesive: Manufacturer's standard cold fluid-applied adhesivc formulated to adhere
roof insulation to substrate.
ASPHALT MATERIALS
Roofing Asphalt: ASTM D 3l2,Type III or IV.
Asphalt Primer: ASTM D 41.
ROOF PAVERS
Lightweight Roof Pavers: Interlocking, lightweight concrete units, specially factory cast for use as roof
ballast; grooved back, with four-way drainage capability; beveled, doweled, or otherwise profiled; and as
follows:
l.Manufacturers:
a. HanoverArchitecturalProducts.
b. Rapid Building Systems.
c. Roofblok, Ltd.
d. Westile Roofing Products.
e. Lightguard 2N-200 by T-Clear Corporation.
f. Approved equal.
Sizel. 24" x 24"
Weight: l5 lbs/sf
Compressive Strength: 25fi) psi (17 Mpa), minimum.
Colors and Tcxtures: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
I
t
I
I
I
C.
2.6
2.7
t
I
B.
I
I
I
I
T
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
2.
J.
A
5.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.I EXAMINATION
A. Examine substratcs, areas, and conditions, with Installcr present, for compliance with the following
rcquirements and other conditions affecting pcrformance of roofing system:
l. Verify that roof openings and penetrations are in place and set and braccd and that roof drains are
securely clampcd in place.
2. Vcrify that wood blocking, curbs, and nailers are securely anchored to rool'deck at penetrations
and terminations and that nailers match thicknesses of insulation.
3. Vcrily that nrinimum concrete drying period rccommended by roofing system manufacturer has
passed.
4. Verify that concrete substrate is visihly dry and free of moisturc. Tcst for capillary moisture by
plastic sheet nrcthod according to ASTM D 4263.
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Constructio n Docume nts
l5 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 07531-6
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
ts-
SECTION 07531 EPDM MEfuIBRANE ROOFING
Verify that concrete curing compounds that will impair adhesion of roofing components to roof
deck have been removed.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
Clean substrate of dust, debris, moisture, and other substances detrimental to roofing installation
according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. Remove sharp projections.
Prevent materials from entering and clogging roof drains and conductors and from spilling or migrating
onto surfaces of other conslruction. Remove roof-drain plugs when no work is taking place or when rain
is forecast.
Complete terminations and base flashings and provide temporary seals to prevent watcr from entering
completed sections of roofing system at the end of the workday or when rain is forecast. Removc and
discard temporary seals before beginning work on adjoining roofing.
INSTJLATION INSTALLATION
Coordinate installing membrane roofing system components so insulation is not exposed to precipitation
or left exposed at the end of the workday.
Comply with membrane roofing system manufacturer's writtcn instructions for installing roof insulation.
Install tapered insulation to conform to slopes indicated.
Install one or more layers of insulation under area of roofing to achieve required thickness. Where
overall insulation thickness is [1 inch (25 mm)] [2 inches (50 mm)] or greater, install 2 or more layers
with joints of each succeeding layer staggered from joints of previous layer a rninimum of 6 inches ( 150
mm) in each direction.
Trim surface of insulation where necessary at roof drains so completed surface is flush and does not
restrict flow of water.
F. Install insulation with long joints of insulation in a continuous straight line with end joints staggered
between rows, abutting edges and ends between boards. Fill gaps exceeding l/4 inch (6 mm) with
insulation.
l. Cut and fit insulation within 1/4 inch (6 mm) of nailers, projections, and penetrations.
G. Mechanically Fastened and Adhered Insulation: Install each laycr of insulation and secure first laycr of
insulation to deck using mechanical fastencrs specifically designed and sizcd for fastening specified
board-type roof insulation to deck type.
l. Fasten first layer of insulation according to requirements in FMG's "Approval Cuide" for specified
Windstorm Resistance Classifi cation.
2. Fasten first laycr of insulation to resist uplift pressurc at corners, perimeter, and field of roof.3. Install subsequent layers of insulation in a solid mopping of hot roofing asphalt, applied within
plus or minus 25 deg F (14 deg C) of equiviscous temperature.
4. Install subsequent layers of insulation in a cold fluid-applied adhesive.
3.4 ADHERED ROOFING MEMBRANE INSTALLATION
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o ns truc tio n Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
5.
6.
B.
c.
3.3
B.
c.
D.
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
HLM 980071-04 07531-7
SECTION 07531
A. Install roofing membrane over
manufacturer! writtcn instructions.
EPDM MEMBMNE ROOFING
area to rsccive roofing according to membrane roofing system
Unroll roofing membrane and allow to relax belbre installing.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
B.
c.
D.
I.
J.
J.)
Start installation of roofing membrane in presence of membrane roofing system manufacturer's technical
personnel.
Accurately align roofing membrane and maintain uniform side and end laps of minimum dimensions
required by manufacturer. Stagger end laps.
Bonding Adhesive: Apply bonding adhesive to substrate and underside of roofing membrano at rate
required by manufacturer and allow to partially dry before installing roofing membrane. Do not apply
bonding adhesive to splice area ofroofing membrane.
Mechanically or adhesively fasten roofing membrane securely at terminations, penetrations, and
perimeter of roofing.
Apply roofing membrane with side laps shingled with slope of roof deck where possible.
Adhesive Seam Installation: Clean both faces of splice areas, apply splicing cement, and firmly roll side
and end laps of overlapping roofing membranes according to manufacturer's wdtten instructions to ensure
a watertight seam installation. Apply lap sealant and seal exposed edges of roofing membrane
terminations.
l. Apply a continuous bead of in-seam sealant before closing splice if required by membrane roofing
system manufacturer.
Tape Seam Inslallation: Clean and prime both faces of splice areas, apply splice tape, and firmly roll side
and end laps of overlapping roofing membranes according to manufacturer's written instructions to ensure
a watertight seam installation. Apply lap sealant and seal exposed edges of roofing membrane
terminations.
Repair tears, voids, and lapped seams in roofing that does not meet requirements.
Spread sealant or mastic bed over deck drain flange at deck drains and securely seal roofing membrane in
place with clamping ring.
Install roofing membrane and auxiliary materials to tie in to existing roofing.
BASE FLASHING INSTALLATION
A. Install sheet flashings and preformed flashing accessories and adhere to substrates according to
membrane roofing system manufacturerb written instructions.
B. Apply bonding adhesive to substrate and underside of sheet flashing at required ratc and allow to partially
dry. Do not apply bonding adhesive to seam area of flashing.
C. Flash penetrations and field-formed insidc and outside corners with cured or uncured sheet flashing.
D. Clean splice areas, apply splicing cement, and firmly roll side and end laps of ovcrlapping sheets to
ensure a watertight seam installation. Apply lap sealant and scal cxposed edges of sheet flashing
terminations.
E. Terminatc and scal top of sheet flashings and mechanically anchor to substrate through termination bars
as required.
HLM 98OO7I.O4 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER 07531-8
C onstruc tio n Do c uments
15 October 2001
F.
G.
t SECTION 07531
t 36
Ji$ A
EPDM MEMBRANE ROOFING
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent tcsting and inspecting agency to perform
roof tests and inspections and to prepare test reports.
Final Roof Inspection: Arrange for roofing system manufacturer's technical personnel to inspect roofing
installation on completion and submit report to Architect.
I . Notify Architect or Owner 48 hours in advance of date and time of inspection.
Repair or remove and replace components of membrane roofing systcm where test results or inspections
indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements.
Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of
replaced or additional work with specified requirements.
PROTECTING AND CLEANING
Protect membrane roofing system from damage and wear during remainder of construction period. When
remaining construction will not affect or endanger roofing, inspect roofing for deterioration and damage,
describing its nature and extent in a written report, with copies to Architect and Owner.
Correct dcficiencies in or remove membrane roofing system that does not comply with requirements,
repair substrates and repair or reinstall membrane roofing system to a condition free of damage and
deterioration at time of Substantial Completion and according to warranty requirements.
Clean overspray and spillage from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures
recommended by manufacturer of affected construction.
END OF SECTION 0753I
D.
D.
B.
3.7
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
VAI L VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
Constructian Docume nts
15 October 2001I
HLM 980071-04 07531-9
I sEcrroNoz62o
t
SECTION 07620. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
PART I-GENERAL
I I.I RELATEDDOCUMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
I Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
I t.z s'MMARYI
A. This Section includes sheet metal flashing and trim in the following categories:
I l. Metal flashing.
f 2. Reglets.
3. Scuppers and downspouls.
f B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:r l. Division 6 Section Rough Carpentry2. Division 7 Section "Roof Accessories" for set-on-t),?e curbs, equipment supports, and other
I manufactured roof accessory units.
I 3. Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants".4. Division 7 Roofing Sections for flashing and roofing accessories installed integral with roofing -
systenrs.
I.3 PERFORMANCEREQUIREMENTS
I A. General: Install sheet metal flashing and trim to withstand wind loads, structural movement, thermally
induced movement, and exposure to weather without failing.
I B. Fabricate and install flashings at roof edges to comply with recommendations of FM Loss Preventionr Data Sheet l-49 for wind cxposure C, 85 MPH.
I 1.4 REFERENCES:
I A. Architectural Sheet Metal Manual; Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association,
I Inc. (SMACNA)
B. ASTM A 5261A 526M-90 Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated (Galvinized)
I C. ASTM B 32093 Standard Specification for Solder Metal
I 1.5 SUBMTTTALS
r A. Gcncral: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division I
I Specification Secrions.
SHEET METAL FLASHING ANDTRIM
l- HLM snoozr-u
I
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C onstructio n Doc ume nns
15 October 2001
07620-t
SECTION 07620 I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
B.
1.6
2.1
SHEET METAL FIASHING AND TRIM
Product Data including manufacturer's material and finish data, installation instructions, and general
recommendations for cach specified flashing material and fabricated product.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed sheet metal flashing and
trim work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Pmject and with a record of
successful in-service performance.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Coordinate Work of this Section with interfacing and adjoining Work for proper sequencing of each
installation. Ensure best possible weather resistance, durability of Work, and protection of materials and
finishes.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
METALS
Copper: ASTM B 370; temper H0O, cold rolled except where temper 060 is required for
Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 526, C 90 (ASTM A 526M, 2275), commcrcial quality, or
ASTM A 52'7, G90 (ASTM A 527M,2275), Iock-forming quality, hot-dip galvanized steel sheet with
0.20 percent copper, mill phosphatized where indicated for painting; not less than 0.0396 inch (1.0 mm)
thick. unless otherwise indicated.
Coil-coated salvanized steel sheet finish.
t.7
I
I2.2
A.
CONCEALED THROUGH-WALL SHEET METAL FLASHING
Material: Fabricate from the following metal:
l. Galvanizcd steel, 26 gauge for all locations unless otherwise noted. Coil-coated
exposed locations
2. Copper: 16 oz. (0.55 mm thick) for flashing at copper roof, and elsewhereas
drawings.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, providc onc of the following:
l. Cheney Flashing (Dovetail); Chency Flashing Company, Inc.
2. Chcncy Flashing (Sawtooth); Cheney Flashing Company, Inc.
3. Keystone Three-Way Interlocking Thruwall Flashing; Keystone Flashing Co.
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
all
B.
finish at
indicatcd
2.3 RECLETS
A. Ceneral: Units ol'type, matcrial, and profile indicated, formed to provide secure interlocking of separate
rcglct and countcrflashing pieces and compatible with flashing indicatcd.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CDNTER
Constructio n Doc u me nts
I5 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 07620-2
t
I
F
SECTION 07620
F.
B.
S HEET M ETAL F IAS H I NG AND TRI M
Surfacc-Mounted Type: Provide with slotted holes for fastening to substratc, with neoprene or other
suitable weatherproofing washers, and with channel for sealant at top edge.
Stucco Type: Provide with upturncd fastening flange and extension leg of length to match thickness cf
applied fi nish materials.
Flcxible Flashing Retainer: Provide resilient plastic or rubber accessory to secure flexible flashing in
reglet where clcarance does not permit use of standard metal counterflashing or where Drawings show
reglet without metal counterfl ashing.
Counterflashing Wind-Restraint Clips: Providc clips to be installed before counterflashing to prevent
wind uplift of the counterflashing lower edge.
l. Material: Coppcr, 16 oz./sq. ft. (0.55 mm thick) at copper roof.
2. Material: Galvanized steel, 26 and 24 gauge as recommended by manufacturer, all other
locations.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
l. F.y Reglet Corporation.
2. Architect Approved Equal.
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES
Fasteners: Same metal as sheet metal flashing or other noncorrosive metal as recommended by sheet
melal manufacturer. Match finish of exposed heads with material being fastened.
Asphalt Mastic: SSPC-Paint 12, solvent{ype asphalt mastic, nominally fiee of sulfru and containing no
asbestos fibers, compounded for l5-mil (0.4-mm) dry film thickness per coat.
Elastomeric Sealant: Ceneric type recommended by sheet metal manufacturer and fabricator of
components being sealed and complying with requirements for joint sealants as specihed in Division 7
Section "Joint Sealants."
Adhesives: Type recommended by flashing sheet metal manufacturer for waterproof and weather-
resistant seaming and adhcsive application of flashing sheet metal.
Metal Accessories: Provide sheet metal clips, straps, anchoring devices, and similar accessory units as
required for installation of Work, matching or compatible with material being installed; noncorrosive;
size and thickness required for performance.
Gutter Screen: | /4-inch (6-mm) hardware cloth installed in shcet metal frames. Fabricate screen and
frame of same basic material as gutters and downspouts.
Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586, Type I, asbestos frcc, asphalt based.
FABRICATION, GENERAL
Sheet Metal Fabrication Standard: Fabricate sheet metal flashing
recommendations of SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual"
dimensions. mctal, and other characteristics of the item indicated.
comply with
to the design,
D.I
t
I
I
I
I
B.
and trim to
that apply
D.
F.
G.
2.5
t
I
I
I
T
I
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstruc tio n D oc ume nts
15 October 2001I
HLM 980071-04 07620-3
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C.
D.
2.6
SECTION 07620 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
B. Comply with details shown to fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim that fit substrates and result in
waterproof and weather-resistant performance once installed. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces
to be covered before fabricatins sheet metal.
Form exposed sheet metal Work that is without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks and that
is true to line and levels indicatcd, with exposed edges folded back to form hems.
Seams: Fabricatc nonmoving seams in sheet metal with flat-lock seams. Tin edgcs to be seamed, form
seams, and solder.
SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS
A. General: Fabricate sheet metal items in thickness or weight needed to comply with performance
requirements but not less than that listed below for each application and metal.
B. Splash Pans: Fabricate from the following material:
l. Calvanized steel,0.0276 inch thick.).
C. Roof-Drain Flashing: Fabricate from the following material:
I . Lead: 4.0 lb/sq. ft. (1.6 mm thick), hard tempered.
D. Scuppers: Fabricate from the following material:
l. Coil-Coated Galvanized Steel: 0.0276 inch (0.7 mm) thick.
E. Base Flashing: Fabricate from the following material:
|. Copper: 20 oz.lsq. ft. (0.7 mm thick).
F. Counterflashing: Fabricate from the following material:
l. Galvanized Steel: 0.0217 inch (0.55 mm) thick.
G. Flashing Receivers: Fabricate from the following material:
I . Galvanized Steel: 0.02 l7 inch (0.55 mm) thick.
H. Valley Flashing: Fabricate liom thc following material:
I . Coil-Coated Galvanized Steel: 0.0276 inch (0.7 mm) thick.
I. Drip Edges: Fabricatc from thc following material:
I . Coil-Coated Calvanized Steel: 0.02 | 7 inch (0.55 mm) thick.
J. Equipment Support Flashing: Fabricate fronr the following material:
| . Coil-Coated Calvanized Steel: 0.0276 inch (0.7 mm) thick.
K. Roof-Penetration Flashing: Fabricate from the following material:
l. Calvanized Steel: 0.0276 inch (0.7 nrm) thick.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAI, CENTER
Constructio n Docume nts
I5 Ocktber 2001
HLM 980071-04 07620-4
I
I
SECTION 07620 SHEET METAL FI.ILSHING AND TRIM
2.7 COIL-COATED CALVANIZED STEEL SHEET FINISH
A' High-Pcrformance Organic Coating Finish: Apply thc following system by coil-coating process on
galvaniz.ed steel sheet as recommended by coating manufacturers and applicator. Coil-coated finish to be
used at all locations where flashings are exposed to view. Otherwise, galvanized flashing may be used.
l. Fluoropolymer 2-Coat Coating System: Manufacturer's standard 2-coat, thcrmocured system
composed of specially formulated inhibitive primer and fluoropolymer color topcoat containing
not less than 70 perccnt polyvinylidene fluoride resin by weight; complying with AAMA 605.2.a. Color and Gloss: As selected by Architect from manufacturert full range of choices for
color and gloss.
b' Resin Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide fluoropolymer
coating systems containing resins produced by one of the following manufacturers:
I ) Ausimont USA, Inc. (Hylar 5000)
2) Elf Atochem North America, Inc. (Kynar 500)
2. Coil-Coated Steel Sheet Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide
products by one of the following:
a. Atas Aluminum Corporation.
b. Copper Sales, Inc.
c. MM Systems Corporation.
d. Petersen Aluminum Corporation.
e. Vincent Metals.
B. Shop Finish, Rain Drainage: Provide manufacturer's standard baked-on, white-acrylic shop finish on
sheet metal rain-drainage units (gutters, downspouts, and similar exposed units); 1.0-mit (0.025-mm) dry
film thickness.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
Examine substrates and conditions under which sheet metal flashing and trim are to be installed and
verify that Work may properly corunence. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected.
INSTALLATION
Ceneral: Unless otherwise indicated, install sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with performance
requirements, manufacturer's installation instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal
Manual." Anchor units of Work securely in place by methods indicated, providing for thermal cxpansion
of metal units; conceal fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install
Work with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight and weatherproof.
Install exposed sheet metal Work that is without excessivc oil canning, buckling, and tool marks and that
is true to line and levels indicatcd, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. Install sheet metal
flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in waterproof and weather-resistant perforrnance. Verify
shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricatins sheet metal.
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co ns tructio n Do c ume nt s
15 October 2001
I
I
t
I
I
I
A.
B.
3.1
-'t.z
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
HLM 980071-04 07620-5
i),
--./
SECTION 07620
c.
I.
J.
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
D.
F.
G.
H.
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
Rool'-Edge Flashings: Secure metal flashings at roof edges according to FM Loss Prevention Data Sheet
l -49 for specified wind zonc.
Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed sheet metal Work. Space movement
joints at maximum of l0 feet (3 m) with no joints allowed within 24 inches (610 mm) of corner or
intersection. Where lapped or bayonertype expansion provisions in Work cannot be used or would not
be sufficiently wcathcrproof and waterproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not
less than I inch (25 mm) deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints).
Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter. Pretin cdges of sheets
to be soldered to a width of 1-ll2 inches (38 mm), except whcrc pretinned surface would show in finished
Work.
| . Do not solder the following metals:
a. Coil-coated galvanized steel sheet.
2. Pretinning is not rcquired for the following metals:
a. l-ead-coatedcopper.
3. Do not use torches for soldering. Heat surfaces to receive solder and flow solder into joint. Fill
joint completely. Completely remove flux and spatter from exposed surfaces.
Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion, but movable, joints in metal to accornmodate elaslomeric sealant to
comply with SMACNA standards. Fill joint with sealant and form metal to completely conceal sealant.
l. Use joint adhesive for nonmovingjoints specified not to be soldered.
Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seans in sheet metal with flat-lock seams. Tin edges to bc scamed, form
seams, and solder.
Separations: Separate metal from noncompatible metal or corrosive substrates by coating concealed
surfaces, at locations of contact, with asphalt mastic or other permanent separation as recommended by
manufacturer.
l. Underlayment: Where installing stainless steel or aluminum directly on cemcntitious or wood
substrates, install a slip sheet of red-rosin paper and a course of polyethylene underlayment.
2. Bed flanges ofWork in a thick coat of roofing cement where required for waterproof performance.
Install reglets to receivc counterflashing according to manufactures recommendations.
Counterflashings: Coordinate installation of counterflashings with installation of assemblies to be
protected by counterflashing. Insfall counterflashings in reglets or receivers. Secure in a waterproof
manncr by means of snap-in installation and sealant, lead wedges and sealant, interlocking folded seam,
or blind rivets and sealant. Lap counterflashing joints a minimum of 2 inches (50 mm) and bed with
sealant.
Roof-Drainage System: Install drainage items fabricated from sheet metal, with straps, adhesives, and
anchors recommended by SMACNA's Manual or the item manufacturer, to drain roof in the most
efficient manner. Coordinate rool'-drain llashing installation with roof-drainagc system installation.
Coordinatc flashing and sheet metal items for steep-sloped roofs with roofing installation.
Equipment Support Flashing: Coordinate equipment support flashing installation with roofing and
equipment installation. Weld or seal flashing to equipment support mcrnbcr.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C onstructio n D o c ume nts
I5 October 2N)I
HLM 98007(-U 07620-6
I
I
SECTION 07620 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
Roof-Penetration Flashing: Coordinate roof-penetration flashing installation with roofing and installation
of items penetrating roof. Install flashing as follows:
l. Turn lead flashing down inside vent piping, being careful not to block vent piping with flashing.2. Seal and clamp flashing to pipes penetrating roof, other rhan lead flashing on vent piping.
Splash Pans: Install where downspouts discharge on low-sloped roofs, unless otherwise shown. Set in
roof cement or sealant compatible with roofing membrane.
Install continuous gutter screens on gutters with noncorrosive fasteners, arranged as hinged units to swing
open for cleaning gutters.
CLEANING AND PROTECTION
Clean exposed metal surfaces, removing substances that might cause corrosion of metal or deterioration
of finishes.
Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure sheet metal flashing and trim Work during
construction is without damage or deterioration other than natural weathering at the time of Substantial
Completion.
END OFSECTION0T620
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C onstructio n Doc ume nts
I5 October 2(MI
N.
o.
B.
J.J
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
t
I
HLM 980071-04 07620-7
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
T
I
l'"
I
l.l
1.2
SECTION 07720 ROOF ACCESSORIES
SECTION 07720 - ROOF ACCESSORIES
PART I - CENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
This Section includes the followins:
l. Wall Vents.
2. Snow guards.
3. RoofCurbs.
4. Pre-fabricated roof expansion joints.
Related Sections include the following:
I. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry".
2. Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim".
3. Division 7 Sections for roofing accessories included as part ofroofing Work.
4. Division 7 Section EIFS
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction details, materials, dimensions of
individual components and profiles, and finishes.
Drawings for Initial Submittal: For snow guard, provide a plan indicating recommended layout pattern
and type for approval by Architect.
r.4 QUALTTY ASSURANCE
A. Standards: Comply with the following:
l. SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" details for fabrication of units, including flanges
and cap flashing to coordinate with type of roofing indicated.
2. NRCA'S "Roofing and Waterproofing Manual" details for installing units.
B. Fabricator: Each product spccified shall be supplied by a single source.
C. Installer: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed similar projects and has a successful
pcrformance record.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstructio n Doc uments
15 October 2001
B.
1.3
B.
HLM 980071-04 07720-1
2.1
SECTION 07720
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
ROOF ACCESSORIES
MANUFACTURERS
Availablc Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that
may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
I . Wall Vents for installation in Exterior Insulation and Finish Svstem:
a. Ruskin Model ELFI5J
b. Architect Approved Equal.
2. Snow Guards:
a. SNOBAR by Riddell & Company.
b. Architect Approved Equal.
3. Roof expansion joints:
a. ManvilleExpand-0-Flash.
b. Architect Approved Equal.
4. Roof hatches:
a. Bilco Company.
b. Architect Approved Equal.
2.2 MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Wall Vents: Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B 221 alloy 6063-T5 or alloy and tempcr required to suit
structural and finish requirements, with mill finish, unless otherwise indicated.
Snow Guards: Stainless Steel.
Fasteners: Same metal as metals being fastened, as recommended by manufacturer. Match finish of
exposed fasteners with finish of material being fastened.
Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard as needed.
Roof expansion joints: Neoprene.
Elastomeric Sealant: As recommended bv manufacturcr. as needed.
2.3 WALL VENTS
A. General: Ruskin Model ELFI -5J, narrow profile aluminum vcnt, with integral angled blades and drainage
system-
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Docume nts
15 October 2001
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
B.
c.
D.
E.
f.
HLM 98007r-04 07720-2
I
I
F.
SECTION 07720 ROOF ACCESSONIES
2.4 ROOFCURBS
A. General: Provide roof curbs capable of supporting superimposed live and dead loads, including
cquipment loads and other construction to be supported on roof curbs. Coordinate dimensions with
drawings, and rough-in information ofequipment to be supported.
B. Fabrication:
l. Provide preservative-treated, and fire treated wood curb as indicated on drawings, or
2. Provide manufacturer's standard rigid or semirigid insulation where indicated on drawings.
3. Provide cants and base profile coordinated with roof insulation thickness.
4. Fabricate units to minimum heieht indicated.
ROOF HATCHES
General: Fabricate units to withstand 40-lbf/sq. ft. (1.9- kPa) external and 2O-lbf/sq. ft. (0.95-
kPa) internal loading pressure. Frame with minimum 9-inch- (225-mm-) high, integral-curb,
double-wall construction with l-\l2-inch (38- mm) insulation, formed cants and cap flashing
(roofing counterflashing), with welded or sealed mechanical corner joints. Provide double-wall
cover (lid) construction with l- inch- (25-mm-) thick insulation core. Provide gasketing and
equip with corrosion-resistant or hot-dip galvanized hardware including pintle hinges, hold-
open devices, interior padlock hasps, and both interior and exterior latch handles.
Type: Single-leaf personnel access.
l. For Ladder Access: 30 by 36 inches (750 by 900 mm).
Material: Aluminum or galvanized steel, or in combination, at Contractor's option.
2.5
I
I
I
T
I
I B.
C.
2.6
I
I
I
I
I
l.
2.
J.
4.
5.
Finish: Prime painted.
Finish: Baked enamel.
Finish: High-performance organic coating.
Finish: Clear anodic.
Finish: Color anodic.
I
lr
D. Sloping Roofs: Where slope or roof deck exceeds l/4 inch per foot ( I :48), fabricate hatch curbs
with height tapered to match slope to level tops of units.
SNOW GUARDS
Ceneral: Prefabricated, noncorrosive units designed to be installed without penetrating roof and complete
with predrilled holes, clamps, or hooks for anchoring. Locations to be as indicated on roof plan.
Quantity, type and pattern to be as recommended by Snow Guard manufacturer.
| . Metal Type: Prefabricated, designed for use with type of roof specified.
F'INISHES, GENERAL
VAIL VALLEY MDDICAL CENTER
C o nstructio n Doc u me nts
15 October 2001
2.1
I
I
HLM 980071-04 07720-3
SECTION 07720 RooF AC}ESSORTES I
Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual lbr Architectural and Metal Products" for
recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary
protective covering before shipping.
Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if
they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in the same piece arc
not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range
of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.
LOUVER FINISH
Kynar: Kynar 500 fluoropolymer coating applied following thorough cleaning and pretreatment as
recommended by manufacturer.
SNOWGUARDFINISH
Manufacture's standard painted finish to match standing seam metal roof.
PART 3 - EXECI,TTION
INSTALLATION
General: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Coordinate installation of roof accessorics
with installation of roof deck, roof insulation, flashing, roofing membranes, penetrations, equipment, and
other construction involving roof accessories to ensure that each element of the Work performs properly
and that combined elements are waterproof and weathertight. Anchor roof accessories securcly to
supporting structural substrates so they are capable of withstanding lateral and thermal stresses, and
inward and outward loading pressures.
Install roof accessory items according to construction details of NRCA's "Roofing and Waterproofing
Manual," unlcss otherwise indicated,
Separation: Separate metal from incompatible metal or corrosive substrates, including wood, by coating
concealed surlaces, at locations of contact, with bituminous coating or providing other permanent
scparatlon.
Cap Flashing: Where requircd as component of accessory, install cap flashing to provide waterproof
overlap with roofing or roof flashing (as counterflashing). Seal overlap with thick bead of mastic sealant.
Snow Guards: Install according to wdtten installation instructions and recommendations of manulacturer
and NRCA's "Steep Roofing Manual".
CLEANINC AND PROTECTION
Clean cxposcd surfaces according to manufacturer's written instructions. Touch up damaged metal
coatlnqs.
VAII. VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstructio n Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
c.
B.
D.
E.
2.8
2.9
3.1
-'l . z
HLM 98007l-U 07720-4
I sECrroN 07720
I ENDoFsEcrroNoT?2'
l=
I
I
t
I
I
I
ROOF ACCESSONIES
I HLM s80071-04 vATLvALLEy MEDToALCENTER 07720-sI Construction Documents
15 October 2(nI
I
I
I
/r'4\I'
I
t
I
t
I
t
b
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l'---
I
t.2
I.-)
r.4
SECTION 07760 ROO F / P I.AZA PAV E R MATE RIALS
SECTION 07760 - ROOF/PLAZA PAVER MATERIALS
PART I - GENERAL
I.I RELATEDDOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
This Section includes the followins:
I . Roof/?laza Pavers.
Related Sections include the following:
l. Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim"
2. Division 7 Section for Roofine
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction details, materials, dimensions of
individual components and profiles, and finishes.
QUALITY ASSTJRANCE
Standards: Comply with the following:
l. SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" details for fabrication of units, including flanges
and cap flashing to coordinate with type of rooling indicated.
2. NRCA's "Roofing and Waterproofing Manual" details for installing units.
WARRANTY
Standards: Comply with thc following:
l. Pavers: l0 year warranty.
2. Pedestals and other accessories: 3 vear warrantv.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Availablc Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with rcquirements, manufacturers offering products that
may be incorporatcd into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Doc u me nts
15 October 2(Ml
B.
t.5
HLM 980071-04 07760-1
SECTION 07760 RO OF / P LAZA P AV ER M AT E RI ALS
l. Plaza Paver System:
a. Westile; Plaza Pavcr Systcm, Littleton, CO
b. Envirospec, Inc; Pave-El System, Buffalo, NY
c. Lightguard, product code: 2N-200 by T-Clcar Corporation.
d. Architect Approved F4ual
2.2 MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. 2'X 2'Concrete pavers.
B. Finish per Architect's selection from manufacturer's standard range ofcolor and texture.
PART 3 - EXECU-TION
3.I INSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Coordinate installation of paver system with
roof underlayment, and adjacent wall construction.
B. Examine area to receive plaza paver system to verify surfaces are smooth, sound, clean and free of
irregularities, related work penetrating the plane of the roof is completed, and the roof deck will sustain
the weight of the plaza paver system. Do not commence paver application until unsatisfactory conditions
are satisfied.
C. Broom deck surface clean.
3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Clean exposed surfaces according to manufacturer's written instructions.
END OF SECTION 07760
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o ns truc tia n Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
HLM 980071-04 07760-2
I
I
SECTION O78II
PART I -GENERAL
l.l
SPRAYED FIRE RESISTIVE MATERIALS
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including Ceneral and Supplementary Conditions and
Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
This Section includes the following:
l. Concealedsprayedfire-resistivematerials.
2. Exposed sprayed fire-resistive materials.
3. Topcoat.
4. Sealer.
Related Sections include the following:
l. Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for concret€ protecting structural steel.
2. Division 3 Section "Architectural Precast Concrete - Plant Cast" for precast protecting structural
steel.
3. Division 4 Section "Unit Masonry" for masonry protecting sFuctural steel.
4. Division 5 Section "Structural Steel" for surface conditions required for structural steel receiving
sprayed fi re-resistive materials.
5. Division 7 Section "Building Insulation" for fire-safing insulation.
6. Division 7 Section "Board Fire Protection" for mineral-fiber-board fire protection.
7. Division 7 Section "Firestopping" for through-penetration firestopping systems.
8. The following Division 9 Sections for gypsum-board-based fre protecrion:
"Cypsum Board Assemblies."
DEFINITIONS
Concealed sprayed fire-resistive material is applied to surfaces that are concealed from view behind other
construction when the Work is completed.
Exposed sprayed fire-resistivc material is applied to surfaces that are exposcd to view when the Work is
completed.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each fire-resistive product specified.
Shop Drawings: Structural-framing plans indicating the following:
l. Locations and types of surface preparations required before applying sprayed fire-resistivc
matcrial.
2. Extent of spraycd lire-resistive material for each construction and fire-resistance rating, including
the followine:
A.
B.
1.2I
t
I
t
I
t
1.3
B.
B.
t.4
I
I
I
I
I
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o n s truc tio n D o c u rn e nts
15 October 2001I
I
I
HLM 98007r-04 o78tI-I
SECTION 07811 SP&\YED FIRE RESISTIVE MATERIALS
a. Applicable fire-resistive design designations of a qualified testing and inspecting agency
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
b. Minimum thicknesses needed to achieve required fire-resistance ratings of structural
J.
components and assemblics.
c. Designation of restrained and unrestrained conditions based on definitions in ASTM E I19,
Appendix X3 as determined by a qualified professional engineer.
3. Trealment of sprayed firc-resistive material after application.
Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts showing the full range of colors and glosses
available.
Samples for Verification: Of each type of exposed finish required, prepared on 2 Samples, each 4 inches
square, of each color, gloss, textue and material formulation to b€ applied. Where finishes involve
normal color and texture variations, include Sample sets showing the full range of variations expected.
Product Certificates: Signed by manufacturer of sprayed fire-resistive material certifying that the products
furnished comply with rcquirements.
Installer Certificates: Signed by manufacturer certifying that installers comply with specified
requirements.
Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their
capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names
and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified.
Compatibility and Adhesion Test Reports: For primers and other coatings applied to structural steel.
Provide reports from a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency engaged by Contractor.
Confirm that primers and coatings proposed for application in shop or field are compatible with fire-
resistive material. Instruct laboratory to determine compatibility according to requircments specified in
"Quality Assurance" Article.
Product Test Reports: Indicate that physical properties of proposed sprayed fire-resistive matcrials
comply with specified requirements based on comprehensive testing of current product formulations by a
qualified testing and inspecting agency according to requirements specificd in "Quality Assurance"
Article.
ResearcMEvaluation Reports: Evidcnce of sprayed fire-resistive material's compliance with building codc
in elfect for Project, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienccd installcr certified, licensed, or otherwise qualified by
sprayed fire-resistive material manufacturer as having the necessary experience, staff, and training to
install manufacturer's products according to specified requirements. A manufacturer's willingness to sell
its sprayed firc-resistive materials to Contractor or to an installer engaged by Contractor does not in itself
confcr qualification on the buyer.
Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is lcgally qualified to practice in the
jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienccd in providing engineering services of the kind
indicated. Engineering services are defined as those pcrformed for installations of sprayed fire-resistive
materials that are similar to thosc indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent.
I
I
I
I
I
I
C.
D.
E.
F.
c.
I
1.5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
VAI L VAI,LEY M EDICAL CENTER
C onstructio n Do cume nts
15 October 2001
HLM 98M71.04 o7811-2
I
I
SECTION O78II SPRAYED FIRE RESISTIVE MATERIALS
Testing Agency Qualifications: An indepcndent testing and inspecting agency with the experience and
capability to conduct the testing indicated without delaying the Work, as documented according to
ASTl,,r E 699.
Testing of Fire-Resistive Materials: By a qualified testing and inspecting agency engaged by Contractor or
manufacturer according to the following requirements:
l. Sprayed fire-rcsistive materials are randomly selected for testing from bags bearing the applicable
classification marking of UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities
having j urisdiction.
2. Testing is performed on specimens of sprayed fire-resistive materials that comply with laboratory
testing requirements specified in Part 2 and are otherwise identical to installed fire-resistive
materials, including application of accelcrant, sealers, topcoats, tamping, troweling, rolling, and
water over-spray, if any of these are used in final application.
3. Testing is performed on specimens whose application the independent testing and inspecting
agency witnessed during preparation and conditioning. Include in test reports a full description of
preparation and conditioning of laboratory test specimens.
Testing for Compatibility and Adhesion: Engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to prepare
compatibility and adhesion test reports required in "Submittals" Article based on testing that complies
with the following requirements:
l. Testing for bond per ASTM 8736 and requirements specified in UL's "Fire Resistance Directory"
about coating materials.
2. Verify that manufacturer of fire-resistive material has not found primers or coatings to be
incompatible with fire-resistive material based on its own laboratory testing or field experience.
Source Limitations: Obtain each type of sprayed fire-resistive material from one source and by a single
manufacturer.
Fire-TesGResponsc Characteristics: Provide sprayed fire-resisrive materials and assemblies identical to
those tested for the following fire-test-response characteristics per test method indicated below by UL or
another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify packages
(bags) containing sprayed fire-resistive material with appropriate markings of applicable testing and
inspecting agency.
l. Fire-Resistance Ratings: As indicated by reference to fire-resistive designs listed in ULb "Fire
Resistance Directory," or in the comparable publication of another testing and inspecting agency
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for sprayed fire-resistive material serving as dircct-
applicd protection, tested per ASTM E I 19.
2. Surface-Burning Characteristics: As indicated for each sprayed firc-resisiive product required,
tested per ASTM E 84.
Provide products containing no detectable asbestos as determined according to the method specified in
40 CFR, Part763, Subpart E, Appendix E, Section l, "Polarized Lighr Microscopy."
Mockups: Beforc installing sprayed fire-resistive material, apply products specified to demonstrate
qualities of materials and execution. Build mockups to comply with the following requirements, using
materials indicated for completcd Work:
L Locate mockups in the location indicated or, ifnot indicated, as directed by Architect.
D.t
I
I
I
t
I
F.
c.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I -:''
I
VAIL VAILEY M EDICAL CENTER
Co nstruction Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
t
HLM 98007r-04 o78I t-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
t.
-1-
A
B.
C.
B.
1.6
t.7
1.8
1.9
,-la,
. ."i
SECTION O78II
2. Extent of Mockups: Approximately 20 lineal feet of surface for each product indicated.
3. Notify Architect 7 days in advance ol'the dates and times when mockups will be constructed.
4. Demonstrate the proposed workmanship, including patching.
5. Obtain Architectb approval of mockups bcfore starting application of product.
6. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard lbr judging the
completed Work.
a. Approved mockups in an undisturbed condition at the time of Substantial Cornpletion may
become part of thc completed Work.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Deliver products to Project site in original, unopened packages with intact and legible manufacturers'
labels identifying product and manufacturer; date of manufacturei shelf life, if applicable; and fire-
resistance ratings applicable to Project.
Use materials with limited shelf life within period indicated. Remove from Project sitc and discard
materials whose shelf life has expired.
Store materials inside, under cover, aboveground, so they are kept dry until ready for use. Remove from
Projcct site and discard materials that have deteriorated.
PROJECTCONDMONS
Environmental Limitations: Do not apply sprayed fire-resistive material whcn ambient or substrate
temperatures are 4OdegF or lower, unless temporary protection and heat is provided to maintain
temperatures at or above this level for 24 hours before, during, and for 24 hours after product application.
Ventilation: Ventilate building spaces during and after application of sprayed lire-resistivc material. Use
natural means or, where this is inadequate, forced-air circulation until fire-resistive material dries
thoroughly.
sEQr.]ENCrNC
Sequence and coordinatc application of sprayed fire-resistive materials with othcr related work specified
in other Sections to comply with the following requirements:
Provide temporary enclosures for interior applications to prevent deterioration of fire-resistive
material due to exposure to unfavorablc environmental conditions.
Avoid unnecessary exposure of fire-resistive material to abrasion and other damage likely to occur
during construction operations subsequent to its application.
Do not apply fire-resistive material to metal roof desk substratcs until roofing has been completed;
prohibit roof traffic during application and drying of firc-resistive material.
Do not begin applying fire-resistive material until clips, hangers, supports, sleeves, and other items
penetrating fire protection are in placc.
5. Defer installing ducts, piping, and other items that would interfere with applying fire-resistive
matcrial until application of fire protection is completed.
6. Do not install enclosing or concealing construction until after fire-rcsistive material has been
applicd, inspected, tested, and corrections have been made to defcctivc applications.
WARRANTY
SPPAYED FIRE RESISTIVE MATERIAIS
VAIL VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
Con structio n Doc ume nt s
15 October 2N)I
HLM 980071-04 o78tI-4
I
t
I.i
SECTION O78II
PART 2. PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Fiberous fireproofing system to provide a fire rated assembly rating of:
l. 3 hour: columns - UL design X829.2. 3 hour: beams and girders (columnro-column) - UL design N816.3. 2 hour: purlins (beam+o-beam) - UL design D902.4. 2 hour: concrete roof assembly - UL design D902.5. 2 hour: concrete floor assembly - UL design D902.
VAIL VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
Co nstructian Docume nts
15 October 2(MI
SPRAYED FIRE RESISTIVE MATERIALS
General Warranty: The special warranty specificd in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights
Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run
concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents.
Special Warranty: Submit a written warranty, executed by Contractor and cosigned by Installer, agreeing
to repair or replacc sprayed fire-resistive materials that fail within the specified warranty period.
l. Failures include, but are not limited to, cracking, flaking, eroding in excess of specified
requirements; peeling; and delaminating of sprayed fire-resistive materials from substrates due to
defective materials and workmanship within the specified wananty period.
2. Not covered under the warranty are failures due to damage by occupants and Owner's maintenance
personnel, exposure to environmental conditions other than those investigated and approved during
fire-response testing, and other causes not rcasonably foreseeable under conditions of normal use.
Warranty Period: 2 years from date of Substantial Completion.
B.
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.2 EXPOSED SPRAYED FIRE.RESISTIVE MATERIALS
General: For exposed applications of sprayed fire-resistive materials, provide manufacturer's standard
products complying with requirements indicated for material composition and for minimum physical
prop€rties ofeach product listed, measured by standard test methods referenced with each property.
Sprayed-Fiber Fire-Resistivc Material: Factory-mixed, dry formulation of inorganic binders, mineral
fibers, hllers, and additives conveyed in a dry state by pneumatic equipment and mixcd with water at
spray nozzle to form a damp, as-applied product, complying with the following requirements:
l. Dry Density: Values for average and individual densities as required lbr fire-resistance ratings
indicated, per ASTM E 605 or AWCI Technical Manual l2-A, Appendix A, "Alternate Method
for Density Determination," but with an average density ofnot less than 22 lb./cu. ft.
2. Bond Strength: 434 lbf/sq. ft. per ASTM E 736.
3. Compressive Strength: 5l lbf/sq. in. per ASTM E 761.
4. Dry Dcnsity: Values for average and individual densities as required for fire-resistance rarings
indicated, per ASTM E 605 or AWCI Technical Manual 12-A, Appcndix A, "Alternate Method
for Density Determination," but with an average density of not less than 39 lb./cu. ft.
5. Bond Strength: 1000 lbf/sq. ft. per ASTM E 736.
6. Compressive Strength: 300 lbf/sq. in. per ASTM E 761.
7 . Corrosion Resistance: No evidence of corrosion per ASTM E 937.
8. Deflection: No cracking, spalling, delamination, or the like per ASTM E 759.
B.
t
t
I
T
t
t
I
I
HLM 98007r-04 o78r1-5
SECTION O78I I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
a.
b.
c.
c.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
SPRAYED FIRE RESISTIVE MATERIALS
9. Effect of Impact on Bonding: No cracking, spalling, dclamination, or the like per ASTM E 760.
10. Air Erosion: Maximum weight loss of 0.025 g/sq. ft. pcr ASTM E 859.
I l. Combustion Characteristics: Passes ASTM E 136.
Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide spraycd fire-resistive materials with the following surface-
burning characteristics as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84 by UL or another
testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
I . Flame Spread: I0 or less.
2. Smoke Developed: 0.
3. Fungal Resistance: No observed growth on specimens per ASTM G 21.
4. For exterior applications of sprayed fire-resistive material, provide manufacturer's formulation
approved for surfaces exposed to the exterior.
Water-Based Intumescent Mastic Fire-Resistive Material: Factory-mixed formulation consisting of water-
based mastic, with inorganic reinforcing fibers for spray application.
Nonwater-Based Intumescent Mastic Fire-Resistive Material: Factory-mixed formulation oonsisting of
mastic, with inorganic reinforcing fibers for spray application.
l. For exterior applications of fire-resistive material, provide manufacturer's formulation approved
for such use.
Thin-Film Intumescent Mastic Fire-Resistive Material: Factory-mixed mastic coating system, spray
applied as thin-film coating, as follows:
l. Single-component system consisting of intumescent coating.
2. Multicomponent system consisting ofan intumescent bas€ coat and topcoat.
Color and Gloss: As indicated by manufacturer's color and gloss designations.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
1. Sprayed-FiberFire-ResistiveMatcrial:
a. Cafco Deck Shield I; Isolatek International Corp., Cafco Products.
2. Water-BasedlntumescentMasticFire-ResistiveMatcrial:
a. Clad 900; Albi Manufacturing, Div. of StanChem Inc.
3. Nonwater-BasedlntumescentMasticFire-ResistiveMaterial:
a. Clad 800; Albi Manufacturing, Div. of StanChcm Inc.
b. PitrChar XP; Carboline Co., Fircproofing Products Div.
c. Chartek IV; Textron Specialty Materials.
4. Thin-FilmlntumescentMasticFire-ResistiveMaterial:
Firefilm and Colorcoat; A/D Fire Protection Systems, Inc.
Clad TF; Albi Manufacturing, Div. ol'StanChem Inc.
Cafco Sprayfilm Basecoat and Topscal; Isolatck lntcrnational Corp., Cafco Products.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C onstruction Do c um ents
15 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 o78It-6
I
I
fffi
z. _1
SECTION O78II SPMYED FIRE RESISTIVE MATERIALS
AUXILIARY FIRE.RESISTIVE MATERIALS
Ceneral: Provide auxiliary fire-resistive materials that are compatible with sprayed fire-resistive materials
and substrates and arc approved by LIL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities
having jurisdiction for use in fire-resistive designs indicated.
Substrate Primers: For use on cach substrate and with each sprayed fire-resistive product, provide primer
that complies with one or more of thc following requirements:
l. Primer's bond strength complies with requirements specified in UL's "Fire Resistance Directory"
for coating materials based on a serics of bond tests per ASTM E 736.
2. Primer is identical to those used in assemblies tested for fire{esGresponse characteristics of
sprayed fire-resistive material per ASTM E I 19 by UL or another testing and inspecting agency
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
Adhesive for Bonding Fire-Resistive Material: Product approved by manufacturer of sprayed fire-resistive
material.
Metal Lath: Expanded metal lath fabricated from material of weight, configuration, and finish required to
comply with fire-resistive designs indicated and fire-resistive product manufacturer's written
rccommendations. Include clips, lathing accessories, corner beads, and other anchorage devices required
to attach lath to substrates and to receivc sprayed fire-resistive material.
Reinforcing Fabric: Glass-fiber fabric of type, weight, and form required to comply with fire-resistive
designs indicated, approved by manufacturer of intumescent mastic fire-resistive material.
Reinforcing Mesh: Metallic mesh reinforcement of type, weight, and form required to comply with fire-
resistive designs indicated, approved by manufacturer of intumescent mastic fire-resistive material.
Include pins and attachment.
Topcoats: Type by manufacturer of each sprayed fire-resistive material for applications indicated.
Veneer-Plaster Topcoat: Factory-mixed formulation of a latex-modified, inorganic, veneer plaster
recommended in writing for spray application over concealcd and exposed formulations by manufacturer
of latter products.
l. Product: Subject to compliance with rcquirements, provide "Topkete Type TK-610L" by W.R.
Grace & Co.--Conn., Construction Products Div.
Water-Based Permeable Surface Coating: Factory-mixed formulation for brush, roller, or spray
application over concealed and exposcd formulations by manufacturer of latter products.
l. Product: Subject to compliance with rcquirements, provide "Cafco Topcoat" by Isolatek
International Corp., Cafco Products.
Sealer for Sprayed-Fiber Fire-Rcsistive Material: Transparent-drying, water-dispersible protective coating
by manufacturer of sprayed-fiber firc-resistive material.
l. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide "Cafco Bond-Seal" by Isolatek
International Corp., Cafco Products.
t
I
I
t
I
I
c.
H.
I
I
I
I
t
I
B.
c.
D.
E.
F.
I
l'*''VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Documents
I5 October 2001
I
HLM 980071-04 o78rI-7
SECTION O78II
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.I EXAMINATION
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
B.
C.
D.
B.
3.2
J.J
Examine substrates, with Installer present, to determine whether they are in satisfactory condition to
receive sprayed fire-resistive material. A substrate is in satisfactory condition if it complies with thc
following:
l. Substrates comply with requirements in thc Section where the substrate and related materials and
construction are specified.
2. Substrates are fiee of oil, grease, rolling compounds, incompatible primers, loose mill scale, dirt,
or other foreign substances capable of impairing bond of fire-resistive material with substrate
under conditions of normal use or fire exposure.
3. Objects penetrating fire-resistive material, including clips, hangers, support sleeves, and similar
items, are securely attached to substrates.
4. Substrates are not obstructed by ducts, piping, equipment, and other suspended construction that
will interfere with applying fire-resistive material.
Conduct tests according to fire^resistive material manufacturer's written recommendations to verify that
substrates are free of oil, rolling compounds, and other substances capable of interfering with bond.
Do not proceed with installation of fire-resistive material until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
PREPARATION
Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of fire-resistive material, including oil, grease,
rolling compounds, incompatible primers, and loose mill scale.
Prime substrates where recommended in writing by fire-resistive material manufacturer, unless compatible
shop primer has been applied and is in satisfactory condition to receive hre-resistive material.
For exposed applications, repair substrates to remove any surface imperfections that could affect
uniformity of texture and thickness in finished surface of sprayed fire-resistive material. Rcmove minor
projections and frll voids that would telegraph through fire-resistive products after application.
Cover other work subject to damage from fallout or over-spray of fire-resistive materials during
application. Provide temporary enclosure as required to confine spraying operations, protect the
environment, and ensure maintenance of adequate ambient conditions for temperature and ventilation.
INSTALLATION, CENERAL
Comply with firc-resistive material manufacturer's written instructions for mixing materials, application
procedures, and types of equipment used to convey and spray on fire-resistive material, as applicable to
particular conditions of installation and as required to achicve fire-resistance ratings indicated.
Apply sprayed fire-resistive material that is idcntical to products tested as specified in Part I in "Product
Test Reports" in "Submittals" Articlc, with respect to rate of application, accclerator use, sealers,
topcoats, tamping, troweling, watcr over-spray, or other materials and procedures affecting test results.
SPMYED FIRE RESISTIVE MATERIALS
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstruc tion D oc um e nts
15 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 078il-8
I SECTION O78II
c.
SPRAYED FIRE RESISTIVE MATERIALS
Install metal lath, as required, to comply with fire-resistance ratings and lire-resistive material
manufacturer's written recommendations for conditions ofexposurc and intended use. Securely attach lath
to substrate in position required for support and reinforcement of firc-rcsistivc material. Use anchorage
devices of type recommended in writing by fire-resistive material manufacturer. Attach lathing
accessories where indicated or required for secure attachment to substratc.
Coat substrates with adhcsive belbre applying fire-resistive material where required to achieve fire-
resistance rating or as recommcnded in writing by fire-resistive material manufacturcr for material and
application indicated.
Extend fire-resistive material in full thickness over entire area of each substrate to be protected. Unless
othcrwise recommended in writing by fire-resistive matcrial manufacturer, install body of fire-resistive
covering in a single course.
Spray apply fire-resistivc materials to maximum extent possible. Following the spraying operation in each
area, complete the coverage by trowcl application or other placement method recommendcd in writing by
manufacturer.
For applications over encapsulant materials, including lockdown (post-removal) encapsulants, apply
sprayed fire-resistive material that differs in color from that of the encapsulant over which it is applied.
Where sealers are used, apply products that are tinted to differentiate them from the sprayed fire-resistive
material over which they are applied.
INSTALLING CONCEALED SPRAYED FIRE.RESISTIVE MATERIALS
Apply concealed fire-resistive matcrial in thicknesses and densities indicated. but not lcss than those
required to achieve fire-resistance ratings designated for each condition, and comply with requirements
for thickness specified in Part 2 "Concealed Sprayed Fire-Resistive Materials" Article.
Apply water over-spray to concealed, sprayed-fiber fire-resistive material as required to obtain designated
fire-resistance rating and where indicatcd.
Apply sealcr to concealed sprayed fire-resistive material.
Apply topcoat to concealed sprayed fire-resistive material.
INSTALLINC EXPOSED SPRAYED FIRE.RESISTIVE MATERIALS
Apply exposed spraycd fire-resistive material in thicknesses and densities indicated, but not less than that
required to achieve fire-resistancc ratings designated for each condition, unless greatcr thicknesses and
densities are indicated.
Provide a unilbrm finish complying with description indicatcd for each type of material and matching
Architect's sample or, if none, finish approved for field-erected mockup.
Apply sprayed-fiber fire-resistive matcrial to produce the following finish:
l. Spraytexturedfinish.
2. Apply sealer.
3. Apply topcoat.
D.
c.
H.
3.4
I
I
I
I
I
I
F.
3.5I
B.I
T
B.
I
I
t
t
D.
A.
VAI L VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
Co n str uctio n Doc ume nts
I5 October 2001
I
HLM 98007t-04 o78II-9
SECTION O78II I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D.
B.
D.
3.6
SPRAYED FIRE RESISTIVE MATERIALS
Apply intumescent nastic fire-resistive material as follows:
l. Install reinforcing fabric where indicated or required.
2. Finish: Spraytextured finish with no further treatment.
Apply thin-film intumescent mastic fire-resistive material as follows:
l. Finish: Spray apply successive base coat(s) and linish topcoat. Allow drying and curing between
coats. Determine required dry film thickness beforc applying finish topcoat.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Testing Agency: Owner will engagc a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform
field tests and inspections and to prepare test reporLs.
l. Testing and inspecting agency will interpret tests and state in each report whether tested work
complies with or deviates from requirements.
Testing and inspecting of completed applications of sprayed fire-resistive material will take place in
successive stages, in areas of extcnt and using methods as follows. Do not proceed with application of
fire-resistive material for the next area until test results for previously completed applications of fire-
resistive material show compliance with requirements.
l. Extent: For each 15,000-sq. ft. area, or partial area, on each floor, testing and inspecting agency
will evaluate the following characteristics. Tested values must equal or exceed values indicated
and values required for approved fire-resistance design.
a. Thickness for Floors, Roofs, and Walls: From the average of l0 measurements from a 144-
sq. in. sample area, with sample width ofnot less than 6 inches per ASTM E 605.
b. Thickness for Structural Frame Members: From a sample of 25 percent of structural
members per floor, taking 9 measurements at a single cross section for joists and trusses
and 7 measurements of a single cross section for columns per ASTM E 605.
c. Density for Floors, Roofs, Walls, and Structural Frame Members: At frequency and from
sample size indicated for determining thickness of each type of construction, per
ASTM E 605 or AWCI Technical Manual l2-A, Appendix A, "Alternate Method for
Density Determination."
d. Bond Strength for Floors, Roofs, Walls, and Structural Framing Members: Cohesion and
adhesion at frequency and from sample size indicated for determining thickness of each
type of construction, per ASTM E 736.
2. When testing discovers applications of fire-resistive material not in compliance with requirements,
testing and inspecting agency will perform additional random testing to determine extent of
noncompliance.
Remove and replace applications of fire-resistive material where test results indicate that they do not
comply with specified requirements for oohesion and adhesion or for dcnsity, or both.
Apply additional lire-resistive material pcr manufacturer's written instructions where test results indicatc
that thickness does not comply with spccified requirements.
Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor'.s expense, will be performed to determine compliance of
replaced or additional work with specified requirements.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstructio n D o c ume nts
15 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 o78I t-10
I sEcrroNoTt,
I .--\., 3.7 CLEANING, PROTECTINC, AND REPAIRl'
I - A. Cleaning: Immediately after completing spraying operations in cach confinable area of Project, remove
material over-spray and fallout from surfaces of other construction and clean exposed surfaces to remove
- evidence of soiling.
I B. Protect fire-resistive material, according to advice of product manufacturer and Installer, from damage
resulting from construction operations or other causes so fire protection will be without damage or
I dercrioration ar thc time of Substantial Completion.
I C. Coordinate application of fire-resistive material with other construction to minimize the need to cut or
I remove fire protection. As installation of other construction proceeds, inspect fire-resistive material and
I patch any damaged or removed areas.
D. Repair or replace work that has not been successfully protected.
I
I END oF SECTIoN O78I I
I
I
SPRAYED FIRE RESISTIVE MATERTALS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I - HLMs8oo7r-04
I
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Documen$
15 October 2N)I
O78I I-I I
I SECTION 07841 TH ROAGH PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS
B.
t.l
t.2
I
I
I
I
t
I
SECTION 0784I . THROUGH.PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS
PART I - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of thc Contract, including Ceneral and Supplementary Conditions and
Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
This Section includcs through-peneuation firestop systems for penetrations through the lbllowing fire-
resistance-rated assemblies, including both empty openings and openings containing penetrating items:
l. Floors.
2. Roofs.
3. Walls and partitions.
Related Sections include the followins:
Division 9 Section "Shaft Wall Assemblies."
Division l5 Sections specifying duct and piping penetrations.
Division l6 Sections specifying cable and conduit penetrations.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
General: For the following constructions, provide through-pene[ation firestop systems that are produced
and installed to resist spread of fire according to requirements indicated, resist passage of smoke and
other gases, and maintain original fire-resistance rating of assembly penetrated.
l. Firc-rcsistance-rated nonload-bearing walls, including partitions, with fire-protection-rated
openings.
2. Fire-resistance-ratedfloorassemblies.
3. Fire-resistance-ratedroofassemblies.
F-Rated Systems: Provide through-penetration fircstop systems with F-ratings indicated, as determincd
per ASTM E 814, but not less than that equaling or exceeding fire-resistance rating of constructions
penetrated.
T-Ratcd Systems: For the following conditions, provide through-penetration firestop systems with T-
ratings indicated, as well as F-ratings, as determined per ASTM E 814, where systems protect penetrating
items exposed to potential contact with adjacent materials in occupiable floor areas:
l. Penetrations located outside wall cavities.
2. Penetrations located outside lire-resistive shaft enclosures.
3. Penetrations located inconstructioncontaining fire-protection-rated openings.4. Pcnctrating items larger than 4-inch- diameter nominal pipe or l6 sq. in. in overall cross-sectional
area.
J.
1.3
B.
c.
I
I
T
I
I
I
l--VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstructio n Doc ume nts
I5 OcroBER200I
I
I
HLM 980071-04 0784r-1
SECTION 07841 I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
t
I
D.
E.
A.
B.
D,
A.
B.
1.4
t.5
THROAGH PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS
For through-penetration firestop systems exposed to view, traffic, moisture, and physical damage, provide
products that after curing do not deteriorate when exposed to these conditions both during and after
construction.
l. For piping penetrations for plumbing and wet-pipc sprinkler systems, provide moisture-resistant
thnough-penetration fi restop systems.
2. For floor penetrations with annular spaces exceeding 4 inches in width and exposed to possible
loading and traffic, provide firestop systems capable of supporting floor loads involved either by
installing floor plates or by other mcans.
3. For penetrations involving insulated piping, provide through-penetration firestop systems not
requiring removal of insulation.
For through-penetration hrestop syslems exposed to view, provide products with flamc-sprcad ratings of
less than 25 and smoke-developed ratings ofless than 450, as determined per ASTM E 84.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each type of through-penetration firestop system product indicated.
Shop Drawings: For each through-penetration firestop system, show each kind of construction condition
penetrated, relationships to adjoining construction, and kind of penetrating item. Include firestop design
designation of testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that cvidcnccs
compliance with requirements for each condition indicated.
Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their
capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with projcct names and addresses, names
and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified.
Product Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of through-penetration firestop system products certifying
that products furnished comply with requirements.
Product Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating through-penetration firestop system
complies with requirements, based on comprehensive testing of current products.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who is qualified by having thc ncccssary cxperience,
staff, and training to install manufacturer's products per specified requirements. A manufacturer's
willingness to sell its through-penetration firestop system products to Contractor or to an installer
cngagcd by Contractor does not in itself confer qualification on buycr.
Source Limitations: Obtain through-penetration firestop systems, for each kind of penetration and
construction condition indicated, from a single manufacturer.
Firc-Tcst-Response Characteristics: Providc through-penetration firestop systems that comply with the
following requirements and those specified in "Performance Requirements" Article:
l. Firestopping tests are performed by a qualified testing and inspecting agency. A qualified testing
and inspecting agency is UL, or another agcncy performing tcsting and follow-up inspection
services for firestop systems acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
C.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Docume nts
l5 OcroBER 2001
HLM 98007t-04 07841-2
I sECrroNoTE4t
t
I
THROAGH PENETRATION FI RESTOP SYSTEMS
2. Through-penetration firestop systems are idcntical to those tested per ASTM E 814. Provide ratcd
systems complying with the following requirements:.
a. Through-penetration firestop system products bear classification marking of qualified
testing and inspecting agency.
b. Through-penetration firestop systems correspond to those indicated by referencc to
through-peneration firestop system designations listed by the following:
| ) UL in "Fire Resistance Directory."
I 3. Fire-Rating Schedule:
I Wall/Floor Tyoe Penetrating Item Fire Ratine ULlt
Plastic Pipe
I
I
I
T
Concrete/Conc. Block PVC, CPVC,ABS or FRPP
Gypsum wall PVC, CPVC,ABS or FRPP
3 - hr CAJ-2109
I or 2 - hr WL-2078
I
Large Openings - Multiple Pcnetrations
Concrete/Conc. Block Multiplc cables and non-insulared 2 - hr WJ-8004
steel, EMT/conduit
Concrete/Conc. Block Multiple pipes: steel, copper 3 - trr CAJ-I140
conduit or EMT
Concrete/Conc. Block Insulated or non-insulated steel, 3 - hr WJ-8002
copper, conduit or EMT pipes,
cable tray or cables (single or bundled)
Gypsum wall Multiple insulated or non-insulated I or 2 - hr WJ-8013
steel, copper, conduit or EMT
pipes, cables, cable trays and plastic pipe
Cypsum wall Multiple steel, copper conduit 2 -hr WL-8004
or cables
Non-insulated Metal Pipe
Concrete/Conc. Block Steel, copper conduit or EMT 3 - hr CAJ-I155
Gypsum wall Steel, copper conduit or EMT I or 2 - hr WL-1085
Insulated Metal Pioe
I Concrete/Conc. Block Steel, copper conduir or EMT 2 -hr CAJ-509 |
I w/glass fiber insulation
(sleeved or unsleeved)
I Cypsum wall Stcel, copper conduit or EMT 1 or 2 - hr WL-5025I r,::?:'ffiil;*:'.7
I t.6 DELTVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
I A. Deliver through-penetration firestop systcm products to Project site in original, unopened containers or
I packages with intact and legible manufacturers' labels identifying product and manufacturer; date of
manufacture; lot number; shelf life, if applicable; qualified testing and inspecting agcncy's classification
marking applicablc to Project; curing time; and mixing instructions for multicomponent materials.
I B. Store and handle matcrials for through-penetration firestop systems to prevcnt their deterioration or
damagc due to moisture, temperature changes, contaminants, or other causes.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstruction Do c ume nts
I5 Ocr:oBER 2001
I
li'
I
HLM 980071-04 07841-3
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
A.
B.
t-l
t.8
2.1
SECTION 07841 THROUGH PEN ETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Environmental Limitations: Do not install through-penetration I'irestop systems when ambient or
substrate temperatures are outside limits permitted by through-pcnctration firestop system manufacturers
or when substrates arc wet due to rain, frost, condensation, or other causes.
Ventilate through-penetration firestop systems per manufacturer'.s written instructions by natural means
or, where this is inadequate, forced-air circulation.
COORDINATION
Coordinate construction of openings and penetrating items to ensure that through-penetration fircstop
systems nre installed according to specified requirements.
Coordinate sizing of sleeves, openings, corc-drilled holes, or cut openings to accommodate through-
penetration firestop systems.
Do not cover up through-penetration firestop system installations that will become concealed behind
other construction until building inspector, if required by authorities having jurisdiction, have examined
each installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANI.]FACTURERS
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:l. DAP Inc.
2. Firestop Systems Inc.3. Hilti Construction Chemicals, Inc.4. 3M Fire Protection Products.5. Tremco.
2.2 FIRESTOPPING, GENERAL
A. Compatibility: Provide through-pcnetration firestop systems that aro compatible with one another, with
the substrates tbrming openings, and with the items, if any, penetrating through-pcnctmtion firestop
systems, under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by through-penetration firestop
system manufacturer based on testing and field experience.
B. Accessorics: Provide components for each through-penetration firestop system that are needed to install
fill materials and to comply with "Performance Requirements" Article. Use only components specified
by through-penetration firestop system manufacturer and approved by the qualified testing and inspecting
agency for firestop systems indicated. Accessories include, but are not limited to, the following items:
l. Permanent forming/damming/backing materials, including the lbllowing:
a. Slag-/rock-wool-fiber insulation.
b. Scalants used in combination with other forming/damming/backing materials to prevent t
leakage of fill materials in liquid state. t
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstructio n D o c ume nts
15 OcroBER 2001 I
I
HLM 980071-04 07841-4
I sECrroNoTE4r THROAGH P E N ETRATION F I RESTOP SYSTEM S
c. Fire-rated form board.
d. Fillers for sealants.
2. Temporary forming materials.
3. Substrate primers.
4. Collars.
5. Steel sleeves.
I 2.3 FILL MATERIALS
't l. Crade: Pourable (self-leveling) formulation for openings in floors and other horizontal surfacest ;ll"HiI1-",i:lT"iX"'"'.: iilJffl';":J:,":;:i*il#'i:: ix'ff::#sxil'# ;:il'"ffil,?I conditions.
I PART3-EXECUTTON
I 3.I EXAMINATIONr
A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for opening
I configurations, penetrating items, subsrates, and other conditions aifecting performance.t B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been conected.
3.2 PREPARATION
I A. Surface Cleaning: Clean out openings immediately before installing through-penetration firestop systems
I to comply with writteu recommendations of firestop system manufacturer and the following
reouirements:
t l. Remove from surfaces of opening substrates and from penetrating items foreign materials that
could interfere with adhesion of through-penetration firestop systems.
2. Clean opening substrates and penetrating items to produce clean, sound surfaces capable of
I developing opti.urn bond with through-lenetration hrestop systems. Remove loose particles
t remaining from cleaning operation.
3, Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete.
f B. Priming: Prime substrates where recommended in writing by through-penetration firestop system
- manufacturer using that manufacturer's recommended productJand methods. Confine primers to areas of
bond; do not allow spillagc and migration onto exposed surfaces.Irt C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape to prevent through-penetration firestop systems from contacting
adjoining surfaces that will remain exposed on completion of Work and that would otherwise be
I permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods used to remove smears from
I firestop system materials. Remove tapc as soon as possible without disturbing firestop system! seal with
substrates.
r 3.3 THROUCH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEM INSTALLATION
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstructio n Doc ume nts
I5 OCToBER 2OOI
I
I
HLM 9E0071-04l-
I
07841-s
SECTION 07841 THROUGH PEN ETRATION F I RESTOP SYSTEMS
Ceneral: Install through-penetration fircstop systems to comply with "Perfbrmancc Requirements"
Article and firestop systcm manufacturer's written installation instructions and published drawings for
products and applications indicated.
Install forming/damming/backing materials and other accessories of types required to support fill
materials during their application and in the position needed to produce cross-sectional shapcs and depths
required to achieve fire ratings indicated.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Proceed with enclosing through-penetration firestop systems with other construction only after inspection
reports are issued.
Where deficiencies are found, repair or replace through-penetration firestop systems so they comply with
requirements.
IDENTIFICATION
Identify tkough-penetration firestop systems with pressure-sensitive, self-adhesive, preprinted vinyl
labels. Attach labels permanently to surfaces of penetrated construction on both sides of each firestop
system installation where labels will be visible to anyone seeking to remove penetrating items or firestop
systems. Include the following information on labels:
L The words: "Warning--Through-Penetration Firestop Systcm-Do Not Disturb. Notif Building
Management of Any Damage."
Contractor's name, address, and phone number.
Ttfough-penetration firestop system designation of applicable testing and inspecting agency.
Date of installation.
Through-penetration firestop system manufacturer's name.
Installer's name.
CLEANING AND PROTECTION
Clean off excess fill materials adjacent to openings as Work progresses by methods and with cleaning
materials that are approvcd in writing by through-penetration firestop system manufacturers and that do
not damage materials in which openings occur.
Provide final protection and maintain conditions during and after installation that ensurc through-
p€netration firestop systcms are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. If,
despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated
through-penetration firestop systcms imnrediately and install new materials to producc through-
penetration fircstop systems complying with specified requirements.
END OF SECTION 0784I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
B.
3.4
B.
3.5
2.
J.
4.
5.
6.
3.6
B.
VAII, VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstruc tio n D oc ume nts
I5 Oc'[oBER 2001
HLM 980071-04 07841-6
I SECTION 07920
SECTION 07920 - JOINT SEALANTS
PART I . CENERAL
TOINT SEALANTS
b.
d.
e.
t.l
t.2
I
I
t
I
T
I
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including Ceneral and Supplementary Conditions and
Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
This Section includes scalants for the following applications:
l. Exteriorjoints in the following vertical surfaces and nontraffic horizontal surfaces:
Control joints in unit masonry.
Ioints in stone cladding.
Joints between different dissimilar materials.
Perimeter joints between materials and frames of doors and windows.
Other ioints as indicated.
Exterior joints in the following horizontal traffic surfaces:
a. Joints in stone paving units, including steps.
b. Tile control joints.
c. Joints between dissimilar materials.
d. Other joints as indicated.
Interiorjoints in the following veftical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces:
a. Control joints on exposed interior surfaces ofexterior walls.
b. Perimeter joints ofexterior openings where indicated.
c. Tile control joints.
d. Vertical control joints on exposed surfaces of interior unit masonry and concrete walls and
partitions.
e. Perimeter joints betwcen interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors, windows, and
elevator entrances.
f. Joints betwecn plumbing fixtures and adjoining walls, floors, and counters.
g. Other joints as indicated.
B.Related Sections include the followins:
3.
I
I
I
I
I l.
2.
J.
A
5.I
l*,
I
Division 2 Section "Pavement Joint Sealants" for sealing joints in pavements, walkways, and
curbing.
Division 4 Section "Unit Masonry" for masonry control and expansion joint fillers and gaskets.
Division 7 Section "Firestopping" for fire-resistant building joint-sealant systems.
Division 8 Section "Glazing" for glazing sealants.
Division 9 Section "Cypsum Board Assemblies" for sealing perimeter joints of gypsum board
partitions to reduce sound transmission.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co ns truc tion Doc ume nts
15 OcroBER200l
t
HLM 980071-04 07920-1
SECTION 07920 JOINT SEALANTS
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
Providc elastomeric joint sealants that establish and maintain watertight and airtight continuous joint seals
without staining or deteriorating loint substrates.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each joint-sealant product indicated.
Samples for Selection: Manufacturer'.s color charts consisting of strips of cured sealants showing the full
range of colors available for each product exposed to view.
Product Certificates: Signed by manufacturers ofjoint sealants certifying that products furnished comply
with requirements and arc suitable for the use indicated.
Qualification Data: For firms and persons specificd in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their
capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects uith project names and addresses, names
and addresses of architccts and owners, and other information specified.
Compatibility and Adhesion Test Reports: From sealant manufacturer indicating the lbllowing:
l. Materials forming joint substrates and joint-sealant backings havc been tested for compatibility
and adhesion with joint sealants.
2. Interpretation of test results and written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation
needed for adhesion.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Installer Qualifications: An expericnced installer who has specialized in installing joint sealants similar
in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in joint-
sealant installations with a record of successful in-service performance.
B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type ofjoint sealant through one source from a single manufacturer.
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
B.
D.
A.
B.
|.-t
t.4
1.5
t.6 DELIVERY. STORAGE. AND HANDLING
Deliver materials to Project sitc in original
manufacturer, product name and designation,
instructions for multicomponent materials.
unopened containers or bundles with labels indicating
color, expiration date, pot life, curing time, and mixing
1.7
Store and handle matcrials in compliance with manufacturer's written instructions to prevent thcir
deterioration or damage due to moisture, high or low temperatures, contaminants, or other causcs.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Environmental Limitations: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following
conditions:
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstructio n D oc um e nts
I5 OcroBER 2001
HLM 98007|-U 07920-2
I
I
T
I
I
I
SECTION 07920 JOINT SEALANTS
l. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside Iimits permitted by joint sealant
manufacturer.
2. When joint substrates are wet.
Joint-Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants where joint widths are less
than those allowed by joint sealant manufacturer for applications indicated.
Joint-Substrate Conditions: Do not proceed with installation ofjoint sealants until contaminants capable
of interfering with adhesion are removed from joint substrates.
WARRANTY
General Warranty: Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights
Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run
concurrent with, other walranties made by Contractor under rcquirements of the Contract Documcnts.
Special Installer's Warranty: Written warranty, signed by Installcr agreeing to repair or replacc
elastomeric joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requiremcnts specified in this
Section within specified warranty period.
l. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.
Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Written warranty, signed by elastomeric sealant manufacturer agreeing
to furnish elastomeric joint sealants to repair or replace those that do not comply with performance and
other requirements specified in this Section within specified wananty period.
l. Warranty Period: 2O years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS
Manufactures:
l. Dow Corning2. Architect Approved Equal
MATERIALS, GENERAL
Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that arc compatible with one
another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant
manufacturer based on testing and ficld experience.
B. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selectcd by Architect from manufacturcr's full range for this
characteristic.
2.3 SILICON SEALANTS
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstructio n Doc ume nls
I5 OcroBER200l
B.
c.
t.8
B.
C.
I
t
2.1
2.2
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
HLM 98007t-04 07920-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
B.
C,
D,
A.
B.
2.4
2.5
SECTION 07920
Dow Corning 790 (ASTM C 7 l9 & I I 35) primarily used between exterior building matcrials.
Dow Corning 791 (ASTM C 920 & t | 35) primarily to be used between exterior building materials and
aluminum and metal doors and windows.
Dow Corning l23 Silicon Sealant (ASTM C I I 35), with Dow Corning 79 | or 795 silicon building
sealant, to be used at roof conditions.
Dow Corning TradeMate Tile and Ceramic to be used at interior wet conditions.
ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANTS
Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealcd Joints: For each product of this dcscription indicated in
the Acoustical Joint-Sealant Schedule at the end of Part 3, providc manufacturer's standard nonsag,
paintable, nonstaining latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834 and the following:
l. Product effectively reduces airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in
building construction as demonstrated by testing represcntative assemblies according to
ASTM E 90.
Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints: For each product of this description indicated in the Acoustical
Joint-Sealant Schedule at the end of Part 3, provide manufacturer's standard, nondrying, nonhardening,
nonskinning, nonstaining, gunnable, synthetic-rubber sealant recommended for sealing interior concealed
joints to reduce airborne sound transmission.
JOINT.SEALANT BACKING
General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint
substrates, sealants, primers, and otherjoint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant
manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing.
Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C I 330, of type indicated below and of size and density to control
sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance:
l. Type C: Closed-cell material with a surface skin, at EFIS system.
2, Type O: Open-cell material, elsewhere.
3. Type B: Bicellular material with a surface skin.
4. Type: Any material indicated above.
Bond-Brcaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tapc recommended by sealant manufacturer for
preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joinrfiller materials or joint surfaces at back ofjoint
where such adhesion would result in sealant failure. Provide self'-adbcsive tape where applicable.
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
Primer: Material recommended by joint sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of scalant to
joint substrates indicated, as dctcrmined from preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests and field tests.
Cleancrs for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant
backing materials, free of oily residues or othcr substanccs capable of staining or harming joint substrates
JOINT SEALANTS
I
IB.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
2.6
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstruction Doc ume nts
15 OcroBER200l
HLM 98007L-U 07920-4
I
I
SECTION 07920 ]OINT SEALANTS
and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promotc optimum adhesion of scalants
with joint substrates.
C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent
to joints.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint-sealant
performance.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been conected.
PREPARATION
Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with
joint sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements:
l. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion ofjoint
sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for
sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease,
waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost.
2. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading,
or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing
optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining from above cleaning
operations by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil-free compressed air. Porous joint surfaces
include the following:
a. Concrete.
b. Masonry.
c. Unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile.
3. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete.
4. Clean nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates,
or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion ofjoint sealants.
Metal.
Class.
Porcelain enamel.
Glazed surlaces of ceramic tile.
Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended in writing by joint sealant manufacturer, based
on preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint
sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas ofjoint-sealant bond; do not allow
spillage or migration onto ad.joining surfaces.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstructia n Doc ume nts
I5 OcroBER200I
B.
3.1
J.Z
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
a.
b.
d.I
B.I
I
l--
I
I
HLM 980071-04 07920-s
SECTION 07920 ]OINT SBAI.ANTS
c.Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces
that otherwisc would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods
required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal.
INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS
General: Comply with joint sealant manufacturer'.s written installation instructions for products and
applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply.
Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations of ASTM C I 193 for use of joint sealants
as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated.
Acoustical Sealant Application Slandard: Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 919 for use of
joint sealants in acoustical applications as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated.
Install sealant backings of type indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to
produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum
sealant movement capability.
l. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings.
2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings.
3. Removc absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace
them with dry materials.
Install sealants by proven techniques to comply with the following and at the same time backings are
installed:
l. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates.
2. Completely fill recesses provided for eachjoint configuration.
3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum
sealant movement capability.
Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins,
tool sealants according to requirements specified below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration
indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides ofjoint.
l. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent tojoint.
2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor
sealants or adjacent surfaces.
3. Provide concave joint configuration per Figure 54, in ASTM C I 193, unless otherwise indicated.
CLEANING
Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by mcthods and with
cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers ofjoint sealants and of products in which joints
occur.
PROTECTION
A. Protect joint sealants during and alier curing period from contact with contaminaling substances and from
damage resulting liom construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or
VAIL VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
C o nstructio n Doc u me nts
I5 OCToBER2OOI
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
D.
F.
3.3
J.+
-r. )
HLM 980071-U 07920-6
I SECTION 07920
3.6
]OINT SEALANTS
damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs,
cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired
areas are indistinguishable from the original work.
ELASTOMERIC JOINT-SEALANT
Mildew-Resistant Silicone Sealant ES#: hovide products formulated with fungicide that are intended
for sealing interior ceramic tile joints and other nonporous substrates that are subject to in-service
exposures of high humidity and temperature extremes.
END OFSECTIONOT92O
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstruction Doc ume nls
I5 OcroBER200I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
HLM 98M71-U 07920-7
DIVISION E.INDEXI
I -T)f
l"tt''t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
l-
I
DTVISION 8-DOORS AND WINDOWS
08I I0...........STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
082 1 1 ...........FLUSH WOOD DOORS
083 1 L..........ACC8SS DOORS AND FRAMES
O84IO...........ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND FRAMES
O852O...........ALI.JMINUM WINDOWS AND DOORS
087 I 2...........DOOR HARDWARE
08800...........cLAzINc
UN L VAI,I,EY M ED ICAL C EN TE R
Constuafun Documen6
15 October 2(MI
Hr-M 98M71-04
I
I
type, levol and
sound and fire-
B.
B.
1.2
1.3
1.4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
SECTION 08IlO
SECTION O8I IO - STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
PART I - GENERAL
l.l RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section-
SUMMARY
This Section includes rhe followine:
l. Steel doors.
2. Steel door frames.
3. Fire-rated door and frame assemblies.
Related Sections include the following:
L Division 4 Section "Unit Masonry Assemblies" for installing anchors and gouting frames in
masonry construction.
2. Division 8 Section "Flush Wood Doors" for wood doors installed in steel frames.
3. Division 8 Section "Door Hardware
4. Division 8 Section "Clazing" for glass in glazed openings in doors and frames.5. Division 9 Section "Painting" for field painting factory-primed doors and frames.
DEFINTIIONS
Steel Sheet Thicknesses: Thickness dimensions, including those referenced in ANSI 4250.8, are
minimums as defined in referenced ASTM standards for both uncoated steel sheet and the uncoated base
metal of metallic-coated steel sheets.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each type of door and frame indicated, include door designation,
model, material description, core description, construction details, label compliance,
resistance ratings, and finishes.
Shop Drawings: Show the following:
l. Elevations of each door dcsign.
2. Frame details for each frame typc including dimensioned profiles.
3. Details of each different wall opening condition.
4. Details of anchorages, accessories, joints, and conncctions.
5. Coordination of glazing frames and stops with glass and glazing requirements.
STEELDOORSAND FRAMES
t
I
l--
I
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Constructia n Doc ume nts
15 OcroBER 2001
HLM 980071-04 08110-1
STEELDOORSAND FRAMES I
'iFi
SECTION OSIIO
C.
c.
Door Schedule: Use same reference designations indicated on Drawings in preparing schedule for doors
and frames.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Steel Door and Frame Standard: Comply with ANSI A 250.8, unlcss more stringent requirements are
indicated.
Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listcd and labeled by a
tcsting and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire-protection ratings
indicated, based on testing according to NFPA 252.
l. Test Pressurc: Test at atmospheric pressure.
2. Temperature-Rise Rating: Where indicated, pro'iide doors that have a tcmperature-rise rating of
450 deg F maximum in 30 minutes of fire exposure.
Fire-Rated Window Assemblies: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labcled by a
tcsting and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire ratings indicated,
based on testing according to NFPA 257.
DELIVERY. STORAGE. AND HANDLINC
Deliver doors and frames cardboard-wrapped or crated to provide protection during transit and job
storage. Provide additional protection to prevent damage to finish of factory-finished doors and framcs.
Inspect doors and frames on delivery for damage, and noti$ shipper and supplier if damage is found.
Minor damages may be repaired provided refinished items match new work and are acceptable to
Architect. Remove and replace damaged items that cannot be repaired as directed.
Store doors and frames at building site under cover. Place units on minimum 4-inch- high wood
blocking. Avoid using nonvented plastic or canvas shelters that could create a humidity chamber. If door
packaging becomes wet, remove cartons immediately. Provide minimum l/4-inch spaces between
stacked doors to permit air circulation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
Available Manulacturcrs: Subject to compliance with requircmcnts, manufacturers offering products that
may bc incorporated into the Work include, but arc not limited to, the following:
l. Steel Doors and Frames:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
c.
B.
t.5
1.6
2.1
a.
b.
d.
c.
f.
HLM 9EOO7I-04
Amweld Building Products, Inc.
Bcnchmark Commercial Doors; a division of General Products Co., Inc.
Curries Company.
Deanstccl Manufacturing. Inc.
Kewanee Corporation (The).
Steelcraft; a division of lngersoll-Rand.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Consbaction Documents
15 OcroBER 2001
08110-2
2.2
I
I
SECTION 08lIO
2.5 FABRICATION
HLM 980071-04
STEELDOORS AND FMMES
MATERIALS
Hot-Rolled Steel Sheets: ASTM A 569/4 569M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type S; free of scale, pitting,
or surface defects; pickled and oiled.
cold-Rolled Steel sheets: AsrM A 3661A366M, commercial steel (cs), or ASTM A6zotA620M,
Drawing Steel (DS), Type B; stretcherleveled standard of flatness.
Electrolytic Zinc-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 591/A 591M, Commercial Steel (CS), Class B coating;
mill phosphatized; suitable for unexposed applications; stretcherleveled standard of flatness where used
for face sheets.
DOORS
Ceneral: Provide doors of sizes, thicknesses, and designs indicated.
Interior Doors: Provide l8 gauge doors complying with requirements indicated below by referencing
ANSI 250.8 for level and model and ANSI 4,250.4 for physical-endurance level:l. lrvel 3 and Physical Performance lrvel A (Extra Heavy Duty), Model I Full Flush.
Exterior Doors: Provide 16 gauge doors complying with requirements indicat€d below by referencing
ANSI 4250.8 for level and model and ANSI A250.4 for physical-endurance level:
lrvel 3 and Physical Performance lrvel A, Extra Heavy Duty, Model 1, Full Flush.
Provide manufacturer's standard core insulation svstem for thermal resistance.
FRAMES
General: Provide 16 gauge steel frames for doors, transoms, sidelights, borrowed lights, and other
openings that comply with ANSI A250.8 and with details indicated for type and profile. Conceal
fastenings, unless otherwise indicated.
Door Silencers: Except on weather-stripped frames, fabricate stops to receive three silencers on strike
jambs of single-door frames and two silencers on heads of double-door frames.
Plaster Guards: Providc 0.016-inch- thick, steel sheet plaster guards or mortar boxes to close off interior
of openings; place at back of hardware cutouts where mortar or other materials might obstruct hardware
operation.
Supports and Anchors: Fabricated from not less than 0.042-inch- thick. electrolvtic zinc-coated or
metallic-coated steel sheet.
l. Wall Anchors in Masonry Construction: 0. 177-inch- diameter, steel wire complying with
ASTM A 510 may be used in place of steel sheet.
Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard units. Where zinc-coated items are to be built into
exterior walls, comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class C or D as applicable.
B.
B.
I
I
t
I
I
T l.
2.
1,1
B.
D.
I
I
I
I
I
I
l-
I
VAIL VALLEY MDDICAL CENTER
C o nstruc tio n Doc ume nts
15 OcroBER 2001
08110-3
SECTION 08IlO
E.
F.
G.
H.
l.
J.
K.
STEELDOORS AND FRAMES
General: Fabricate steel door and framc units to comply with ANSI 4250.8 and to be rigid, neat in
appearance, and liee from defects including warp and buckle. Where practical, fit and assemble units in
manufacturer's plant. Clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory assemblcd before
shipment, to assure proper assembly at Project site.
Exterior Door Construction: For extcrior locations and elsewhere as indicated, fabricate doors, panels,
and frames from metallic-coated steel sheet. Close top and bottom edgcs of doors flush as an integral part
of door construction or by addition of 0.053-inch- (1.3-mm-) thick, metallic-coated steel channels with
channel webs placed even with top and bottom edges.
Interior Door Faces: Fabricate exposed faces of doors and panels, including stiles and rails of nonflush
units, from the following material:
1 Cold-rolled steel sheet.
Core Construction: Manufacturer's standard core construction that produces a door complying with SDI
standards.
l. Polyurcthane.
2. Polystyrene.
3. Vertical steel stiffeners.
4. Rigid mineral-fiber board.
Clearances for Non-Fire-Rated Doors: Not more than l/8 inch at jambs and hcads, except not more than
l/4 inch between pairs of doors. Not more than 314 inch at bottom.
Clearances for Fire-Rated Doors: As required by NFPA 80.
Single-Acting, Door-Edge Profile: Square edge.
Tolerances: Comply with SDI I 17, "Manufacturing Tolerances for Sundard Steel Doors and Frames."
Fabricate concealed stiffeners, reinforcement, edge channels, louvers, and moldings from either cold- or
hot-rolled steel sheet.
Exposed Fasteners: Unless otherwise indicated, provide countersunk flat or oval hcads for exposed
screws and bolts.
Thcrmal-Rated (Insulating) Assemblies: At exterior locations and elsewhere as shown or scheduled, Iprovide doors fabricated as thcrmal-insulating door and frame assemblics and tested according to f
ASTM C 236 or ASTM C976 on fully operable door assemblics.
l. Unless otherwise indicated, provide thermal-rated assemblies with U-value ol'0.41 Btu/sq. ft. x h
x deg F or better.
Sound-Rated (Acoustical) Assemblies: Where shown or schcduled, provide door and frame assemblies
fabricated as sound-reducing typc, tcstcd according to ASTM E 1408, and classified according to
ASTM E 4I3.
l. Unless otherwise indicated, provide acoustical assemblics with STC sound ratings of 33 or bettcr.
M. Hardware Preparation: Prepare doors and liarnes to rcceive mortised and concealed hardwarc according
to final door hardware schedulc and templates provided by hardwzre supplicr. Conrply with applicable
requirements in ANSI 42-50.6 and ANSI A I l5 Series specilications for door and frame preparation lbr
hardware.
VAI L VAI,LEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstructio n Doc ume nts
15 OcroBER 2001
I
I
I
I
I
B.
c.
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D.
HLM 980071-04 08110-4
I SECTION OSIIO
2.6
I
I
T
t
I
I
STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
l. For concealed overhead door closers, provide space, cutouts, rcinforcement, and provisions for
fastening in top rail of doors or head of frames, as applicable.
Frame Construction: Fabricate frames to shape shown.
l. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped and continuously welded corners and seamless facejoints.
2. Provide welded frames with temporary spreader bars.
3. Provide terminated stops where indicated.
Reinforce doors and frames to receive surface-applied hardware. Drilling and tapping for surface-applied
hardware may be done at Projcct site.
Locate hardware as indicated on Shop Drawings or, ifnot indicated, according to ANSI 4250.8.
Glazing Stops: Manufacturer's standard, formed from 0.032-inch- thick steel sheet.
l. Provide nonremovable stops on outside of exterior doors and on secure side of interior doors for
glass, louvers, and other panels in doors.
2. Provide screw-applied, removable, glazing stops on inside of glass, louvers, and other panels in
doors.
Astragals: As required by NFPA 80 to provide fire ratings indicated.
FINISHES
Prime Finish: Manufacturer's standard, factory-applied coat of rust-inhibiting primer complying with
ANSI A250.10 for acceptance criteria.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
General: Install steel doors, frames, and accessories according to Shop Drawings, manufacturer's data,
and as specified.
Placing Frames: Comply with provisions in SDI 105, unless otherwise indicated. Set frames accurately
in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall
construction is completed, remove temporary braces and spreaders, leaving surfaccs smooth and
undamaged.
l. Except for frames located in existing walls or partitions, place frames bcfore construction of
enclosing walls and ceilings.
2. In masonry construction, provide at least three wall anchors per jamb; install adjacent to hinge
location on hinge jamb and at corresponding heights on strike jamb. Acceptable anchors include
masonry wire anchors and masonry T-shaped anchors.
3. In metal-stud partitions, providc at least three wall anchors per jamb; install adjacent to hinge
location on hinge jamb and at corresponding heights on strike jamb. Attach wall anchors to studs
wltn screws.
Install fire-rated frames according to NFPA 80.
For openings 90 inches or more in height, install an additional anchor at hinge and strikc jambs.
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstruc tia n D o c ume nts
15 OCTqBER 2OOT
N.
O.
P.
a.
3.1
B.
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
5.
HLM 980071-04 08rr0-5
SECTION OSIIO STEELDOORS AND FRAMES
Door Installation: Comply with ANSI A250.8. Fit hollow-metal doors accurately in frames, within
clearances specified in ANSI ,{250.8. Shim as necessary to comply with SDI 122 and
ANSVDHI AI 15.IG.
l. Fire-Rated Doors: Install within clearances specified in NFPA 80.
2. Smoke-Control Doors: Install to comply with NFPA 105.
ADJUSTINC AND CLEANING
Prime-Coat Touchup: Immediately after installation, sand smooth any rusted or damaged areas of prime
coat and apply touch up of compatible air-drying primer.
Protection Removal: Immediately before final inspection, remove protective wrappings from doors and
frames.
END OF SECTION 08I IO
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C onstruction Do cume nts
15 OcroBER 2001
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
t
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
3.2
B.
HLM 980071-04 OEI10.6
I
I
l'-""'
SECTION O82II
SECTION O82I I - FLUSH WOOD DOORS
PART I - CENERAL
FLUSH WOOD DOORS
I
I
I
I
I
t
1.2
Ll RELATED DOCTJMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including Gcneral and Supplementary Conditions and
Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SI.JMMARY
This Section includes thc following:
l Solid-core doors with wood-veneer.
Related Sections include the following:
l. Division 6 Section "Interior Architectural Woodwork" for requirements for veneers from the same
flitches for both flush wood doors and wood paneling.
SI,JBMITTALS
Product Data: For each type of door. Include details of core and edge construction, and trim for
openings.
Shop Drawings: Indicatc location, size, and hand of each door; elevation of each kind of door;
construction details not covered in Product Data; location and extent of hardware blocking; and other
pertinent data.
l. Indicate requirements for veneer matching.
2. Indicate fire ratings for fire doors.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Source Limitations: Obtain flush wood doors through one source from a singlc manufacturer.
Quality Standard: Comply with AWI's "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards lllustrated."
l. Provide AWI Quality Certification Labels or an AWI letter of licensing for Project indicating that
doors comply with requirements of grades specified.
Fire-Rated Wood Doors: Doors complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a tesring and
inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire ratings indicated, based on testing
according to UBC Standard 7-2.
l. Oversize, Fire-Rated Wood Doors: For door assemblies exceeding sizes of tested assemblies,
provide oversize fire door label or certificate of inspection, from a testing and inspecting agency
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, stating that doors comply with requirements of
dcsign, materials, and construction.
B.
1.3
B.
1.4
I
I
t
I
t
A.
B.
I
t*
I
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Dc o nstructio n D oc ume nts
15 OcroBER 2001
I
HLM 980071-04 08211-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A,
B.
1.5
I.6
t.7
SECTION 08211
I . Wananty shall also include installation and finishing that may be required due
replacement of defective doors.
2. Warranty shall be in effect during the following period of time from date of
Completion:
a. Solid-Core Interior Doors: Life of installation.
PART 2. PRODUCTS
FLUSH WOOD DOORS
DELIVERY. STORAGE. AND HANDLINC
Comply with requirements of referenced standard and manufacturer'.s written instructions.
Mark each door on top and bottom rail with opening number used on Shop Drawings.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install doors until building is enclosed, wet work is
complete, and HVAC system is operating and will maintain temperature and relative humidity at
occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period.
WARRANTY
Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form, signed by manufacturer, Installer, and Contractor, in
which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace doors that are defcctive in materials or workmanship, have
warped (bow, cup, or twist) more than l/4 inch in a 42-by-84-inch section, or show telegraphing of core
construction in face veneers exceeding 0.01 inch in a 3-inch span.
to repair or
Substantial I
I
I2.1
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
2.2
MANUFACTURERS
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that
may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
l. Flush Wood Doors:
a. VT Industries Inc.
b. WeyerhaeuserCompany.
c. Architect Approved Equal
DOOR CONSTRUCTION, CENERAL
Doors for TransDarent . or Stained Finish:
l.
2.
--t.
5.
6.
Grade: Premium, with Crade A faces.
Species and Cut: Red Oak, plain sliced.
Match between Veneer Lcavcs: Slip match.
Asscmbly of Veneer l,eaves on Door Faces: Balance match.
Pair and Set Match: Provide for doors hung in samc opening or separated only by mullions.
Room Match: Providc door faces of compatihle color and grain within each separate room or area
of buildins.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
D c o nstr uc tia n D o c ume nts
15 OcroBER 2001
HLM 98007r-04 08211-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
FLASH WOOD DOORS
7. Stiles: Same species as faces.
2,3 SOLID-CORE DOORS
A. Crossbanded Particleboard Cores: Comply with the following requirements:
I . Particleboard: ANSI A208. I , Grade l -LD-2.
2. 5-ply wood veneer.
3. Face: Premium grade Red Oak, plain sliced.
4. Provide solid wood matching cdge stile.
5. Provides 20 minute fire rating.
6. Provide doors with either glued-block or structural composite lumber cores instead of
particleboard cores at locations where exit devices are indicated.
7. Factory finish, color as selected by architect.
B. Crossbanded Mineral Cores:
I . Incombustible mineral core.
2. 5-ply wood veneer.
3. Face: Premium grade Red Oak, plain sliced.
4. Provide solid wood matching edge stile.
5. Provides 45,60 & 90 minute rating.
6. Factory finish, color as selected by architect.
2.4 LIGHT FRAMES
A. Metal Frames for Light Openings in Fire Doors: Manufacturer's standard frame formed of 0.M78-inch-
thick, cold-rolled steel sheet; factory primed and approved for use in doors offire rating indicated.
t 2.s FABRICATION
r A. Fabricate doors in sizes indicated for Project-site fitting.
r I . Comply with clearance requirements of referenced quality standard for fitting. Comply with
requirements in NFPA 80 for fire-rated doors.
2. Coordinate mcasurements of hardware mortises in metal frames to verify dimensions and
alignment before factory machining.
3. Metal Astragals: Premachine astragals and formed-steel edges for hardware for pairs of fire-ratcd
doors. Refer to Hardware Schedule.
B. Openings: Cut and trim openings through doors to comply with applicable requirements of refcrenced
standards for kind(s) of door(s) required.
l. Light Openings: Trim opcnings with moldings of material and profile indicated.
r' 2.6 sHop PRIMING
I A. Doors for Transparent Finish: Shop seal faces and edge of doors, including cutouts, with stain (ifr required), other required prctreatments, and first coat of finish as specified in Division 9 Section " Wood
I sEcrroNoE2rr
. Stains."
| '"' ''' HLM s8oo71-04
I
I
t
I
VAI L VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
Dco nstruc tio n Doc ume nts
I5 OCTOBER2OOI
08211-3
SECTION O82II
PART 3 . EXECUTION
FLASH WOOD DOORS
EXAMINATION
Examine doors and installed door frames before hanging doors.
l. Verify that frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, Iocation, and swing
characteristics and have been installed with level heads and plumb jambs.
2. Reject doors with defects.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corected.
INSTALLATION
Hardware: For installation. see Division 8 Section "Door Hardware."
Manufacturerl Written Instructions: Install doors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions,
referenced quality standard, and as indicated.
l. Install fire-rated doors in corresponding fire-rated frames according to NFPA 80.
Job-Fitted Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels as indicated below;
do not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer or permitted for fire-rated doors.
Machine doors for hardware. Seal cut surfaces after fitting and machining.
l. Clearances: Provide l/8 inch at heads, jambs, and between pairs of doors. Provide l/8 inch from
bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering. Where threshold is shown or
scheduled, provide l/4 inch from bottom of door to top of threshold.
a. Comply with NFPA 80 for fire-rated doors.
2. Bevel non-fire-rated doors l/8 inch in 2 inches at lock and hinge edges.
D. Factory-Fitted Doors: Align in frames for uniform clearance at each cdge.
ADJUSTING
Operation: Rehang or replace doors that do not swing or operate freely.
Finished Doors: Replace doors that are damaged or do not comply with requirements. Doors may be
repaired or refinished if work complies with requirements and shows no evidence of rcpair or refinishing.
END OF SECTION 082 I I
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Dc o ns tr u c tio n Do c u me nts
15 OCI:oBER200l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
3.1
B.
3.2
A.
B.
t
I
3.3
B.
HLM 980071-04 082il-4
I sECrroNoB3rI ACCESS DOORS ANS FMMES
PART I -GENERAL
t l.r RELATEDDOCUMENTS
I A. Drawing and general provisions of the Contract, including Ceneral and Supplementary Conditions and
I Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Scction.
I 1.2 STIMMARY
I A. This Section includes the followine:
I l. Wall access doors and frames.
- 2. Fire-rated wall access doors and frames.
3. Ceilins access doors and frames.
I 4. Fire-ra-ted ceiling access doors and frames.It 5. Floor doors and frames.
I B. Related Sections include the following:
I l. Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for blocking out openings for access doors and
rames ln concrerc.
2. Division 4 Section "Unit Masonry Assemblies" for anchoring and grouting access door frames set
in masonry construction.
3. Division 7 Section "Roof Accessories" for roof hatches.
4. Division 8 Section "Door Hardware" for mortise or rim cylinder locks and master keying.
5. Division 9 Section "Acoustical Tile Ceilings" for access tile in suspended acoustical tile ceilings.
6. Division l5 Section "Duct Accessories" for heating and air-conditioning duct access doors.
7. Division 15 Section "Storm Drainage Piping" for connection of floor door drainage couplings tg
drains.
r 1.3 SUBMITIALS
Ir A. Product Data: For each type of door and frame indicated. Include construction details relative to
materials, individual components and profiles, finishes, and fire ratings (if required) for access doors and
I frames.
I
B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details of customized doors and frames. Include plans,
I elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other Work.
I C. Schedule: Provide complete door and frame schedule, including types, general locations, sizes,
construction details, latching or locking provisions, and other data pcninent to installation.
t D. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans drawn to scale and coordinating penetrations and
ceiling-mounted items with concealed framing, suspension systems, piping, ductwork, and other
I construction. Show the following:
| . Method of attaching door frames to surrounding construction.
| '-, HLM 98007r-04 VAILVALLEY MEDICALCENTER 083r1-r
t Construction Documents
I5 October 2(NI
I
b
I
I
t.4
Ceiling-mounted items including acccss doors and frames, lighting fixtures, diffusers, grilles,
speakers, sprinklers, and special trim.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Source Limitations: Obtain doors and frames through one source from a single manufacturer.
Fire-Rated Access Doors and Frames: Units complying with NFPA 80 that are identical to access door
and frame assemblies tested for fire-test-response characteristics per the following test method and that
are labeled and listed by uL, ITS, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities
having jurisdiction:
| . NFPA 252 or UL l0B for vertical access doors.
2. ASTM E l19orUBCStandardT.l or UL263 for horizontal access doors and frames.
Size Variations: Obtain Architect's acceptance of manufacturer's standard-size units, which may vary
slightly from sizes indicatcd.
COORDINATION
Verification: Determine specific locations and sizes for access doors needed to gain access to concealed
equipment, and indicate on schedule specified in "Submittals" Article.
PART 2. PRODUCTS
MANI,JFACTURERS
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that
may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
l. Access Doors:
Acudor Products, Inc.
Bar-Co, Inc. Div.: Alfab, Inc.
Cendrex, Inc.
Cesco Products.
Elmdor/Stoneman; Div. of Acorn Enginecring Co.
Jensen Industries.
J. L. Industries, Inc.
Karp Associates, Inc.
Larsen's Manufacturing Company.
MIFAB Manufacturing, Inc.
Milcor I-imited Partnership.
Nystrom Building Products Co.
Precision Plumbing Products, Inc.
Williams Bros. Corporation of America (The).
2.Floor Doors:
SECTION O83II
a.
HLM 98007r-04
Access Manufacturins. Inc.
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstructio n Doc u me nts
15 October 2001
ACCESS DOORSANS FRAMES I
I
I
t
I
t
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
A.
B.
r.5
2.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
0831r-2
t
t
I
I
I
t-
I
SECTION 08311 ACCESS DOORSANS FRAMES
b.
d.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
Acudor Products Inc. (aluminum only).
Babcock-Davis Hatchways, Inc.
Bilco Company (The).
Cendrex, Inc.
Dur-Red Products, Inc.
Halliday Products, Inc. (aluminum only).
Karp Associates, Inc.
Milcor Limited Partnership.
Nystrom Building Products Co.
U.S.F. Fabrication, Inc.
MATERIALS
Hot-Rolled Steel Sheets: ASTM A 569/A 569M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; free of scale, pitting,
and surface defeca; pickled and oiled; with minimum thickness indicated representing specified nominal
thickness according to ASTM A 568/4 568M.
Electrolytic Zinc-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 591/A 591M, Commercial Steel (CS), with Class C
coating and phosphate treatment to prepare surface for painting; with minimum thickness indicated
representing specified nominal thickness according to ASTM A 568/4 568M for uncoated base metal.
PAINT
Shop Primers: Provide primers that comply with Division 9 Section "Painting."
Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: Fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal modified-alkyd primer
complying with performance requirements in FS TT-P-664; selected for good resistance to normal
atmospheric corrosion, compatibility with finish paint systems indicated, and capability to provide a
sound foundation for field-applied topcoats despite prolonged exposure.
ACCESS DOORS A]VD FRJ{MES
Flush. Insulated. Fire-Rated Access Doors and Trimless Frames: Fabricated from sheet.
FABRICATION
General: Provide access door assemblies manufactured as integral units ready for installation.
Metal Surfaces: For metal surfaces exposed to view in the completed Work, providc materials with
smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes. Do not use materials with exposed pitting, seam marks, roller
marks, rolled trade names, or roughness.
Steel Doors and Frames: Grind exposed welds smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. Furnish
attachment devices and fasteners of type required to secure access panels to types of supports indicated.
Latching Mechanisms: Furnish numbcr required to hold doors in flush, smooth plane when closed.
FINISHES, GENERAL
B.
2.2
2.3
I
I
I
I
I
C.
D.
1 ,tl
2.5
I
t
I
I
I
t
A.
B.
A.
B.
2.6
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o ns tructio n Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
HLM 9E0071-04 08311-3
SECTION 08311 ACCESS DOORS ANS FRAMES
Comply with NAAMM's "Meral Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for
recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
Finish metal fabrications after assemblv.
STEEL FINISHES
Surface Preparation: Prepare uncoated ferrous-metal surfaces to comply with minimum requirements
indicated below for SSPC surface-preparation specifications and environmental exposure conditions of
installed metal fabrications:
l. Exteriors (SSPC Zone lB): SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning."
2. Interiors (SSPC Zone IA): SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning."
Apply shop primer to uncoated surfaces of metal fabrications. Comply with SSPC-PA l, "Paint
Application Specification No. 1," for shop painting.
PART 3 - EXECI,.NION
3.I PREPARATION
A. Advise installers of other work about specific requirements relating to access door and floor door
installation, including sizes of openings to receive access door and frame, as well as locations of supports,
inserts, and anchoring devices.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing access doors and frames.
B. Set frames accurately in position and attach securely to supports with plane of face panels aligncd with
adjacent fi nish surfaces.
C. Install access doors with trimless frames flush with adiacent finish surfaces or recessed to receive finish
material.
3.3 ADJUSTINGANDCLEANING
A. Adjust doors and hardware after installation for proper operation.
B. Remove and replace doors and frames that are warped, bowed, or otherwise damaged.
END OF SECTION O83I I
B.
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
2.7
B.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co ns tructinn D oc ume nts
15 October 2(Nl
HLM 980071-U 08311-4
I
I SECTION 06410
SECTION O84IO . ALUMINUM STOREFRONTS
PART I.CENERAL
ALUMINUM STOREFRONTS
B.
1.2
I
I
T
I
I
I
D.
I
t
I
I
I
1.3
l.t RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
This Section includes the following:
l. Exterior storefront systems.
Related sections include the followins:
L Division ? Section "Joint ,"uiuno" for joint sealants installed as part of aluminum entrance and
storefront systems.
2. Division 8 Section "Aluminum Sliding Doors."
3. Division 8 Section "Glazins."
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
General: Provide aluminum storefront systems capable of withstanding loads and thermal and structural
movement requirements indicated without failure, based on testing manufacturer's standard units in
assemblies similar to those indicated for this Project. Failure includes the following:
l. Air infiltration and water penetration exceeding specified limits.
2. Framing members transferring stresses, including those caused by thermal and structural
movement, to glazing units.
Clazing: Physically and thermally isolate glazing from framing members.
Thermally Broken Construction: Provide systems that isolate aluminum exposed to exterior from
aluminum exposcd to interior with a material of low thermal conductance, in accordance with
ASTMI5O3.I
Wind Loads: Provide entrance and storefront systems, including anchorage, capable of withstanding
wind-load design pressurcs calculated according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction or the
American Society of Civil Engineers' ASCE 7, "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other
Structures," 6.4.2, "Analytical Procedure," whichcvcr are more stringent.
a. Test Pressurc: | 50 percent of inward and outward wind-load design pressures.
Dcad Loads: Provide storefront-system members that do not deflect an amount which will reduce glazing
bite below 75 percent of design dimension when canying full dead load.
B,
c.
t
I
l.-
I
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstructio n Doc ame nls
15 OcroBER200l
HLM 980071-04 08410-1
SECTION O84IO ALUMINIJM STOREFRONTS T
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
T
G.
H.
B.
D.
t.4
F.
J.
C.
l. Provide a minimum l/8-inch clearancc between members and top of glazing or other fixed part
immediately below.
2. Provide a minimum l/16-inch clearance between members and operable windows and doors.
Live Loads: Provide storefront systems, including anchorage, that accommodate the supporting
structures' deflection from uniformly distributed and concentrated live loads indicated without failure of
matcrials or perrnanent deformation.
Water Penetration: Provide storefront systems that do not evidencc water leakage through fixed glazing
and frame areas when tested according to ASTM E 331 at minimum differential pressure of 20 pcrcent of
inward-acting wind-load design pressure as dcfined by ASCE 7, "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings
and Other Structures," but not less than l2 lbf/sq. ft. Water leakage is defined as follows:
L Uncontrolled water infiltrating systems or appearing on systems' normally exposed intcrior
surfaces from sources other than condensation. Water controlled by flashing and gutters that is
drained back to the exterior and cannot damage adjacent materials or finishes is not water leakage.
Thermal Movements: Provide storefront systems, including anchorage, that accommodate thermal
movements of systems and supporting elements resulting from the following maximum change (range) in
ambient and surface temperatures without buckling, damaging stresses on glazing, failure of joint
sealants, damaging loads on fasteners, failure of doors or other operating units to function properly, and
other detrimental effects.
l. Temperature Change (Range): 120deg F, ambient; 180 degF matcrial surfaces.
Structural-Support Movement: Provide entrance and storefront systems that accommodate structural
movements including, but not limited to, sway and deflection
Average Thermal Conductance: Provide storefront systems with average U-values of not more than 0.63
Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg F when tested according to ASTM 1503.1 .
Dimensional Tolerances: Provide entrance and storefront systems that accommodate dimensional
tolerances of building frame and other adjacent construction.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each product specified. Include dctails of construction relative to matcrials,
dimensions of individual components, profiles, and finishes.
Shop Drawings: For storefront systems. Show details of fabrication and installation, including plans,
elevations, sections, details of components, provisions for cxpansion and contraction, and attachmcnts to
other work.
Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturerh color charts showing thc full range of colors available for
units with factory-applied color finishes.
Installer Certificates: Signed by manufacturer certifying that installers comply with specified
requlrements.
QUALITY ASSURANCEI .-5
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Doc ume nts
15 OcroRER 2001
HLM 980071-04 08410-2
I
I
SECTION O84IO ALUMINUM STOREFRONTS
Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienccd installer to assume engineering responsibility and
perform work of this Section who has specializ.ed in installing entrance and storefront systems similar to
those required for this Pro.ject and who is acceptable to manufacturer.
l. Engineering Responsibility: Prepare data for storefront systems, including Shop Drawings, based
on testing and engineering analysis of manufacturer's standard units in assemblies similar to those
indicated for this Project.
Source Limitations: Obtain each type of storefront and window system through one source from a single
manufacturer.
Product Options: Drawings indicate sizc, profiles, and dimensional requirements of entrance and
storefront systems and are based on the specific systems indicated. Other manufacturers' systems with
equal performance characteristics may be considered. Refer to Division I Section "substitutions. "
l. Do not modify intended aesthetic effect, as judged solely by Architect, except with Architect's
approval and only to the extent needed to comply with performance requirements. Where
modifications are proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for review
Welding Standards: Comply with applicable provisions of AWS D1.2, "structural Welding Code-
Aluminum."
Test Reports: shall certify that the tested storefront meets or exceeds the referenced criteria for the system
type.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Field Measurements: Verifu dimensions by field measurements before fabrication and indicate
measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid
delaying the Work.
WARRANTY
Ceneral Warranty: The special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other
rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to,
and run concurrent with, other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract
Documents.
Special Warranty: Submit a written warranty executed by the manufacturer agreeing to repair or replace
components of entrance and storefront systems that fail in materials or workmanship within one year of
subsatanital completion. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
l. Structural failures including, but not limited to, excessive deflection.
2. Sealant failures.
3. Failure of system to meet performance requirements.
4. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering.
5. Failure of operating components to function normally.
Warranty Period: I year from date of Substantial Completion.
B.
D.
t
I
t
I
I
I
B.
1.7
I
I
I
I
I
1.6
I
I
l,-
I
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o ns tructio n Doc ume nts
15 OcroBER 2001
HLM 980071-U 0E410-3
SECTION 08410
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
ALUMINUM STOREFRONTS
MANUFACTURERS
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering producs that
may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
l. EFCO Corporation, System 403 Thermal Storefront Framing.2. Architect Approved Equal
MATERIALS
Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommcnded by manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated,
complying with thc requirements of standards indicated below.
l. Extruded aluminum shall be 6063-T5 or T6 alloy and temper.2. Extruded Bars, Rods, Shapes, and Tubes: ASTM B 221.
3. Extruded Structural Pipe and Tubes: ASTM B 429.4. Bars, Rods, and Wire: ASTM B 2l l.
5. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: AWS 45. | 0.
B. Steel Reinforcement: Complying with ASTM A 36 for sructural shapes, plates, and bars; ASTM A 6l I
for cold-rolled sheet and strip; or ASTM A 570 for hot-rolled sheet and strip. All dissimilar materials
must be properly installed to prevent galvanic action.
Glazing as specified in Division 8 Section "Glazing."
Framing system gaskets, sealants, andjoint fillers as recommended by manufacturer forjoint type.
Thermal Barrier: Material per manufacturer's recommendations. Nonstructural thermal barrier is not
acceptable.
Sealants and joint fillers for joints at perimeter of entrance and storefront systems as specified in
Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants."
Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt-mastic paint complying with SSPC-Paint 12 rcquirements,
except containing no asbestos, formulated for 30-mil (0.762-mrn) thickncss per coat.
COMPONENTS
A. Brackcts and Reinforcements: Provide manufacturer's standard brackets and rcinforcements that are
compatible with adjacent materials. Provide nonstaining, nonfcrrous shims for aligning system
components.
B. Fastcncrs and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding
fasteners and accessories compatible with adjacent materials.
l. Reinforce members as required to retain f'astencr thrcads.
2. Do not usc cxposed fasteners, except for hardware application. For hardware application, use
countersunk Phillips flat-head machine screws linished to match framing members or hardware
being fastened, unless otherwise indicatcd.
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstructio n D oc ume nts
I5 Ocr.oBER 2001
t
t
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
c.
D.
F.
c.
2.1
2.2
z.-'\
HLM gEOO7I.O4 08410-4
I
I
SECTION O84IO ALAMINAM STOREFRONTS
Concrete and Masonry Inscrts: Hol-dip galvanized cast-iron, malleable-iron, or steel inserts complying
with ASTM A 123 or ASTM A 153 requiremenrs.
Conccaled Flashing: Manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding flashing,
compatible with adjacent materials, and of type recommended by manufacturer.
Concealed Flashing: Dead-soft, 0.018-inch- thick stainless steel, complying with ASTM A 666, of type
selected by manufacturer for compatibility with system.
Weather Stripping: Manufacturer's standard replaceable weather stripping as follows:
l. Compression Weather Stripping: Molded neoprene complying with ASTM D 2000 requirements
or molded PVC complying with ASTM D 2287 requirements.
2. Sliding Weather Stripping: Wool, polypropylene, or nylon woven pilc with nylon-fabric or
aluminum-strip backing complying with AAMA 701 requirements.
FABRICATION
General: Fabricate components that, when assembled, will have accurately fitted joints with ends coped
or mitered to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion. After fabrication, clearly mark
components to identiSr their locations in Project according to Shop Drawings.
L Fabricate components for head- and sill-receptor frame construction with shear-block construction
at i ntermediate horizontal components.
Forming: Form shapes with sharp profiles, straight and free of defects or deformations, before finishing.
Prepare components to receive concealed fasteners and anchor and connection devices.
Fabricatc components to drain water passing joints and condensation and moisture occurring or rnigrating
within the system to the exterior.
Welding: Weld components to comply with referenced AWS standard. Weld before linishing
components to greatest extent possible. Weld in concealed locations to greatest extent possible to
minimize distortion or discoloration of finish. Remove weld spatter and welding oxides from exposed
surfaces by descaling or grinding.
Glazing Channels: Provide minimum clearances for thickness and type of glass indicated according to
FGMA's "Glazing Manual."
Metal Protection: Where aluminum will contact dissimilar mctals, protect against galvanic action by
painting contact surfaces with primer or by applying sealant or tape recommended by manufacturer for
this purpose. Where aluminum will contact concrete or masonry, protect against corrosion by painting
contact surfaces with bituminous paint.
Storefront: Fabricate framing in profiles indicated for flush glazing (without projecting stops). Provide
subframes and reinforcing of types indicated or, if not indicated, as required for a complete system.
Factory assemble components to greatest extent possible. Disassemble components only as necessary for
shipment and installation.
ALUMINUM FINISHES
VAIL VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
C o nstructia n Do c u me nts
15 OCToBER2OOI
D.
F.
2.4
I
I
I
t
I
I
F.
G.
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
B.
C.
D.
I
HLM 98OO7I-M 08410-5
SECTION 08410 ALAMINUMSTOREFRONTS I
General: Comply with NAAMMh "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for
recommendations relative to applying and designating finishes.
Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if
they are within one-half of thc range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in the samc piece are
not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range
of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.
Finish designations prefixed by AA conform to the system established by the Aluminum Association for
designating aluminum fi nishes.
High-Performancc Organic Coating Finish: AA-C l2C42Rlx (Chemical Finish: cleaned with inhibited
chemicals; Chemical Finish: acid chromate-fluoride-phosphate conversion coating; C)rganic Coating: as
specified below). Prepare, prctreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating
and rcsin manufacturer's written instructions.
L Manufacturers standard Kynar 500 paint.
a. Color and Gloss: As selected bv Architect from manufacturer's full ranse of choices for
color and sloss.
PART 3 - EXECUIION
EXAMINATION
Examine areas, with Installer present, for compliance with requiremcnts for installation tolerances and
other conditions affecting pcrformance of entrance and storefront systems. Do not proceed with
installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been conected.
INSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with manufacturerh written instructions for protecting, handling, and installing
entrance and storefront systems. Do not install damagcd components. Fit frame joints to produce
hairline joints frcc of burrs and distortion. Rigidly secure nonmovement joints. Seal joints watertight.
B. Metal Protection: Where aluminum will contact dissimilar metals, protcct against galvanic action by
painting contact surfaces with primer or by applying sealant or tape recommended by manufacturer for
this purpose. Where aluminum will contact concrete or masonry, protect against corrosion by painting
contact surfaces with bituminous paint.
C. Install components to drain water passing.joints and condensation and moisture occurring or migrating
within the system to the exterior.
D. Set continuous sill members and flashing in a full sealant bed to providc weathertight construction, unless
otherwise indicated. Comply with requiremcnts of Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants."
E. Install tiaming conrponcnts plumb and true in alignment with established lines and grades without warp
or rack of framing members.
VAI I, VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C onstructio n Doc ume nts
15 Ocr0BDR200l
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
B.
D.
3.1
3.2
HLM 98007r-04 084t0-6
T SECTION O84IO ALAMINAM STOREFRONTS
Install glazing to comply with requirements of Division 8 Section "Glazing," unless otherwise indicated..
Install perimeter sealant to comply with requircments of Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants," unless
otherwise indicated.
Ereclion Tolerances: Install cntrance and storefront systems to comply with the following maximum
tolerances:
l. Variation from Plane: Limit variation from plane or location shown to l/8 inch in 12 feet ll4 inch
over total length.
2. Alignment: Where surfaces abut in line, limit offset from true alignment to l/16 inch. Where
surfaces meet at corners, limit offset from true alignment to | /32 inch.
3. Diagonal Measurements: Limit difference between diagonal measurements to l/8 inch.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Water Spray Test: After completing the installation of test areas indicated, test storefront system for
water penetration according to AAMA 501.2 requirements.
Repair or remove and replace Work that does not meet requirements or that is damaged by testing;
replace to conform to specified requirements.
ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
Adjust doors and hardware to provide tight fit at contact points and weather stripping, smooth operation,
and weathertight closure.
Remove excess sealant and glazing compounds, and dirt from surfaces.
PROTECTION
Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer,
that ensure entrance and storefront systems are without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial
Completion.
END OF SECTION 08410
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstructinn Doc ume nts
IS OcroBER 2001
F.
C.
B.
J..'
3.4
I
I
t
I
I
I
B.
3.5
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
HLM 98U71-04 0u10-7
I
I
I i.',
I
I
t.l
SECTION 08520
SECTION 08520 - ALUMINUM WINDOWS AND DOORS
PART I - GENERAL
ALUMINAM WINDOWS AND DOORS
B.
t.)I
t
I
I
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including Ceneral and Supplementary Conditions and
Division I Specification Scctions, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
This Section includes Commercial Grade aluminum windows of the nerformance class indicated.
Window types required include the following:
l. Fixed windows.
2. Aluminum Doors.
Related Section:
l. Division 7 Section "Glazing".
2. Division 7 'Joint Sealants"
DEFINITIONS
Performance class number, included as part of the window designation system, is the actual design
pressure in pounds force per square foot used to determine structural test pressure and water test pressure.
I . Structural test pressure, wind load test, is equivalent to 150 percent of the design pressure.
2. Water-leakage-resistance test pressure is equivalent to l5 percent of the design pressure with 2.86
lbf/sq. ft. as a minimum for Residential, Commercial, and Heavy-Commercial Grade windows.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
General: Provide aluminum windows engineered, fabricated, and installed to withstand normal thermal
movement, wind loading, and impact loading without failure, as demonstrated by testing manufacturer's
standard window assemblies reprcscnting types, grades, classes, and sizes required for Project according
to test methods indicated.
Test Criteria: Testing shall be performed by a qualified indcpendent testing agency based on thc
following criteria:
l. Design wind velocity at Project refer to structural requirements.
2. Test Procedures: Test window units according to ASTM E 283 for air infiltration, ASTM E 547
for water penetration, and ASTM E 330 for structural performance.
Performance Requirements: Testing shall demonstrate compliance with requiremcnts indicated in
AAMA l0l for air infiltration, water penetration, and structural performance for type, gmde, and
performance class of window units requircd. Where required design pressurc cxceeds the minimum for
l.-t
A.
B.
1.4
I
I
I
I
I
c.I
t-
I
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o ns tr uc tio n Doc ume nls
I5 OcroBER 2001
HLM 980071-04 08s20-1
ALI]MINAM WINDOWS AND DOORS ISECTION 08520
l.
z-
3.
^).
o.
7.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.5
thc specified window grade, comply with requirements of AAMA l0l, Section 3, "Optional Performance
Classes," for higher than minimum performance class.
l. Air-Infiltration Rate for Opcrating Units: Not more than 0.03 cfm/fi. of operable sash joint for an
inward test pressure of 6.24 lbf/sq. ft.
2. Air-lnfiltration Rate for Fixed Windows: Not more than 0.03 cftn/ft. of area for an inward test
pressure of 6.24 lbf/sq. ft.
3. Water Penetration: No watcr penetration as defined in the test method at an inward test pressure
of | 5 pcrcent of the design pressure, | 2 psf..
4. Structural Performance: No failure or pcrmanent deflection in excess of 0.4 percent of any
member's span after removing the imposed load, for a positive (inward) and negative (outward)
test pressure of 30 lbf/sq. ft..
5. Condensation Resistance: Where window units are indicated to be "thermally improved," provide
units tested for thermal pcrformance according to AAMA 1503.1 showing a condensation
resistance factor (CRF) of 54.
6. Thermal Transmittance: Provide window units with a U-value maximum of 0.56 Btu/sq. ft. x h x
deg F at lS-mi/h exterior wind velocity, when tested according to AAMA 1503.1 .
7 - Thermal Movements: Provide window units that allow thermal movement resulting from the
following maximum change (range) in ambient temperature when engineering, fabricating, and
installing aluminum windows to prevent buckling, opening of joints, and overstressing of
components, connections, and other detrimental effects. Base engineering calculation on actual
surface temperatures of materials due to solar heat gain and nighttime sky heat loss.
a. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F, ambient; | 80 deg F, material surfaces.
8. Sound-Insulation Construction: Provide window units certified to provide a Sound Transmission
Class (STC) rating of at least 34 when tested according to ASTM E 90 and classified according to
ASTM E 4I3.
SUBMITTALS
General: Submit each item in this Article accordins to the Conditions of the Contract and Division I
Soecification Sections.
B. Product Data for each type of window required, including the following:
l. Construction details and fabrication methods.
2. Profiles and dimensions of individual components.
3. Data on hardware. accessories. and finishes.
4. Recommendations for maintainins and clcanins exterior surfaces.
Shop Drawings showing fabrication and installation of each type of window required including
information not fully detailed in manufacturer's standard Product Data and the following:
I
Layout and installation details, including anchors.
Elevations at ll4 inch = I foot scale.
Half-size section details of typical composite members, including reinforcement and stil'fbncrs and
adjacent wall construction and materials.
Panning details..
Window cleaning provisions.
Glazing details.
Accessories.
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstruction Docume nts
I5 OcroBER 2001
HLM 980071-04 08520-2
I
I
T SECTION 08520 ALUMINUM WINDOWS AND DOORS
t D. Samples for initial color selection on l2-inch- long sections of window members. Where finishes involve
.{il normal color variations, include Sample sets showing the full range of variations cxpected.
l";;;;.,r
-'rl;,)
I.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
I A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed installation of aluminumr windows similar in material, design, and extent to those required for this Project and with a record of
successful in-service performance.
f B. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain aluminum windows and storefront systems from one source and by
a sinele manufacturer.
C. Product Options: The Drawings indicate sizes, profiles, dimensional requirements, and aesthetic effects
of aluminum windows and are based on the specific window types and models indicated. Other
aluminum window manufacturers whose products have equal performance charactcristics may be
considered provided deviations in size, profile, and dimensions are minor and do not alter the aesthetic
effect. Refer to Division I Section "Substitutions. "
I 1.7 PROJECTCONDITIONSr
A. Field Measurements: Check window openings by field measurements before fabrication and show
I recorded measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with constructron progress
I to avoid delaying the Work.
I.8 WARRANTY
A. General Warranty: The special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other
rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to,
and run concurrent with, other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract
Documents.
B. Special Wananty: Submit a written warranty signed by aluminum window manufacturer agreeing to
repair or replace window components that fail in materials or workmanship within the specified warranty
period. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
l. Structural failures including excessive deflection, water leakage, air infiltration, or condensation.2. Deterioration of mctals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering.
C. Warranty Period: 5 years after date of Substantial Completion.
D. Warranty Period for Metal Finishes and Glass: l0 years after date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
I A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products thatI may be incorporatcd in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following.
I - HLM gn007r-04 vATLvALLEy MEDTzALCENTER 08s20-3I Constructian Documents
15 OcroBER 2001
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
SECTION 08520 ALAMINAM WINDOWS AND DOORS
EFCO Corporation
Architect Approved Equal.
FIXED WINDOWS
System Manufacturer and Type: EFCO Corporation, 2500 AW-50
Aluminum Extrusions: Provide alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for strength, corrosion
resislance, and application of required finish, but not less than 22,000-psi ultimate tensile strength and not
less than 0.062 inch thick at anv location for main frame and sash members.
Fasteners: Provide aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel, epoxy adhesive, or other materials warrantcd
by manufacturer to be noncorrosive and compatible with aluminum window members, trim, hardware,
anchors, and other components of window units.
l. Reinforcement: Where fasteners screw anchor into aluminum less than 0.125 inch thick, reinforce
interior with aluminum or nonmagnetic stainless steel to receive screw threads or provide
standard, noncorrosive, pressed-in, splined grommet nuts.
2. Exposed Fasteners: Except where unavoidable for application of hardware, do not use exposed
fasteners. For application of hardware, use fasteners that match frnish of member or hardware
being fastened, as appropriate.
Anchors, Clips, and Window Accessories: Fabricate anchors, clips, and window accessories of
aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel, or hordip zinc-coated steel or iron complying with requirements
of ASTM B 633; provide sufficient strength to withstand design pressure indicated.
Compression-Type Clazing Strips and Weatherstripping: Manufacturer's recommended gasket system.
Sealant: For sealants required within fabricated window units, provide type recommended by
manufacturer for joint size and movement. Sealant shall remain permanently elastic, nonshrinking, and
nonmigrating. Comply with Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" of these Specifications for selection and
installation of sealants.
DOORS
System Manufacturer and Type: EFCO Corporation Thermastile D302
Aluminum Extrusions: Provide alloy and temper recommendcd by manufacturer for strength, corrosion
rcsistance, and application of required finish, but not less than .125 nominal wall thickness at any location
for main frame and sash members.
Fasteners: Provide aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless stecl, epoxy adhesive, or other materials warranted
by manufacturer to be noncorrosive and compatible with aluminum door members, trim, hardware,
anchors, and other components of door unit.
Anchors, Clips, and Door Accessories: Fabricatc anchors, clips, and window accessories of aluminum,
nonmagnctic stainless steel, or hot-dip zinc-coated steel or iron complying with requirements of
ASTM B 633; provide sufficient strength to withstand design pressure indicated.
Compression-Type Glazing Strips and Weatherstripping: Manufacturcr's rcconlncnded gasket system.
a.
b.
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
2.2
B.
D.
2.3
E.
F.
A.
B.
D.
E.
VAI L VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
Constructio n Doc ume nts
15 OcroBER 2001
HLM 980071-04 08520-4
I
I SECTION 08520
F.
ALUMINUM WINDOWS AND DOORS
Sealant: For sealants required within fabricated window units, provide type recommendcd by
manufacturer for joint size and movement. Sealant shall remain permanently elastic, nonshrinking, and
nonmigrating. Comply with Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" of these Specifications for selection and
installation oi sealants.
Weatherstripping: All doors at to include manufacurer's standard weatherstripping.
Hardware: Provide the following hardware. Quantities per door configuration:
G.
H.
2.4
2.5
I
I
t
I
I
I
c.
2.6
I
I
I
I
I
t
l. Hinges
2. Exit Device
3. Closer4. Door Stop
5. Threshold
ACCESSORIES
EFCO Standard /e" Qffset Pivot Set
Dor-O-Matic 1490 CVR Touch Bar Panic Device
EFCO Standard Surface Mounted Closer - Parallel Mount
Hager 241F Dome Stop
National Guard Products Inc. 613 X Door Lensth
B.
General: Provide manufacturer's standard accessories that comply with indicated standards.
FABRICATION
General: Fabricate aluminum window and door units to comply with indicated standards. Include a
complete system for assembly of components and anchorage ofwindow units.
l. Provide units that are reglazable without dismantling sash or ventilator framing.
2. Prepare window sash or ventilators for glazing, except where preglazing at the factory is indicated.
Tbermally Improved Construction: Fabricate window and door units with an integral, concealed, low-
conductance, thermal barrier, located between exterior materials and window members exposed on
interior, in a manner that eliminates direct metal-to-metal contact.
l. Provide thermal-break construction that has been in use for not less than 3 years, has been tested to
demonstrate resistance to thermal conductance and condensation, and has been tested to show
adequate strength and security of glass retention.
2. Weep Holes: Provide weep holes and internal passages to conduct infiltrating water to exterior.
3. Subframes: Provide subframes with anchors for window units as shown, of profile and
dimensions indicated but not less than 0.062-inch- thick extruded aluminum. Miter or copc
corners, and weld and dress smooth with conccaled mechanical ioint fasteners. Finish to match
window units.
Preglazed Fabrication: Preglaze window units at the factory where possible and practical for applications
indicated. Comply with glass and glazing requirements of Division 8 Section "Glazing" of these
Specifications and AAMA l0l.
FIMSHES
Comply with NAAMM "Mctal Finishes Manual" for recommendations relative to applying and
designating linishes.
Finish designations prelixed by AA conform to the system established by the Aluminum Association for
designating aluminum fi nishcs.
B.I
li-':i VAIL VALLEY M EDI CAL CENTER
C o nstructio n Doc u me nts
15 OcroBER 2001
I
HLM 980071-04 08520-s
ALI]MINUM WINDOWS AND DOORS ISECTION 08520
High-Performance Organic Coating Finish: AA-C I 2C42R I x (Chemical Finish: cleaned with inhibited
chemicals; Chemical Finish: acid chromate-fluoride-phosphate conversion coating; Organic Coating: as
specified below). Prepare, pretreal, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating
and resin manulacturcr's instructions.
l. Manufacturers standard Kynar 500 paint.
2. Color and Closs: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full ranse of choices for color and
gloss.
PART 3 . EXECUTION
c.
INSPECTION
Inspcct openings before installation. Verify that rough opening is correct and sill plate is level.
INSTALLATION
Comply with manufacturer's specifications and recommendations for installing window units, hardware,
operators, and other components of the Work.
Set window units plumb, level, and true to line, without warp or rack of frames or sash. Provide proper
support and anchor securely in place.
l. Separate aluminum and other corrodible surfaces from sources of corrosion or electrolytic action
at points of contact with other materials by complying with requirements specified under
"Dissimilar Materials" Paragraph in appendix to AAMA l0l.
Set sill members and other members in a bed of sealant or with joint fillers or gaskets, as shown on Shop
Drawings, to provide weathertight construction. Rcfer to Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for
compounds, fillers, and gaskets to be installed concurrently with window units. Coordinate installation
with wall flashings and other components of the Work.
l. Sealants, joint fillers, and gaskets to bc installed after installation of window units are specified in
another Division 7 Scction.
ADJUSTING
Adj ust operating sash and hardware to provide a tight fit at contact points and at weatherstripping for
smooth operation and a weathertight closure.
CLEANING
Clcan aluminum surfaces promptly alter installing windows. Exercise care to avoid damage to protective
coatings and finishes. Removc cxcess glazing and sealant compounds, dirt, and other substances.
Lubricate hardwarc and other moving parts.
Clcan glass of preglazed units promptly after installing windows. Comply with requirements of
Division 8 Section "Glazins" for clcaning and maintenance.
VAIL VAI,LEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o ns tractio n Doc ume nts
15 Ocr.oBER 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
C.
B.
B.
3.1
3.2
-1.-)
3.4
HLM 980071-04 08520-6
I
I
IB
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
l"/
I
SECTION 08520 ALUMINUM WINDOWS AND DOORS
3.5 PROTECTION
A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to aluminum window
manufacturer, that ensure window units are without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial
Completion.
END OF SECTION 08520
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstruction Doc uments
15 OcroBER 2(nI
HLM 980071-04 0E520-7
DOOR HARDWARE AND SCHEDULE
I PARr | -GENERAL
,.--.,
- :.^.;. l.l SLJMMARY
I A. Section includes:
l. Finish hardware
I t.2 SUBMTTTALS
I A. Product data:
I ' ::',ffi:?',*fi:#::?:Jy,::J*:'9"il"[$"T,T:item'
its tvpe' design' nnish' tunction'
2. Submit catalog cuts of each different piece of hardware.
3. Electrical and electronic hardware:
f a. Indicate each hardware group requiring electrical or elecronic devices and devices that
interface witlr fire alarm systenr" in elevation form showing all electrical and electronic
I wiring from device to device.
I b. Each elevation of electrically and electronically operated hardware groups shall have a
description of operation listed.
B. Submit, as an item separate from the hardware schedules, a complete Keying Schedule.
C. Provide templates to all manufacturers which have finish hardware applied to their producs.
I
I sECrIoNoBTI2
t r.3
''ERATTN.ANDMATNTENAN.EDATA
ler
l*-
I
A. Submit maintenance manuals, spare parts listing and recommended periodic maintenance schedules for
all hardware items.
1.4 DELTVERY
I A. Deliver hardware to the job site in the manufacturer's original packages, marked with door opening
number to identify conect location.
I B. On-site inspection and assistance during installation of finish hardware and final adjustment, as
required after installation.
I PART2-PR0DUCTS
I 2.1 MATERIALS
I A. Metal finishes:
I l. Typical hardware finish, satin chromium/slainless, dependent upon base metal:I I Sffiilti:l:ffiil:ff;3lu:3::l:fl:iitrl3:;f?'
c. BHMA Finish Standard #652 (US Standard Finish US26D):
d. BHMA Finish Standard #630 (US Standard Finish US32D);
I
B. Anchorage Deviccs:
I l. Use concealed anchorage for all items where concealed/exposed anchorage options are
I
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstruction Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
HLM 98M71-04 08712-1
sEcrroN 087t2 DOOR HARDWARE AND SCHEDULE
available. Provide concealed fasteners in sizes and lengths appropriate to the spccific material
conditions.
2. Countersunk, flat heaC, slotted or Phillips anchors may be used to fasten hinges. AII other
exposed fasteners: counl.ersunk, oval Phillips Heads.
3. Provide machine screws for anchorage to metal substrates for all hinges, locks, closers, holdcrs
and similar devices subject to dynamic forces. Self-tapping screws will be permitted for use on
wood or metal substrates only for surface mounted items that are not subject to dynam.ic
movement. Wood screws, used only for wood substrates: maximum size allowed by hardware
item and maximum length allowed by substratc.
Stops and Bumpers:
Glynn
Ives Johnson Hiawatha Quality Rockwood
Mark Product Product Product Haeer Product Product
BB0l 401 wB50c wt326R
I
I
I
I
I
I
24tF
W307 406 lWall-Rated and,il"Jlffi' IBB02 436 FBl3
D. Coordinators:
l. Provide coordinators with mounting bracketdhardware and filler tube equal to full opening
width.
2. Finish of coordinators shall match BHMA 600, prime painted; color shall be dctermined by
Architect.
Door Controls lves
Mark Product Product
CA0l 600 series 900 series [Bar Type]
3. Where coordinators are required, a carry open bar is required on the active leaf.
Door Controls Ives
Mark Product Product
cB01 100
Door Bottom:
400 series
Reese Tcro National Guard
Mark Product Product Product
DB0l 52t 361 420 [surfacel
Door Closer:
l. Door closers shall be of rack-and-pinion full hydraulic type with the following features:
a. Key-operated hydraulic valve adjustmcnt for back-check, general closing speed and
latching speed.
b. Mechanical adjustment to increase unit spring power and mechanically reversiblc
arm-mounting shoe to incrcase latching power.
2. Primary shells shall be cast-iron or aluminum alloy. Arms shall be forged steel. Arms shall be
factory painted, color to bc sclccted by Architect.
3. Covers shall not project morc than 2-318" from door face. Color of plastic cases for door closer
covers to be selected by Architect.
4. Arm selection shall follow the requirements of the table below, with brackes, drop plates and
miscellaneous accessorics orovided as necessary. Corner brackets will not be permitted.
VAIL VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
C onstru c tion D oc ume nls
15 October 2001
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
F.
HLM 98007r-04 08712-2
I sECrIoN 08712
I
I'@
le
l -/
HLMesooTt',4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
DOOR HARDWARE AND SCHEDULE
LCN
Mark Product
DC0l 4010-DEL [std reg/Delaycd Action/Hinge Side Mount]
DC02 4010 H-DEL [std h90/Delayed Action]
DC03 4 | I0-DEL [par reglDclayed Action]
DC04 4l l0 H-DEL [par h90/Delayed Action]
DC06 4l l0 Cush-DEL [par regcush / Delayed Action]
DC07 4l lOH Cush-DEL [par h9Ocush / Delayed Action]
5. Provide proper spring size in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, tabulated in
terms of mounting style and door width.
6. The sweep period ofa closer shall be adjusted so that from an open position of70 degrees, the
door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3" from the larch, measured to the leading
edge of the door.
7. The maximum force for pushing or pulling open a door shall be:
a. non-fire rated interior doors: 5 lbf (22.2 N)
b. fre rated interior doors: as re4uired by code.
G. Exit Devices:
l. Cylinders for exit devices shall be supplied by tlre lock supplier.
2. Cross bars and touch bars of exit devices on doors to hazardous areas (machine rooms, boiler
rooms) shall have machine knurled finish to comply with ANSI Al 17.l
3. Basis of lever design: Von Duprin#06.
Von Duprin Sargent Monarch
Mark Product Product Product
EDOI 99L-Fx992L-R RR
EDO2 9947EO-F VRCR
EDO3 99EO-F l2-8888G F-I8-R-BA RR
4. Abbreviations are defined as follows:
a. RR: Rim Rated
b. VRCR: Vertical Rod Concealed Rated
Von Duprin Sargent
Mark Product Product
PBOI MPB-840 3510
PB02 MPB-842 3510
PB03 MPB-851 3560
H. Electric Strikes:
l. Provide rectifier and transformer for 24vdc.
2. Provide access conFols.
Von Duprin
Mark Product
ESOI 6000
I. Flush Bolts:
l. Manual bols shall be provided in sets, consisting ofone top and one bottom bolt for each door.
Bottom bolt shall have 12" long operating rod. Top bolt shall have 12" bolt for door heights
VAIL VAT T.FY MEDICAL CENTER
ConsEuctian Documenls
15 October 2001
08712-3
SECTION 08712 I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
z-
J.
:).
J.
DOOR HARDWARE AND SCHEDA LE
up to 7'-0". For heights over 7'-0" increase bolt length so that operator is located no less than
6'-0" above floor.
Dust proof floor strikes are required for all floor bolts.
Manually Operated:
Ives Glynn-Johnson
Mark Product Product
FBOI 4588 FB6
4. Automatic Bolts:
Glvnn-Johnson Door Controls
FBBt68 BBl168 T483786
Mark Product Product
FB7 840 Metal doors
Flat Cood Kick Plates:
l. Plates shall be 0.080" thick vinyl acrylic with top and side edges beveled. Finish & color to be
selected by Architect.
2. Kick plates shall be 12" high. For single doors, plate widths shall be actual door width less 2";
for double doors, actual door width less 1-112" per leaf.
3. Flat goods shall be glued and fastened.
Construction
Kleerdex Specialties
Mark Product Product
FGOI "Kydex 160" "Acrovyn" Kick Plate
Hinges:
l. Hinges for interior use shall be cold rolled steel, brass or bronze of specified finish. Exterior
hinges shall be stainless steel (BHMA 1630).
2. Pins shall be of button tip, non-rising for typical applications, with non-removable pins which
shall be locked in place by set screw in barrel, used typically for all exterior doors.
Hinges shall be square-cornere.d, full mortise, to template.
Quantity of Hinges:
a. One hinge for each 2'-6" ofdoor height or portion of2'-6" door height.
Interior Hinges:
a. Doors 1-314" thick, up to and including 3'-0" wide, standard weight 0.134" thick,4-112"
x 4-1f2" , ball bearing.
l,awrence Stanley Hager McKinney
Mark Product Product Product Product
HGOI BB4IOI FBB|79 81279 TB27t4
b. Door leaf l-3l4" thick, over 3'-0" up to 4'-0" wide, heavy weight 0.180" thick, 5" x
4-l12", ball bearing.
Lawrence Stanley Hager McKinney
Mark Product Product Product Product
\J
HGO2 BB5I5I
Pocket Hinges:
a. Pocket hinge for size up to and including 3'-0" wide, standaud weight 3/l6" thick, 6- I i4"
x l-17132"
VAI L VALLEY M EDICAL CENT:ER
C o nstructio n Do c um e nls
15 October 2il)I
HLM 98M7T-04 08712-4
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
SECTION 08712
HG04 5t9
5t9
Exterior Hinges:
b. Provide appropriate label devices for specific opening.
Rixson Dorma Dor-O-Matic
lvlark Product Produc[ Product
DOOR HARDWARE AND SCHEDALE
IPassage]
lToiletl
lOffrcel
IStoreroom]
9l l05F [20 min label]
9l l05F [90 min label]
7.
a. Doors l-3l4" thick, up to and including 3'-0" wide, standard weight 0.134" thick,4-1/2"
x 4-112" , ball bearing.
l.awrence Stanley Hager McKinney
Mark Product Product Product Product
HC03 BB4lOl FBBlgl BBll9l TB23l4
b. Door leaf l-3l4" thick, over 3'-0" up to 4'-0' wide, heavy weight 0.180" thick, 5" x
4-112" , ball bearing.
l,awrence Stanley Hager McKinney
Mark Product Product Product Product
HG& BB5I5I.A FBBI99 BB1I99
l,ockets, Latchsets and Dead Bolts:
l. Lnckea and larchsets with 2-314" backset shall be cylindrical type with cases of uniform size to
allow int€rchangeability.
2. Mechanically rctu*ed anti-friction latchbolts and deadbolts shall have at least ll2" throws. For
double doors and doors under UL label requirements, larchbolt throws shall be 3/4".
3. Provide standard ASA strikes with curved lips of lengths to suit door and jamb conditions, with
wrought box strikes.
4. Criteria shall meet following requirements only:
a. Series Schlage Series D / 6 pin with 7u pin !o s€cure in place. Provide remporary
construction cylinder core.
b. Design Name Rhodes
c. Lever design
5. Irvers on doon to hazardous areas shall have machined knurled hnish to complv with ANSI
Alt7.l
6. Escutcheons shall be cut to accommodate lock functions as scheduled.
7. Cylinders for aluminum doors shall be furnished by this Section for installation by Sections
08410 and 08339. Sides of rose and cylinder shall be perpendicular to door face, not b€veled.
Finish on cylinders for aluminum doors shall match color of aluminum.
8. Cylindrical - levers
Type Sargent Corbin Schlage Glynn
Mark Product hoduct Product Johnson Function
75523
75523
LKOZ DIOS
LK03 D40S
LKO4 D53PD
LKOT D8OPD
LK08 ll5 1860
LKOg D94PD
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Documents
15 October 2001
HL6 [Hospital tatch]
[Classroom]
I
|
'--
I
HLM 980071-04 08712-s
SECTION 08712 I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
N.
a.
DOOR HARDWARE AND SCHEDULE
Magnetic Holders:
l. Electric hook-up provided by Division 16.
2. Electrical requirements: Refer to Division 16.
Rixson DORMA
Mark Product Product
MHOI FM98O EP45OI IFloor, single]
Rixson DORMA
Mark Product Product
MH02 FM 998 EM508-24AD [wall]
Overhead Holders:
L Provide units on door heads. sized to accommodate door conditions as follows:
Glynn-Johnson
Product
oH02 cJ-90F
O. Thresholds:
[Surface Interior]
Repse Tnro National Guard Pemko
Mark hoduct Product Product Product
TH03 S405A 5r3 - [handicap accessible]
View scope
Ives
Mark Productvsor 696
Weatherstripping:
National
Guard
Mark hoduct Product Product Productwsol 33c 379cR
[frame mounted, acts as a door stop]ws03 86AP 369AP
[meeting pair of rated doors]ws04 7978 S88D
[smoke doors]
ws05
[use with EROl ]
Pivots:
l. Pivoe shall be plated brass or bronze.
2. Heavy duty pivot set shall have surface mounted floor support for bottom pivot, mortised upper
pivot.
3. Center hung pivots:
Rixson Dorma McKinney Stanley
Mauk Product Product Product Product
P.
/.-5.
2525W
l36P
5050w
A605A
DAP3PV01 127-3t4 CHP-I EP-5
320
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Constructio n Doc ume nts
I5 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 08712-6
T.
U,
w.
Y.
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
t
SECTION 08712 DOOR HARDWARE AND SCHEDULE
Emergency Release Stop:
McKinney lawrence
Mark Product Product
ER0r css-g 7t06-32D
Pocket Door:
Stanley L.E.
Mark Product Hager Johnson
.:
PD0l 2826w12825-6
Folding Door Hardware:
9 I l0 w/ two wheel hansers 1500 wl 1125
bearing hangers
Manufacturer's wall mounted push plate fabricated as 6" diameter clear anodized
aluminum or stainless steel, with engraved enamel filled international handicapped
insignia.
Provide handicap logo with engraved eniunel paint.
Electric hookup provided by Division 16.
Mark Haeer
L.E.
Johnson
FD0l 9870 l00FD [two door set for 3'-0" opening]
Sliding Door Hardware:
Mark Hager
SD05 9885 [two door set for 8'-4" opening]
Door Pull:
Mark Hager
DP0l 3E [wrought door pull]
DP02 2630 [round flush pull]
Automatic Operator, Fire Rated:
Mark Horon - Series 49fi) Electric Fire Door Operator Package
AE09
Push Plate:
l)
2)
J)
Flush Bolts:
Mark Ives
FB-l 458 U2
FB-z 358 [fire rated]
Keying:
l. During the construction period key exterior doors and specific interior doors to be designated
after construction begins, keyed to a construction grand master key system that shall remain
operative during the construction phase.
2. Base thc perrnanent keying system on the Owner's existing Great Grand Master system which is
the Hospital's system. Determine keyed-alike sets jointly by the Owner's Representative and the
Contractor immcdiatcly aftcr contract award. Perform keying and biting by and registered with
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o n structia n D o c u m e nt s
15 October 2(M II
I
HLM 98M7|-M 087r2-7
SECTION 087T2 DOOR HARDWARE AND SCHEDULE
Schlage.
3. Package permanent keys in marked, identified envelopes and delivered by Registered Mail
direct to the Owner's Representative from manufacturer.
4. Provide key control system with a capacity of 1.75 times the number of door lock, with
complete dual tag systcm.
a. Cabinet: concealed piano type hinge and rounded sides. Panels: individual
hook-andlabel pockets formed from metal.
b. Tags: set for permanent attachment of file key without the use of tools and one set with
snaphook holding at least four keys.
c. Provide indexing to record information concerning locks and keys alphabetically, hook
numerically, key numerically and master key.
d. Provide permanent loan register to properly identifu key borrowers while receipt tabs
shall be supplied for temporary loan.
e. Acceptable manufacturers:
l) Lund
2) Key Control
3) Hafele
4) Telkee
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 DELWERY
A. Hardware items shall be packaged separately, tagged with appropriate identification and location data,
delivered to the Site and stored in a protected manner in a location mutually agreeable to the Contractor
and to the Owner.
B. Only construction keys shall be delivered to the Site.
3.2 INSTALLATION OFFIMSH HARDWARE
A. Install hardware per manufacturer's directions and to manufacturer's tcmplates. Adjust for proper
operation and function.
B. Thresholds shall be coped to profile of jamb, set in continuous mastic, anchored with countersunk
expansion bolts.
C. Properly tag, index and file keys.
D. Pairs of doors: Right hand will always be active, unless otherwise indicated.
E. Install "construction cylinders" for use during the construction phrue. Prior to complction, install
"permanent cylinders".
F. Provide UL rated hardware for fire rated door and frame a;semblies.
3.3 ADJUSTMENT AND CHECKING
A. Hardware supplier shall be available on a reasonable demand basis to assist installers in evaluation of
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co n structio n Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
HLM 980071-04 08712-8
I
I
I
DOOR HARDWARE AND SCHEDULE
function and installation questions as they arise.
B. Operable devices shall be individually field checked and adjusted by hardware supplier or
representative of the device manufacturcr just prior to final acceptance of the building and at a second
period approximately six months after complete building occupancy.
C. At the time of hnal adjustment described above, all operating/adjusting tools shall be delivered to the
Owner's Representative along with written explanation of their use and function, accompanied by such
demonstrations to the Ownerb maintcnance personnel as the Owner's Representative deems necessary.
I 3.4 HARDWARE GROUPS
r A. Hardware selection is based upon hardware groups for each door leaf (i.e., a pair of doors requires two
t Hf;ffiffi?:1;.,H",T#r""TJlii'.nff,HTiffifr;j"m'
such as coordinators' threshord or
Croup larching Function
I A AI.JTOMATIC DOORS
BF BI-FOLDING DOORS
BP BY.PASSINC DOORS
C CLASSROOM
E EXITLOCKSET
F FLUSHBOLT
O OFFICELOCKSET
P PASSAGELATCHSET
SP SLIDING POCKETDOORS
S STORAGELOCKSET
T TOILET/BATHLOCKSET
V DflTDEVICE-RIM
X E)(IT DEVICE - VERTICAL ROD CONCEALED
Z CYLINDERONLY
I
3.s FLUSH Bolrs
A. Hardware Group F-01
Hinges HG0l [non-rated]
Flush bolts FB0l
B. Hardware Group F-02
Hinges HCOI
Flush bolts FB04
Coordinator CAOI
cBO1
Closer DC03
I sECrroN o,7t2
Ia
I
I
HLM 98M7t-04li
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o ns tru c tio n D o c um e nts
15 October 2001
08712-9
SECTION 08712
OFFICE
A. Hardware Group O-01
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
3.6
DOOR HARDWARE AND SCHEDALE
D.
Hinge
[,ockset
Bumper
Required
LKM [office function]
BB0l [wall stop]
Inon-rated opening]
Hardware Group O-02
Hinge Required
Lockset LK04 [office function]
Closer DCOI
Bumper BB0l [wall stop]
[non-rated or rated opening]
Weatherstrip WS04 [smoke seaU
Door Bottom DB0l
Hardware Group O-03
Hinge Required
Lockset LK04 [office function]
Overhead Holder OH02
Hardwarr Group O-M
Hinge Required
L,ocks€t LK04 [office function]
Closer DC02 [hold open 90o]
Bumper BB0l
Hardwarr Group O-05
Hinge Required
Lockset LK04 [office function]
I
I
I
I
F.
Closer DC(X
Bumper BB0l [wall stop]
Weatherstrip WS04 [smoke seal] I
Hardwarc Group 0-06
Hinge Required [inswing]I-ockset LK04 [officc function]
Closer DC0l
Weatherstrip WS0l
Door Bottom DB0l
Threshold TH03
Hardware Group O-07
Hinge Required [outswing]Lockset LK04 [office function]
Closer DC07 [90 dcgree hold open]
Weatherstrip WSOl
Door Bottom DB0l
Threshold TH03
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstructian Doc um e nts
I 5 Octoher 200 I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
c.
HLM 980071-04 08712-r0
3.7
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
D.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Ien
SECTION 08712
H. Hardware Gmup O.08
Hinge Required
Lockset LK04 [office function]
Closer DC0l
Weathersrip WSOI
I. Hardware Group O-(D
Hinge Required
Lockset LK04 [ofhce function]
Closer DCOI
weatherstrip SW04 [smoke seal]
J. Hardware Group O-10
Hinge Required
l-ocket LK04 [office function]
Closer DCOI
PASSAGE
A. Hardwarc Group P.01
Hinge Required
Lockset LK02 [passage function]
B. Ilardware Group P-02
Hinge Re4uircd
L,ockset LK02 [passage function]
Closer DC0l
Bumper BB01 [wall stop]
[non-rated or rated opening]
Weatherstrip WS(X [smoke seal]
Hardware Gmup P-03
Hinge Required
Lockset LK02 [passage function]
Overhead Holder OH02
Hardware Group P-04
Pocket Hinge HG04
Locket LK02 [passage function]
Closer DC01
Coordinator/Carry
Open Bar CAOI/CBOI
Magnetic Holder MH02
Weatherstrip SW04 [smoke seal]
Hardware Group P-05
Hinge Required [swing clear type]
Lockset LK08 [hospital function]
Holder OH02
Wcathcrstrip WS0l
DOOR HARDWARE AND SCHEDUIE
VAIL VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
Construction Docume nts
15 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 08712-tI
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
J.
''. ;:.1
SECTION 087T2
Hardware Group P-06
Hinge Required
Lockset
Closer
Weatherstrip WS0l
Bumper BB0l
Hardware Group P47
[swing clear type]
LK08 [hospital function]
LK02 [passage function]
[smoke seal]
LK02 [passage function]
[swing clear hinges at 324- 4, 329-A]
LK02 [passage function]
LK02 [passage function]
[smoke seal]
Required [swing clear type]
LK02 [passage function]
AEOg
DOOR HARDWARE AND SCHEDALE
F.
Hinge
Lockset
Closer
Hinge
Lockset
Closer
Weatherstrip
DCol
Required
DCO3
Weatherstrip WS04
Magretic Holder MH02
Hardware Group P-08
Hinge Required
Lockset
Closer DC03
Weatherstrip WS0l
Hardware Group P-(D
Required
DCol
wsol
DCOl
Ilardwarc Gmup P-10
Hinge Required
I.ocks€t
Closer
Weatherstrip WS04
Hardware Grcup P-11
Lockset
Automatic Operator
Closer DC01
Weatherstrip WSOI
Bumper BB0l
Hardwarc Group P-12
Hinge Pivots
Closer
Bumper
Push Plates
DCOI [ 180 degree operation]
BBOI
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C on struction Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
HLM 98007r-04 08712-12
3.8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
T
SECTION 08712
STORAGE
A. Hardware Group S-01
Hinge Required
Lockset LK07 [storage function]
Closer DC0l
Bumper BB0l [wall stop]
[non-rated or rated opening]
B. Hardware Group S-02
Hinge Required
Lockset LK07 [storage function]
Closer DC03
Weatherstrip WS04 [smoke seal]
C. Hardware Group S-03
Hinge Required
Lockset LK07 [storage function]
Closer DC03 [multi-point hold open]
Weatherstrip WS0l
Door Bonom DBOI
Threshold TH03
D. Hardware Group S-04
Hinge Required
Lockset LK07 [storage function]
Closer DC03
Bumper BB0l [wall stop]
Weatherstrip
Door Bottom DB01
Threshold TH03
Inon-rated opening]
F.
Hardware Group S-05
Hinge Required
Lockset LK07 [storage function]
Closer DC04
Weatherstrip WS04 [smoke seal]
Flush Bolt FB-2 [one leafl
Hardware Group 5-06
Hinge Required
Lockset LK07 [storage functionl
Closer DC04
Weatherstrip WS01
DOOR HARDWARE AND SCHEDULE
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstructian Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
HLM 98007r-04 08712-t3
SECTION 08712
3.9 TOILET/BATH
A. Hardware Group T-01
Hinge Required
Lockset LK03 [toilet function]
Bumper BB0l [wall stop]
Closer DC03 [non-rated opening]
B. Hardware Group T-02
Hinge Required
L,ockset LK03 [toilet functionl
Closer DC03
Weatherstrip WSOl
Bumper BB0l [wall stop]
[non-rated opening]
C. Hardware Group T-03
DOOR HARDWARE AND SCHEDALE
Pivots
Lockset
Emergency
Release
Holder
PVol
LK04 ltoilet function]
EROI [stop/strike]
oH02
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Weatherstrip WS05 [vision blocking only]
D. Hardwarc Gmup T-04
Hinge Required
Lockset LK03 [toilet function]
Weatherstrip WS04 [smoke seal]
E. Hardware Group T-05
Hinge Required
LK03 [toilet function]
Bumper BB01
EXITDEVICE. RIM
RATED OPENINGS
A. Hardware Group V-01
Hinge Required
Exit device EDOl [rim, t-ever]
Closer DC03
Bumper BB0l [rated]
Weatherstrip WS04 [smoke seal]
I
I
3.10
VAIL VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
C o nstructio n D oc um e nts
I5 October 2(NI
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
HLM 980071-04 08712-14
B.
D.
F.
G.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
SECTION 08712 DOOR HARDWARE AND SCHEDAIB
Hardwarr Group V-02
Hinge Required [swing clear hinges at doors 3l3-A/B]
Exit device EDOl [rim, lever]
Automatic
Operator AE09
Closer DCO I
Bumper BB0l [rated]
Weatherstrip WS04 [smoke seal]
Hardware Group V.03
Hinge Required
Exit device ED0l [rim, levcr]
Closer DC06
Door Bottom DB0l
Threshold TH03
Weatherstrip WSOl
Hardware Gmup V-04
Hinge Required
Exit device EDOI [rim, lever, keylock]
Weatherstrip WS0l
Coordinator/Carry Open Bar CAO l/CBOl
Hardware Group V-05
Hinge Required
Exit device EDOI [rim, lever]
Closer DCOI
llardware Group V-06
Hinge Required
Exit device EDOI [rim, lever, keylock]
Closer DC0l
Weathentrip WS04 [smoke seal]
Hardware Group V-07
Hinge Required
Exit Device EDOI [rim]
Closer DC03
Magnetic
Holder MH02
Weatherstrip WS04 [smoke seal]
Hardware Group V-08
Hinge Required
Exit Device EDOI [rim, lever, keylock]
Automatic
Operator AE09
Closer DC0l
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Constructian Documents
15 October 2(NI
HLM 980071-04 08712-15
SECTION 08712
Hardwarc Group V-09
Pocket Hinge HG04
Exit Device ED0l [rim, lever]
Magnetic
Holder MH02
Closer DC03
Weatherstrip WS04 [smoke seal]
3.I I EXIT DEVICE - VERTICAL ROD CONCEALED
RATEDOPENING
A. Hardware Group X-01
DOOR HARDWARE AND SCH EDALE
Hinge
Exit device
Required
ED21 [vertical rod concealed exit]
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Constructio n Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
I
I
t
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
3.12
Closer DC0l
Magnetic Holder MH02
Weatherstrip WS0l
CLASSROOM
A. Hardware Group C-01
Hinge Required
Lockset LK09 [classroom function]
Closer DC04
Weathersrip WSOI
B. Hardware Grcup C-02
Hinge Required
Lockset LK09 [classroom function]
Closer DC04
Weathentrip WSOI [smoke seal]
Hardware Group C-03
Hinge Required
l,ockset LK09 [classroom function]
Closer DC0l
Hardware Group C-M
Hinge Required
Lockset LK09 [classroom function]
Closer DCOI
Coordinator / Carry
Open Bar CA0l /CB0l
Magnetic
Holder MH02
Weatherstrip WS04 lsmoke seal]
D.
HLnr 98007r-04 087r2-16
I
I
SECTION 08712
E. Hardware Group C-05
Hinge Required
Lockset LK09 [classroom function]
Closer DCOI [90" hold open]
Weatherstrip WSOI
Bumper BB0l
F. Hardware Gmup C-06
Hinge Required
l-ockset LK09 [classroom function]
Closer DC0l [90" hold open]
Flush Bolt FB-l [one lea{l
BI-FOLDINGDOORS
A. Hardware Group BF-01
Track FD0l
BY-PASSINC DOORS
A. .llardware Gmup BP-01
Track SD0l
DOOR HARDWARE AND SCHEDALE
ffi
l't*
3.13
3.t4
3. l5
I
I
t
I
I
I
le
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
lj
I
3.16
SLIDING POCKET DOORS
A. Hardwarr Group SP-01
Track PD01
Pull DP01
CYLINDERONLY
A. Hardware Group 201
Cylinder only -- [for aluminum swinging doors]
lrl
END oF SECTIo.N 08712
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Consbuctinn Documents
15 October 2001
HLM 98007r.04 087r2-r7
I
I
SECTION O88OO
SECTION O88OO. GLAZING
PART I - GENERAL
GLAZING
t.l
1.2
1.3
I
I
I
I
t
I
D.
B.
t.4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
This Section includes glazing for the following products and applications, including those specified in
other Sections where glazing requirements are specified by reference to this Section:
l. Windows.
2. Doors.
3. Glazed entrances.
4. Storefront framing.
DEFINITIONS
Manufacturer: A lirm that produces primary glass or fabricated glass as defined in referenccd glazing
publications.
Interspace: Space between lites of an insulating-glass unit that contains dehydrated air or a specified gas.
Deterioration of Coated Glass: Defects developed from normal use that are attributed to the
manufacturing process and not to causes other than glass breakage and practices for maintaining and
cleaning coated glass contrary to manufacturerb written instructions. Defects include peeling, cracking,
and other indications of deterioration in metallic coating.
Deterioration of Insulating Class: Failure of the hermetic seal under normal use that is attributed to the
manufacturing process and not to causes other than glass breakage and practices for maintaining and
cleaning insulating glass contrary to manufacturer'.s written instmctions. Evidence of failure is the
obstruction of vision by dust, moisture, or film on interior surfaces ofglass.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
General: Provide glazing systems capable of withstanding normal thermal movement and wind and
impact loads (where applicable) without failurc, including loss or glass breakage attributable to the
following: Defective manufacture, fabrication, and installation; failure of sealants or gaskcts to remain
watertight and airtight; deterioration of glazing materials; or other defects in construction.
Glass Design: Glass thicknesses indicatcd are minimums and are for detailing only. Confirm glass
thicknesses by analyzing Project loads and in-service conditions. Provide glass lites for various size
openings in nominal thicknesses indicated, but not less than thicknesses and in strengths (annealed or heat
treated) required to meet or exceed the following criteria:
li-,'
C.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstruc tio n Doc um e nts
15 Ocroaan 2001I
HLM 980071-04 08800-I
SECTION O88OO GI^4ZING
l.Glass Thickncsscs: Sclcct minimum glass thicknesses to comply with ASTM E 1300, according
lo the following requirements:
a. Specified Design Wind Loads: As required to meet local building codes.
b. Probability of Breakage for Vertical Glazing: 8 lites per 1000 for lites set vertically or not
more than I5 degrees off vertical and under wind action.
l) Load Duration: 60 seconds or less.
Maximum Lateral Deflection: For the following types of glass supported on all four cdges,
provide thickness required that limits center deflection at design wind pressure to l/-50
times the short side length or I inch, whichever is less.
For monolithic-glass litcs hcat trcatcd to resist wind loads.
For insulating glass.
Minimum Glass Thickness for Exterior Lites: Not less than 6 mm.
Thermal Movements: Provide glazing that allows for thermal movements resulting from the following
maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures acting on glass framing members and
glazing components. Base engineering calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar
heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss.
l. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F , ambient; | 80 deg F , material surfaces.
Thermal and Optical Performance Properties: Provide glass with performance properties specified based
on manufacturer's published test data, as determined according to procedures indicated bclow:
I . For monolithic-glass lites, properties are based on units with lites l/4inch thick.
2. For insulating-glass units, properties are based on units with lites l/4inch thick and a nominal
1/2inch- wide interspace.
3. Center-of-Glass U-Values: NFRC 100 methodology using LBL-35298 WINDOW 4.1 computer
program, expressed as Btu/ sq. ft. x h x deg F.
4. Center-of-Glass Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: NFRC 200 methodology using LBL-35298
WINDOW 4.1 computer program.
5. Solar Optical Properties: NFRC 300.
SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each glass product and glazing material indicated.
B. Samples: For the each glass type used, in the form of l2-inch- square Samples for glass and of l2-inch-
long Samples for sealants. Install sealant Samplcs betwccn two strips of material representative in color
o[ the adjoining framing system
C. Product Certificatcs: Signed by manulacturers of glass and glazing products certifying that products
furnished comply with requirements.
D. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstratc thcir
capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names
and addresses of architects and owncrs, and othor infbrnration specilied.
E. Warranties: Special wananties specified in this Section.
HLM 98OO7I-04 VAILVALLEY MEDICALCENTER
C o nstruction Doc ume nts
15 OcroRER 2001
r)
?\
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D.
1.5
08800-2
I
I SECTION O88OO
1.6
GIAZING
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Installer Qualifications: An experienccd installcr who has completed glazing similar in material, design,
and extent to that indicated for this Project; whose work has resulted in glass installations with a record of
successful in-service performance; and who employs glass installers for this Project who arc certified
under the National Glass Association Clazier Certification Program as l-evel 2 (Senior Glaziers) or
Level 3 (Master Glaziers).
Source Limitations: Obtain glass from one primary-glass manufacturer.
Insulating-Glass Certification Program: Permanently marked either on spacers or on at lcast one
component lite of units with appropriate certification label of the following inspecting and testing agency:
|. Insulating Class Certification Council.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Protect glazing materials according to manufacturer's witten instructions and as needed to prevent
damage to glass and glazing materials from condensation, temperature changes, direct exposure to sun, or
other causes.
For insulating-glass units that will be exposed to substantial altitude changes, comply with insulating-
glass manufacturer's written recommendations for venting and sealing to avoid hermetic seal ruptures.
PROJECT CONDMIONS
Environmenlal Limitations: Do not proceed with glazing when ambient and substrate temperature
conditions are outside limia permitted by glazing material manufacturers and when glazing channel
substrates are wet from rain, frost. condensation. or other causes.
WARRANTY
General Warranty: Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights
Owncr may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run
concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents.
Manufacturer's Special Warranty on Insulating Glass: Written warranty, made out to Owner and signed
by insulating-glass manufacturer agreeing to furnish replacements for insulating-glass units that
deteriorate as defined in "Definitions" Article, io.b. thc ncarest shipping point to Project site, within
specified warranty period indicated below.
l. Wananty Period: l0 years from datc of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GLASS MANUFACTURERS
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C onstructio n Doc ume nts
I5 OcroBER 2001
B.
B.
1.7
I
I
t
I
I
I
1.8
t.9I
I
I
I
I
B.
I
t*
I
I
HLM 980071-04 08800-3
SECTION O88OO
c.
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
D.
B.
2.2
z. -)
GI-AZING
Available Manufactures: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufactures offering glass products
that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to. the following:
l Viracon
2. PPG
3. Libbey-Owens-Ford
4. Architect Approved Equal
INSULATING CLASS
lnsulating-Glass Units: Preassembled units consisting of sealed lites of glass separated by a dehydrated
interspace, and complying with ASTM E 774 for Class CBA units.
l. Provide Kind HS (heat-strengthened) float glass in placc of annealed glass where needed to resist
thermal stresses induced by differential shading of individual glass lites.. Providc Kind FT (fully
tempered) where required by code.
2. Provide Kind HS (heat strengthened) insulated glass for skylight glazing.
Overall Unit Thickness and Thickness of Each Lite: l" total width unless otherwise noted. %" glass on
the outside face, Vi' air space, and Ve" on the inside face. The overall thickness of units are measured
perpendicularly from outer surfaces of glass lites at unit's edge.
l. Outboard Lite: t/q" green, heat strengthened or tempered Low E coat on #2 surface, to match
architects sample.
2. Inboard Lite: %" clear glass. Tempered glass where required to meet local codes.
Sealing System: Dual seal, with primary and secondary sealants as follows:
l. Manufacturer'sstandardsealants.
Spacer Specifications: Manufacturer's standard spacer material and construction.
ELASTOMERIC GLAZING SEALANTS
Gcncral: Provide products of type indicated, complying with the following requirements:
t. Compatibility: Select glazing sealants that are compatible with one another and with other
materials they will contact, including glass products, seals of insulating-glass units, and glazing
channel substrates, under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant
manufacturer based on testing and field experience.
2. Suitability: Comply with sealant and glass manufacturers' written instructions for selecting
glazing sealants suitable for applications indicated and lbr conditions existing at time ol'
installation.
3. Colors of Exposed Glazing Sealants: As sclected by Architect from manulacturer's full range for
this characteristic.
Clazing Sealant fbr Firc-Resistive Glazing Products: Identical to product used in test assembly to obtain
lirc-protcction rating.
GLAZING TAPES
VAIL VALI,EY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstru ctio n Doc uments
15 OcrqBER 2001
HLM 980071-04 08800-4
t
In
l -'"t
SECTION O88OO GIAZING
Back-Bedding Mastic Clazing Tape: Preformed, butyl-based elastomcric tape with a solids content of
100 percent; nonstaining and nonmigrating in contact with nonporous surfaces; with or without spacer
rod as recommended in writing by tape and glass manufacturers for application indicated; packaged on
rolls with a release paper backing; and complying with ASTM C | 281 and AAMA 800 for products
indicated below:
L AAMA 806.3 tape, for glazing applications in which tape is subject to continuous pressure.
Expanded Cellular Glazing Tape: Closed-cell, PVC foam tape; factory coated with adhesive on both
surfaces; packaged on rolls with release liner protecting adhesive; and complying with AAMA 800 for
the following types:
L Type 2, for glazing applications in which tape is used in combination with a full bead of liquid
sealant.
GLAZING GASKETS
Lock-Strip Caskets: Neoprene extrusions in size and shape indicated, fabricated into frames with molded
corner units and zipper lock strips, complying with ASTM C 542, black.
Dense Compression Gaskets: Molded or extruded gaskets of material indicated below, complying with
standards referenced with name of elastomer indicated below, and of profile and hardness required to
maintain watertight seal:
I. EPDM, ASTM C 864.
2. Silicone, ASTM C ll15.
3. Thermoplastic polyolefin rubber, ASTM C I115.
4. Any material indicated above.
Soft Compression Gaskets: Extruded or molded, closed-cell, integral-skinned gaskets of material
indicated below; complying with ASTM C 509, Type II, black; and of profile and hardness required to
maintain watertight seal :
I. EPDM.
2. Silicone.
3. Manufacture recommended.
MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS
General: Provide products of material, size, and shape complying with referenced glazing standard,
requirements of manufacturers of glass and other glazing materials for application indicated, and with a
proven record of compatibility with surfaces contacted in installation.
Cleaners, Primers, and Sealers: Types recommcnded by sealant or gasket manufacturer.
Sctting Blocks: Elastomeric material with a Shore A durometer hardness of 85, plus or minus 5.
Spacers: Elastomeric blocks or continuous extrusions with a Shore A durometer hardness required by
glass manufacturer to maintain glass lites in place for installation indicated.
Edge Blocks: Elastomeric material of hardness needed to limit glass lateral movcmcnt (side walking).
Cylindrical Glazing Sealant Backing: ASTM C 1330, Type O (open-cell material), of size and density to
control glazing sealant depth and otherwise produce optimum glazing sealant performance.
B.
B.
2.5
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
2.6I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Doc uments
15 OcroBER 2001
HLM 980071-04 08800-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
G.
B.
A.
B.
2.7
2.8
3.r
3.2
-1. -l
SECTION O88OO GIAZING
Perimeter Insulation for Fire-Resistive Glazing: Identical to product used in test assembly to obtain fire-
resistance rating.
FABRICATION OF CLASS AND OTHER GLAZING PRODUCTS
Fabricate glass and other glazing products in sizes required to glaze openings indicated for Project, with
edge and iacc clearances, edge and surface conditions, and bite complying with written instructions of
product manufacturer and referenced glazing standard, to comply with system performance requirements.
Grind smooth and polish exposed glass edges.
GLAZING TYPES
Provide glazing types as indicated below, and designated on the drawings:
a. Type |: I " Insulated
b. Type 1A: l" Insulated, tcmpered
c. Type I HS: l" Insulated, heat strengthened
d. Type 2: t/n" Wired Class
e. Tvoe 3: %" Mirrored Glass
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
Examine framing glazing, with Installer present, for compliance with the following:
l. Manufacturing and installation tolerances, including those for size, squareness, and offsets
corners.
2, Presencs and functioning of weep system.
3. Minimum required face or edge clearances.
4. Effective sealing betweenjoints of glass-framing mcmbers.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
PREPARATION
Clean glazing channels and other liaming membcrs rcceiving glass immediately before glazing. Remove
coatings not firmly bonded to substrates.
GLAZING, GENERAL
Comply with combined written instructions ol' manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and other glazing
materials, unless more stringent rcquircments are indicated, including those in referenced glazing
oublications.
VAI L VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
Construction Docume nts
15 OcroBER 2001
HLM 980071-04 08800-6
I SECTION O88OO GIAZING
Ip B.Clazing channel dimensions, as indicated on Drawings, provide necessary bitc on glass, minimum edge
and face clearances, and adequate sealant thicknesses, with reasonablc tolerances. Adjust as required by
Project conditions during installation.
Protect glass edges from damage during handling and installation. Remove damaged glass from Project
site and legally dispose of off Project site. Damaged glass is glass with edge damage or other
imperfections that, when installed, could weaken glass and impair performance and appearance.
Apply primers to joint surfaces where required for adhcsion of sealants, as determined by preconstruction
sealant-substrate testing.
Install setting blocks in sill rabbets, sized and located to comply with referenced glazing publications,
unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer. Set blocks in thin course of compatible sealant suitable
for heel bead.
Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass lites.
Provide spacers for glass lites where the length plus width is larger than 50 inches as follows:
l. Locate spacers directly opposite each other on both inside and outside faces of glass. Install
correct size and spacing to preserve required face clearances, unless gaskets and glazing tapes are
used that have demonstrated ability to maintain required face clearances and to comply with
systcm performance requirements.
2. Provide l/8-inch minimum bite of spacers on glass and use thickness equal to sealant width. with
glazing tape, use thickness slightly less than final compressed thickness of tape.
Provide edge blocking where indicated or needed to prevent glass lites from moving sideways in glazing
channel, as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer and according to requirements in referenced
glazing publications.
Set glass lites in each series with uniform pattern, draw, bow, and similar characteristics.
TAPEGLAZING
Position tapes on fixed stops so that, when
protrude slightly abovc sightline of stops.
compressed by glass, their exposed edges are flush with or
Install tapes continuously, but not necessarily in one continuous length. Do not stretch tapes to make
them fit opening.
Whcre framing joints are vertical, cover these joints by applying tapes to heads and sills first and then to
jambs. Where framing joints are horizontal, cover these joints by applying tapes to jambs and then to
heads and sills.
Place joints in tapes at corners of opening with adjoining lengths butted together, not lapped. Seal joints
in tapes with compatible sealant approved by tape manufacturer.
Do not rcmove release paper from tape until just before each glazing unit is installed.
Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against tape by inserting dense
compression gaskets lbrmed and installcd to lock in place against faces of removable stops. Start gasket
applications at corners and work toward centers of openings.
D.
E.
F.
G.
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.4
B.
D.
I
I
I
I
I
I
C.
F.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Consbuctian Documents
15 OCToBER 2OOI
I
HLM 980071-04 08800-7
SECTION O88OO
END OF SECTION O88OO
HLM 980071-04
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
G.
A.
B.
C.
B.
D.
-i.)
3.6
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
B.
3.7
Apply cap bead of elastomeric sealant over exposcd edge of tape.
SEALANTGLAZINC (WET)
Install continuous spacers, or spacers combined with cylindrical sealant backing, between glass litcs and
glazing stops to maintain glass face clearances and to prevent sealant from cxtruding into glass channel
and blocking weep systems until sealants cure. Secure spaccrs or spacers and backings in place and in
position to control depth of installed scalant relative to edge clearance for optimum sealant performancc'
Force sealants into glazing channcls to eliminate voids and to ensure complete wetting or bond of sealant
to glass and channel surfaces.
Tool exposed surfaces of sealants to providc a substantial wash away from glass.
PROTECTION AND CLEANING
Protect exterior glass from damage immediately after installation by attaching crossed streamers to
framing held away from glass. Do not apply markers to glass surface. Remove nonpermanent labels, and
clean surfaces.
Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations,
including weld splatter. If, despite such protection, contaminating substances do come into contact with
glass, remove them immediately as recommended by glass manufacturer.
Examine glass surfaces adjacent to or below exterior concrete and other masonry surfaces at frequent
intervals during construction, but not less than once a month, for build-up of dirt, scum, alkaline deposits,
or stains; remove as recommended by glass manufacturer.
Remove and replace glass that is broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or damaged in any way, including
natural causes, accidents, and vandalism, during construction period.
GLAZING SEALANT SCHEDI,JLE
High-Modulus Elastomeric Silicon Glazing Sealant: :
l. Products:
a. 983; Dow Corning.
b. Architcct Approved Equal.
Medium-Modulus Neutral-Curing Silicone Glazing Scalant:
l. Products:
a. 7911. Dow Corning.
b. 79.51 Dow Corning.
c. Architect Approved Equal.
GI-AZING
I
',. I t VAIL VALLEY M EDI CA I, C E NTER
Construction Documents
I5 OCTqBER 2OOI
08800-8
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DIVISION 9.INDEX
END
VAI L VALLEY M E D ICAL C ENTER
Constructbn Docamcnts
15 October 2(MI
I,
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
HLM 98M71.04
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
t.l
t.2
SECTION 09260
SECTION 09260. CYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
PART I - GENERAL
I.5 SUBMITTALS
HLM 980071-04
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
This Section includes the following:
l. Interior gypsum wallboard.
2. Exterior gypsum board panels for ceilings and soffits.
3. Exterior gypsum board sheathing over steel studs
4. Tile backing panels.
5. Non-load-bearingsteelframing.
Related Sections include the followins:
l. Division 5 Section 'Cold-Fo; Mehl Framing" for load-bearing steel fiaming.
2. Division ? Section "Building Insulation" for insulation and vapor retarders installed in gypsum
board assemblies.
3. Division 9 Section "Gypsum Board Shaft-Wall Assemblies" for framing, gypsum panels, and
other components of shaft wall assemblies.
DEFINITIONS
Cypsum Board Terminology: Refer to ASTM C I I for definitions of terms for gypsum board assemblies
not defined in this Section or in other referenced standards.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: For gypsum boiud assemblies with fire-resistance ratings, provide
materials and construction identical to those tested in asscmbly indicatcd according to ASTM E I 19 by an
independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
l. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Indicated by design designations from UL's "Fire Resistance
Directory".
Sound Transmission Characteristics: For gypsum board assemblies with STC ratings, provide materials
and construction idcntical to thosc tcstcd in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 90 and classified
according to ASTM E 413 by a qualified independent testing agency.
GYPSAM BOARD ASSEM BLI ES
A.
B.
1.3
t.4
t
I
I
I
B.I
I
lJ
I
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co ns tructia n Docurne nts
I5 OCToBER 2OOI
09260-t
SECTION 09260 GYPSUMBOARDASSEMBLIES I
Product Data: For all components ofcach gypsum board assembly indicated, including accessories.
Fire-Test-Response Reports: From a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency substantiating
each fire rated gypsum board wall assembly's required fire-resistive rating. Report is to substantiate that
required penetrations through rated wall do not negate the fire rating.
DELIVERY. STORAGE. AND HANDLINC
Deliver materials in original packages, containers, or bundles bearing brand name and identification of
manufacturer or supplier.
Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage from weather, direct
sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion, construction traffic, and other causes. Stack gypsum panels
flat to prevent sagging.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Environmental Limitations: Comply with ASTM C 840 requirements or gypsum board manufacturer's
written recomrnendations, whichever are more stringent.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANI,JFACTURERS
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
l. Steel Framing and Furring:
a. Consolidated Systems, Inc.
b. National Gypsum Company.
c. Architect Approved Equal.
Cypsum Board and Related Products:
a. United States Gypsum Co.
b. National Gypsum Company.
c. Architect Approved Equal
STEEL SUSPENDED CEILINC AND SOFFIT FRAMING
Components, Ceneral: Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated.
Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class I zinc coating, soft temper, 0.0625-inch- diameter wire, or
double strand of 0.0475-inch- diameter wire.
Hanger Attachments to Concrete: As lbllows:
l. Powder-Actuatcd Fasteners: Suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion-resistant
materials, with clips or other devices for attaching hangcrs of type indicated, and capable of
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstruc tio n Do c ume nts
15 OCTOBER 2OOI
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
B.
B.
t.6
t.7
2.1
2.2
A.
B.
HLM 980071-04 09260-2
I SECTION 09260
D.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
sustaining, without failure, a load equal to l0 times that imposed by construction as determined by
testing according to ASTM E I | 90 by a qualified independent testing agency.
Hangers: As follows:
l. Wire Hangers: ASTM A 64llA64lM, Class I zinc coating, soft temper, 0.162-inch diameter.
Carrying Channels: Cold-rolled, commercial-steel sheet with a base metal thickness of 0.0538 inch, a
minimum ll2-inch- wide flange, with manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant zinc coating.
I . Depth: As indicated.
Furring Channels (Funing Members): Commercial-steel shect with manufacturcr's standard corrosion-
resistant zinc coating.
1. SteelStuds: ASTMC645.
a. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: As indicated.
b. Depth: As indicated.
Hat-Shaped, Rigid Funing Channels: ASTM C 645,718 inch deep.
a. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: As indicated.
STEEL PARTITION AND SOFFIT FRAMING
Components, General: As follows:
l. Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated.
2. Steel Sheet Components: Complying with ASTM C 645 requirements for metal and with
manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant zinc coatins.
Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645.
l . Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 0.0329 inch.
2. Depth: As indicated.
3. Profile: As indicated
Deep-Leg Deflection Track: ASTM C 645 top runner with 2-inch- deep flanges.
Flat Strap and Backing Plate: Steel sheet for blocking and bracing in length and width indicated.
l. Minimum Base Metal Thickness:O.027 inch.
Cold-Rolled Channel Bridging: 0.0538-inch bare steel thickness, with minimum l/2-inch- wide flange.
I . Depth: As indicated.
2. Clip Angle: l-ll2by l-l/2 inch, 0.068-inch- thick, galvanized steel.
Hat-Shaped, Rigid Funing Channels: ASTM C 645.
l . Minimum Basc Metal Thickness: As indicatcd.
2. Denth: As indicated.
2.3
I
t
t
t
I
I
F.
B.
E.
F.
I
I
I
I
I
c.
D.
I
l-VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstruction Doc ume nts
15 OCTDBER 2OOT
I
HLM 980071-04 09260-3
SECTION 09260 GYPSU M BOARD ASSEM BLIES I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
G.Cold-Rolled Furring Channels: 0.0538-inch bare steel thickncss, with minimum I l2-inch- wide flange.
l. Depth: As indicated.
2. Furring Brackets: Adjustable, corrugated-edge type of steel shect with minimum bare steel
thickness of 0.03 I 2 inch.
3. Tic Wire: ASTM A 64ll{64lM, Class I zinc coating, soft temper, 0.0625-inch- diameter wire,
or double strand of 0.0475-inch- diametcr wire.
Fasteners for Metal Framing: Of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding powcr, and other
properties required to fasten steel members to substrates.
INTERIOR GYPSUM WALLBOARD
Panel Size: Provide in maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and
correspond with support system indicated.
Cypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36.
l Type X:
a. Thickness: 5/8 inch.
b. Long Edges: Tapered.
Flexible Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36, manufactured to bend to fit tight radii and to be more flexible
than standard regular+ype panels of the same thickness.
l. Thickness: l/4 inch (6.4 mm).
2. L,ong Edges: Tapered.
3. Location: Apply in double layer at curved assemblies.
EXTERIOR CYPSIJM SHEATHINC
Panel Sizc: Provide in maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and
correspond with support system indicated.
Exterior Gypsum Sheathing Board: ASTM C 79, with manufacturer's standard edges.
| . Core: 5/8 inch. Type X.
EXTERIOR GYPSUM PANELS FOR CEILINCS AND SOFFITS
Panel Size: Provide in maximum lengths and widths available that will minimizc joints in each area and
correspond with support system indicated.
Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: ASTM C 931/C 931M, with manufacturer'.s standard edges.
I . Core: 5/8 inch. Type X.
TILE BACKING PANELS
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstruction Do c ume nt s
I5 OcroRER 2001
1^
b.
2.5
B.
I
t
I
t
I
I
B.
2.6
2;7
HLM 980071-04 09260-4
I
I
SECTION 09260
2.9 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS
A. General: Comply with ASTM C 475.
B. Joint Tape:
L Interior Cypsum Wallboard: Paper.2. Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: Papcr.
3. Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: l0-by- | 0 glass mesh.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstr uctio n Do c ume nts
15 OcroBER 2001
GYPSA M BOARD ASSEMBLIES
Panel Size: Provide in maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and
correspond with support system indicated.
Water-Rcsistant Gypsum Backing Board: ASTM C 630/C 630M.
l. Core: 5/8 inch, Type X
Cementitious Backer Units: ANSI Al 18.9.
l.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a. Custom Building Products; Wonderboard.
b. FinPan. lnc.: Util-A-Crete Concrete Backer Board.
c. United States Gypsum Co.; DUROCK Cement Board.
Thickness: 5/8 inch.
TRIM ACCESSORIES
Interior Trim: ASTM C 1047.
l. Material: Galvanized or aluminum-coated steel sheet, rolled zinc, plastic, or paper-faced
galvanized steel sheet.
2. Shapes:
a. Cornerbead: Use at outside corners.
b. LC-Bead (J-Bead): Use at exposed panel edges.
c. L-Bead: Use where indicated.
d. U-Bead: Use where indicated.
e. Curved-Edge Cornerbead: With notched or flexible flanges; use at curved openings.
Exterior Trim: ASTM C 1047.
I . Material: Hot-dip galvanized steel sheet or rolled zinc.
2. Shapes:
a. Cornerbead: Use at outside corners.
b. LC-Bead (J-Bead): Use at exposed panel edges.
c. Expansion (Control) Joint: One-picce, rolled zinc with V-shaped slot and removable strip
covering slot opening. Use where indicated.
B.
C.
2.8
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.I
I
I
t
I
I
l--,
I
I
HLM 980071-04 09260-5
SECTION 09260 cvPSUM BOARDASSEMBLIES I
4;\
":..),.'
.2
'i','r;/
C.
t
I
t
I
t
I
I
t
I
D.
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
a.
h.
c.
B.
4. Tile Backing Panels: As recommended by panel manufacturer.
Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Wallboard: For cach coal use formulation that is compatible with
other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats.
l. Prefilling: At open joints, rounded or beveled panel edges, and damaged surface areas, use
setting-type taping compound.
2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, fasteners, and trim
flanges, use drying-type, all-purpose compound.
a. Use setting-type compound for installing paper-faced metal trim accessories.
3. Fill Coat: For second coat, use drying-type, all-purpose compound.
4. Finish Coat: For third coat, use drying-type, all-purpose compound.
5. Skim Coat: For final coat of Lcvel 5 finish, use drying-type, all-purposc compound.
Joint Compound for Exterior Applications:
l. Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: Use setting-type taping and setting-type, sandablc topping
compounds.
2. Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: As recommended by manufacturer'
Joint Compound for Tile Backing Panels:
l. Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: Use setting-type taping and setting-type, sandable
topping compounds.
2. Glass-Mat, Water-Resistant Backing Panel: As recommended by manufacturer'
3. Cementitious Backer Units: As recommended by manufacturer.
ACOUSTICAL SEALANT
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the
Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
l. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints:
a. Pecora Corp.; AC-20 FTR Acoustical and Insulation Scalant.
b. United States Gypsum Co.; SHEETROCK Acoustical Sealant.
2. Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints:
Ohio Sealants. Inc.: Pro-Series SC-170 Rubber Base Sound Sealant.
Pecora Corp.; BA-98.
Tremco. Inc.: Tremco Acoustical Sealant.
Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: Nonsag, paintable, nonstaining, latex sealant
conrplying with ASTM C 834 that ef'lcctivcly reduces airborne sound transmission through perimeter
joints ancl openings in building construction as demonstrated by tcsting representative assemblies
according to ASTM E 90.
Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints: Nondrying, nonhardening, nonskinning, nonstaining, gunnable,
synthetic-rubber sealant rccon.rmended for sealing interior concealed joints to reduce airborne sound
transmission.
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstructio n D ocum e nts
15 Oc'roRER 2001
2.10
A.I
HLM 980071-04 09260-6
I
l-.,
l:-ir;
SECTION 09260
2.ll
A.
B.
C.
GYPSU M BOARD ASSBMBLIES
AUXILIARY MATERIALS
General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with rcfcrcnccd installation standards and
manufacturer's written recommendations.
Laminating Adhesive: Adhesive or joint compound recommended for directly adhering gypsum panels to
continuous substrate.
D.
E.
I
I
I
t
I
I
3.1
3.2
I
I
I
t
t
I
Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002. unless otherwise indicated.
| . Use screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening panels to steel
0.1 l2 inch thick.
2. For fastening cementitious backer units, use screws of type and size
manufacturer.
members from 0.033 to
recommended by panel
Isolation Strip at Exterior Walls:
l. AsphalrSaturated Organic Felt: ASTMD226,TypeI(No. 15 asphalt felt), nonperforated.
2. Foam Gasket: Adhesive-backed, closed-cell vinyl foam strips that allow fastcncr penetration
without foam displacement, l/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick, in width to suit steel stud size.
Sound Attenuation Blankets: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing) produced by
combining thermosetting resins with mineral fibers manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool.
l. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Comply with mineral-fiber requirements of assembly.
Thermal Insulation: As specified in Division 7 Section "Building Insulation."
Polyethylene Vapor Retarder: As specified in Division 7 Section "Building Insulation."
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
Examine areas and substrates, with Installer present, and including welded hollow-metal frames, cast-in
anchors, and structural framing, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting
performance. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
PREPARATION
Coordination with Sprayed Fire-Resistive Materials:
l. Before sprayed fire-resistive materials are applied, attach offset anchor plates or cciling runners
(tracks) to surfaces indicated to receive sprayed-on fire-resistive materials. Where offset anchor
plates are required, provide continuous plates fastened to building structure not more than 24
inches o.c.
2. Aftcr sprayed fire-resistive materials are applied, remove them only to extent necessary for
installation of gypsum board assemblies and without reducing the fire-resistive material thickness
below that which is required to obtain fire-resistance rating indicated. Protect remaining fire-
resistive materials from damage.
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstructio n Documents
15 OCTOBER 2OOI
F.
c.
I
l''-
I
HLM 98OO7I-M 09260-7
CYPSUM BOARDASSEMBLIES I
{T\.
SECTION 09260
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
T
B.
c.
D.
B.
C.
D,
-t. -t
-).+
INSTALLINC STEEL FRAMING, GENERAL
Installation Standards: ASTM C 754, and ASTM C 840 requirements that apply to framing installation.
Install supplementary framing, blocking, and bracing at terminations in gypsum board assemblies to
support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, or similar
construction. Comply with details indicated and with gypsum board manufacturer's written
recommendations or, if none available, with United States Gypsum's "Gypsum Construction Handbook."
Isolate steel framing from building structure at locations indicated to prevent transfer of loading imposed
by structural movement.
1. Isolate partition framing and wall furring where it abuts structure, except at floor. Install slip-type
joints at head of assemblies that avoid axial loading of assembly and laterally support assembly.
a. Use deepJeg deflection track where indicated.
Do not bridge building control and expansion joints with steel framing or furring members. Frame both
sides of joints independently.
INSTALLING STEEL SUSPENDED CEILING AND SOFFIT FRAMINC
Suspend ceiling hangers flom building structure as follows:
l. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within cciling plenum
that are not part of supporting structural or ceiling suspension system. Splay hangers only where
required to miss obstructions and offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or
other equally effective means,
2. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that
interfere with the location of hangers required to support standard suspension system members,
install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form of trapezes or equivalent devices.
Size supplemcntal suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance
limits established by referenced standards.
3. Secure wire hangers by looping and wire{ying, either directly to structures or to inserts,
eyescrews, or other devices and fasteners that are secure and appropriate fbr substrate, and in a
manner that will not cause them to deteriorate or otherwise fail.
4. Secure rod hangers to structure, including intermediate framing members, by attaching to inserts,
eyescrews, or other devicas and fasteners that are secure and appropriate for structure and hanger,
and in a manner that will not cause hangers to deteriorate or otherwise fail.
5. Do not attach hangers to steel roofdeck. Attach hangers to structural members.
6. Do not connect or suspend steel framing from ducts, pipes, or conduit.
Installation Tolcrances: Install steel framing components for suspended ceilings so membcrs for panel
attachment are level to within l/8 inch in l2 feet measured lengthwise on each member and transversely
between parallel members.
For exterior soffits, install cross bracing and framing to rcsist wind uplift.
Wirc-tie furring channels to supports, as requircd to comply with requirements fbr asscmblies indicated.
Install suspended steel framing componcnts in sizes and spacings indicated, but not less than that required
bv the referenced stccl framinc and installation standards.
VAIL VAI,LEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstru c tio n Doc ume nts
I5 OcroBER 2001
HLM 980071-04 09260-8
I
I
l'
I
I
t'
I
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
Crid Suspension System: Attach perimeter wall track or angle where grid suspension system meets
vertical surfaces. Mechanically join main beam and cross-furring members to each other and butt-cut to
fit into wall track.
INSTALLING STEEL PARTITION AND SOFFIT FRAMING
Install tracks (runners) at floors, ceilings, and structural walls and columns where gypsum board
asscmblies abut other construction.
l. Where studs are installed directly against exterior walls, install asphalt-felt isolation strip between
studs and wall.
Installation Tolerance: Install each steel framing and furring member so fastening surfaces vary not more
than l/8 inch from the plane formed by the faces of adjacent framing.
Extend partition framing full height to suuctural supports or substrates above suspended ceilings, except
where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue framing over frames for doors
and openings and frame around ducts penetrating partitions above ceiling to provide support for gypsum
board.
l. Cut studs l/2 inch ( 13 mm) shon of full height to provide perimeter relief.
2. For fire-resistance-rated and STC-rated partitions that extend to the underside of floor/roof slabs
and deck or other continuous solid-structure surfaces to obtain ratings, install framing around
structural and other members extending below floor/roof slabs and decks, as needed to support
gypsum board closures and to make partitions continuous from floor to underside of solid
srucnrre.
a. Terminate partition framing at suspended ceilings where indicated.
Install steel studs so flanges point in the same direction and leading edge or end of each panel can be
attached to open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first.
Frame door openings to comply with GA-600 and with gypsum board manufacturcr's applicable written
recommendations, unless otherwise indicated. Screw vertical studs at jambs to jamb anchor clips on door
frames; install runner track section (for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb studs.
l. Install two studs at eachjamb, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Extend jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to undcrside of floor or roof structure
above.
Frame openings other than door openings the same as rcquired for door openings, unless othcrwise
indicated. Install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above door heads.
Polyethylenc Vapor Retarder: Install to comply with requirements specified in Division 7 Section
"Building Insulation."
INSTALLINC EXTERIOR GYPSUM SHEATHINC
Sheathing board installation standards per ASTM 1280 and manufactures recommendations.
3.7 APPLYING AND FINISHINC PANELS, GENERAL
SECTION 09260
F.
HLM 980071-04
F.
3.5
B.
c.
I
I
I
t
I
D,
E.
G.
3.6
t
I
I
I
t
I
A.
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstruction Do c ume nts
15 OCToBER 2OOI
09260-9
GYPSUM BOARDASSEMBLIES ISECTION 09260
F.
c.
I
I
t
t
I
I
B.
c.
D.
E.
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
J.
M.
Gypsum Board Application and Finishing Standards: ASTM C 840 and CA-2 | 6.
Install sound attenuation blankets before installing gypsum panels, unless blankcts are readily installed
after panels have been installed on one side.
Install ceiling board panels across framing to minimize the numbcr of abutting end joints and to avoid
abutting end joints in the central area of each ceiling. Staggcr abutting end joints of adjacent panels not
Iess than one framing member.
Install gypsum panels with face side out. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with
not more than l/16 inch ofopen space between panels. Do not force into place.
Locate edge and end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where intermediate supporls or
gypsum board back-blocking is provided behind end joints. Do not place tapcred edges against cut edges
or ends. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides of partitions. Do not make joints other than control
joints at corners of framed openings.
Attach gypsum panels to steel studs so leading edge or end of each panel is attached to open
(unsupported) edges of stud flanges first.
Attach gypsum panels to framing provided at openings and cutouts.
Form control and expansion joints with space between edges ofadjoining gypsum panels.
Cover both faces of steel stud partition framing with gypsum panels in concealed spaces (above ceilings,
etc.), except in chases braced internally.
l. Unless concealed application is indicated or required for sound, fire, air, or smoke ratings,
coverage may be accomplished with scraps of not less than 8 sq. ft. (0.7 sq. m) in area.
2. Fit gypsum panels around ducts, pipes, and conduits.
3. Where partitions intersect open concrete coffers, concrete joists, and other structural members
projecting below underside of floor/roof slabs and decks, cut gypsum panels to fit profile formed
by coffers, joists, and other structural members; allow l/4- to 3/8-inch- (6.4- to 9.5-rnm-) wide
joints to install sealant.
Isolate perimeter of non-load-bearing gypsum board partitions at structural abutments, except floors.
Provide l/4- to l/2-inch- wide spaces at these locations, and trim edges with U-bead edge trim where
edges of gypsum pancls are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with
acoustical sealant.
STC-Rated Assemblies: Scal construction at perimeters, behind control and expansion joints, and at
openings and penctrations with a continuous bead of acoustical sealant. Install acoustical sealant at both
faces of partitions at perimeters and through penetrations. Comply with ASTM C 919 and manufacturer's
written recommendations for locating edge trim and closing off sound-flanking paths around or through
gypsum board assemblies, including sealing partitions above acoustical ccilings.
Space fasteners in gypsum pancls according to referenced gypsum board application and finishing
standard and manufacturer's written recommendations.
l. Space screws a maximum of l2 inches o.c. for vertical applications.
Space f'astcners in panels that are tile substrates a maximum of 8 inches o.c.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstruction Do c ume nts
I5 OcroBER 2001
I
HLM 98007r-04 09260-10
3.8
I
I
SECTION 09260 GYPSA M BOARD ASSEMBLIES
PANEL APPLICATION METHODS
Single-Layer Application:
l. On ceilings, apply gypsum panels before wall/partition board application to the greatest extent
possible and at right angles to framing, unless otherwise indicated.
2. On partitionvwalls, apply gypsum panels vertically (parallel to framing), unless otherwise
indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly, and minimize end joints.
a. Stagger abutting endjoints not less than one framing member in alternate courses of board.
b. At stairwells and other high walls, install panels horizontally, unless otherwise indicated or
required by fire-resistance-rated assembly.
3. On Z-furring members, apply gypsum panels vertically (parallel to framing) with no end joints.
Locate edge joints over furring members.
Multilayer Application on Ceilings: Apply gypsum board indicated for base layers before applying base
layers on walls/partitions; apply face layers in same sequence. Apply base layers at right angles to
framing members and offset faceJayer joints I framing member, 16 inches minimum, from parallel base-
layer joints, unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly.
Multilayer Application on PartitionyWalls: Apply gypsum board indicated for base layers and face
layers vertically (parallel to framing) with joints of base layers located over stud or furring member and
faceJayer joints offset at least one stud or furring member with base-layer joints, unless otherwise
indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly. Stagger joints on opposite sides of partitions.
Single-[ayer Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill screws.
Multilayer Fastening Methods: Fasten base layers and face layers separately to supports with screws.
Laminating to Substrate: Where gypsum panels are indicated as directly adhered to a substrate (other
than studs, joists, funing rnernbers, or base layer of gyps,rm board), comply with gypsum board
manufacturer's written recommendations and temporarily brace or fasten gypsum panels until fastening
adhesive has set.
Exterior Soffits and Ceilings: Apply exterior gypsum soffit board panels perpendicular to suppo(s, with
end joints staggered and located over supports.
l. Install with l/4-inch open space where panels abut other construction or structural penetrations.
2. Fasten with corrosion-resistant screws.
Tile Backing Panels:
L Water-Resistant Cypsum Backing Board: Install at showcrs, tubs, and where indicated. Install
with l/4-inch gap where panels abut other construction or penetrations.
2. Cementitious Backer Units: ANSI Al08.l I, at locations indicated to receive tile.
3. Areas Not Subject to Wetting: lnstall standard gypsum wallboard panels to produce a flat surface
except at showers, tubs, and other locations indicated to receive water-resistant panels.
4. Where tile backing panels abut other types of panels in the same plane, shim surfaccs to produce a
uniform plane across panel surfaccs.
INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES
B.
I
I
T
I
I
I
G.
H.
3.9
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D.
E.
F.
l._;VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstruction Do c ume nts
I5 OcroBER 2001
I
HLM 98OO7I-M 09260-11
'.rr,?.:!.1
:::.:.j'
SECTION 09260
3. r0
A.
General: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to tiaming with samc fasteners used for
pancls. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written instructions.
Control Joints: Install control joints according to ASTM C 840 and in spccific locations approved by
Architect for visual effect.
FINISHING GYPSI.JM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
General: Treat gypsum board .joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, fastener
heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaccs for decoration.
Promptly remove residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces.
Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edgcs, and damaged surface areas.
Apply joint tape ovcr gypsum board joints, except those with trim having flanges not intended for tape.
Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated bclow, according to ASTM C 840, for
locations indicated:
1. Level 4: Embed tape and apply separate first, fill, and finish coas ofjoint compound to tape,
fasteners, and trim flanges at panel surfaces that will be exposed to view, unless otherwise
indicated.
Cementitious Backer Units: Finish according to manufacturer's wrinen instructions.
FIELDQUALITY CONTROL
Above-Ceiling Observation: Before Contractor installs gypsum board ceilings, Architect will conduct an
above-ceiling observation and report deficiencies in the Work observed. Do not proceed with installation
of gypsum board to ceiling support framing until deficiencies have been corrected.
l. Notify Architect seven days in advance of date and time when Project, or part of Project, will be
ready for above-ceiling observation.
2. Before notifying Architect, complete the following in areas to receive gypsum board ceilings:
a. Installation of 100 percent oflighting fixtures, powered for operation.
b. Installation, insulation, and leak and pressure testing of water piping systems.
c. Installation of air-duct systems.
d. Installation of air devices.
e. Installation of mechanical system control-air tubing.
f. Installation ofceiling support framing.
s. Installation of all fire rated assemblies.
END OF SECTION 09260
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
GYPSUM BOARDASSEMBLIES I
B.
C.
D.
fr.,
.i9
E.
3.1 I
A.
VAII, VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co ns ttuctio n Doc u me nts
15 OcroBIiR 2001
HLM 980071-04 09260-12
I
I SECTION 09265 GYPSAM BOARD SHAFT WALLS ASSEMBLIES
I
t
I
I
I
I
1.4
1.5
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t.l
t.2
SECTION 09265 - GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT-WALL ASSEMBLIES
PART I . GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SI,JMMARY
This Scction includes the followins:
l. Vertical and horizontal ,h.i, "n"lorur"r.
Related Sections include the following:
l. Division 9 "Gypsum Board Assemblies" for applying and finishing panels in gypsum board shaft-
wall assemblies.
DEFINITIONS
Gypsum Board Construction Terminology: Refer to ASTM C I I for definitions of terms for gypsum
board construction not defined in this Section or in other referenced slandards,
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
Structural Performance:
l. Provide gypsum board shaft-wall assemblies capable of withstanding the full air-pressure loads
indicated for rnaximum heights of partitions without failing and while maintaining an airtight and
smoke-tight seal. Evidence of failure includes deflections exceeding limits indicated, bending
stresses causing studs to break or to distort, and cnd-reaction shear causing track (runners) to bend
or to shear and studs to become crippled.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each gypsum board shaft-wall assembly indicated.
Fire-Test-Rcsponse Repons: From a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency substantiating
each gypsum board shafrwall assembly's required fire-resistance rating. Include data substantiating that
penetrations do not negated firc rcsistance rating.
B.
1.3
A.
A.
B.
VAIL VALINY MEDICAL CENTER
Design Development Pricing Documents
15 OcroBER200l
I
HLM 980071-04 09265-1
I
T1.6
SECTION 09265 GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT WALLS ASSEMBLIES
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Provide materials and construction identical to those tested in
asscmbly indicated according to ASTME l19 by an independent tcsting and inspccting agency
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
l. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Indicated by design designations from UL's "Fire Resistance
Directory.".
STC-Rated Assemblies: For gypsum board shaft-wall assemblies indicated to have STC ratings, provide
assembly materials and construction complying with requirements of assemblies whose STC ratings were
determined according to ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 4l3 by a qualified independent
testing agency.
DELIVERY. STORAGE. AND HANDLING
Deliver materials in original packages, containers, and bundles bearine brand name and identification of
manufacturer or supplier.
Store materials inside undcr cover and keep them dry and protected against damage from weather, direct
sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion, construction traffic, and other causes. Stack gypsum panels
flat on leveled supports off the ground to prevent sagging.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Comply with requirements for environmental conditions, room temperatures, and ventilation specified in
Division 9 Section " Gypsum Board Assemblies."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that
may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
l. National Gypsum Company.
2. United States Gypsum Co.
3. Architect Approved Equal.
ASSEMBLY MATERIALS
Ceneral: Provide materials and components complying with requirements of fire-resistance-rated
assemblies indicated.
l. Providc panels in maximum lengths availablc to eliminate or minimizc cnd-to-end butt joints.
2. Provide auxiliary materials complying with gypsum board shaft-wall assembly manufacturer:s
written recommendations.
B.
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.7
B.
1.8
2.1
2.2
VAI L VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
Design Dev e lopme nt Prtcing Doc ume nts
I5 Oc'roBER200I
t
I
I
HLM 980071-04 09265-2
B.
D.
E.
r-
G.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
SECTION 09265
I
GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT WALLS ASSEMBLIES
Gypsum Liner Panels: Manufacturer's proprietary liner panels in l-inch (25.4-mm) thickness and with
moislure-rcsistant paper faces.
Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36, core type as required by fire-resistance-rated assembly indicated.
Accessories: Cornerbead, edge trim, and control joints of material and shapes specified in Division 9
Section "Cypsum Board Assemblics" that comply with gypsum board shaft-wall asscmbly manufacturer's
written recommendations for application indicated.
Gypsum Wallboard Joint-Treatment Materials: ASTM C 475 and as specified in Division 9 Section
"Gypsum Board Assemblies."
Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002, unless otherwise indicated.
l. Use screws complying with ASTM C954 for fastening panels to steel members from 0.033 to
0. I l2 inch thick.
Track (Runner) Fasteners: Power-driven fasteners of size and material required to withstand loading
conditions imposed on shaft-wall assemblies without exceeding allowable design stress of track,
fasteners, or structural substrates in which anchors are embedded.
l. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Provide powder-actuated fasteners with capability to sustain, without
failure, a load equal to 10 times that imposed by shaft-wall assemblies, as determined by testing
conducted by a qualified independent testing agency according to ASTM E I 190.
2. Postinstalled Expansion Anchors: Where indicated, provide expansion anchors with capability to
sustain, without failure, a load equal to 5 times that imposed by shaft-wall assemblies, as
determined by testing conducted by a qualified independent testing agency according to
ASTM E 488.
Metal Stud: Provide metal stud as indicated on drawing, and complies with required UL assembly.
Acoustical Sealant: As recommended by gypsum board shaft-wall assembly manufacturer for application
indicated
Sound Attenuation Blankets: ASTM C 665 for Type I, unfaced mineral-fiber-blanket insulation produced
by combining thermosetting resins with mineral fibers manufactured from slag or rock wool.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
Examine substrates to which gypsum board shaft-wall assemblies attach or abut, with Installer present,
including hollow-metal frames, elevator hoistway door frames, cast-in anchors, and structural framing.
Examine for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting
perlbrmancc. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
INSTALLATION
General: Install gypsum board shaft-wall assemblies to comply with requirements of fire-resistancc-rated
assemblies indicated, manufacturer's written installation instructions, and the following:
H.
I.
3.1
t
I
I
I
I -).L
t
I
I
VAIL VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
Design Development Pricing Documents
15 OcroBER200I
I
HLM 98OO7I.M 09265-3
GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT WALLS ASSEMBLIES I
| . ASTM C 754 for installing steel framing.
Install supplementary framing in gypsum board shaft-wall assemblies around openings and as required
for blocking, bracing, and support of gravity and pullout loads of fixtures, equipment, services, heavy
trim, furnishings, and similar items that cannot be supported directly by shaft-wall assembly framing.
I . At elevator hoistway door frames, provide jamb struts on each side of door frame.
At penetrations in shaft wall, maintain fire-resistance rating of shaft-wall assembly by installing
supplementary steel framing around perimetcr of penetration and fire protection behind boxes containing
wiring devices, elevator call buttons, elevator floor indicators, and similar items.
Isolate gypsum finish panels from building structure to prevent cracking of finish panels while
maintaining continuity of fi re-rated construction.
Install control joints to maintain fire-resistance rating of assemblies.
Seal gypsum board shaft walls with acoustical sealant at perimeter of each assembly where it abuts other
work and at joints and penetrations within each assembly. Inslall acoustical sealant to withstand
dislocation by air-pressure differential between shaft and external spaces; maintain an airtight and smoke-
tight seal; and comply with manufacturer's written instructions or ASTM C 919, whichever is more
stringent.
END OF SECTION 09265
SECTION 09265
D.
E.
F.
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Design Development Pricing Documents
15 OcroBER 2001
HLM 980071-04 09265-4
I
I,tl\
t' "
SECTION O93IO
SECTION O93IO - CERAMIC TILE
PART I . CENERAL
I.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of tile, mortar, grout, and other products specified.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstructio n Doc urne nts
15 October 2(NI
CERAMIC TILE
I
I
I
l.t
t.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
This Section includes the followins:
'| . Paver tile.
2. Clazed wall tile.
3. Porcelain Floor Tile
Related Sections include the following:
l. Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for sealing of expansion, contraction, control, and isolation
joints in tile surfaces.
2. Division 9 Section "Gypsum Board Assemblies" for cementitious backer units installed in gypsum
wallboard assemblies.
3. Division 9 Section "General Interior Finish Notes".
DEFIMTIONS
Module Size: Actual tile size (minor facial dimension as measured per ASTM C 499) plus joint width
indicated.
Facial Dimension: Nominal tile size as defined in ANSI Al37.l.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
Static Coefficient of Friction: For tile installed on walkway surfaces, provide products with the following
values as delermined by tcsting identical products per ASTM C 1028:
I . Level Surfaces: Minimum 0.6.
Load-Bearing Performance: For ceramic tile installed on walkway surfaces, provide installations rated
for the following load-bearing performance level based on tesling assemblies according to ASTM C 627
that are representative of those indicated for this Projcct:
L Heavy: Passes cycles I through 12.
B.
I
I
I
]ft
:'.-,/t
I
I
I
I
1.3
B.
t.4
lt.I
I
I
l--
I
HLM 980071-04 09310-1
SECTION O93IO CERAMICTILE
c.
Tile Samples for Verification: Actual tiles or sections of tilcs showing the full range of colors, textures,
and patterns available for cach type and composition of tile indicated. Include Samples of accessories
involving color selection.
Grout Samples for Verification: Actual sections of grout showing the full range of colors available for
each type of grout indicated.
Edge Trim: submit 12" lengths of the specified material, profile and finish.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Installcr Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who has completed tile installations similar in
material, design, and exrent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service
performance.
Source Limitations for Tile: Obtain each color, grade, finish, type, composition, and variety of tile from
one source with resources to provide products from the same production run for each contiguous area of
consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying the Work.
Source Limitations for Setting and Grouting Materials: Obtain ingredients of a uniform quality for each
mortar, adhesive, and $out component from a single manufacturer and each agglegato from one source
or producer.
Source Limitations for Other Products: Obtain each of the following products specified in this Section
from one source and by a single manufacturer for each product:
l. Joint sealants.
2. Waterproofing.
DELIVERY. STORAGE. AND HANDLINC
Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with scals unbroken and labels intact until
time of use. Comply with requirement of ANSI A137.l for labeling sealed tile packages.
Prevent damage or contamination to materials by water, lieezing, foreign matter, and other causes.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Environmental Limitations: Do not install tile until construction in spaces is completed and ambient
temperature and humidity conditions are being maintained to comply with rcfcrenccd standards and
manufacturer's written i nstructions.
I.9 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Deliver extra materials to Owner. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed,
are packaged with protective covering lbr storage, and arc idcntified with labcls describing contents.
L Tile and Trim Units: Furnish quantity of full-size units equal to 3 percent of amount installed, for
each type, composition, color, pattern, and size indicated.
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C onstruc tio n Doc ume nts
I5 Octoher 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
B.
D.
A.
B.
D.
B.
t.6
1.7
1.8
HLM 980071-04 09310-2
I SECTION 09310
PART 2 - CENERAL
CERAMICTILE
PRODUCTS, GENERAL
ANSI Ceramic Tile Standard: Provide tile that complies with ANSI A | 37. | , "Specifications for Ceramic
Tile," for types, compositions, and other characteristics indicated.
ANSI Standards for Tile Installation Materials: Provide materials complying with ANSI standards
referenced in "Setting Materials" and "Grouting Materials" articles.
Factory Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within the ranges selected during Samplc
submittals, blend tile in the factory and package so tile units taken from one package show the same range
in colors as those taken from other packages and match approved Samples.
MANUFACTURERS
To be as per the Finish [rgend found in Division 9 Section "Ceneral Interior Finish Notes".
SETTINC MATERIALS
Portland Cement Mortar Installation Materials as recomrnended by Tile Manufacturer: Provide materials
complying with ANSI Al08.lA and as specified below:
l. Cleavage Membrane: Asphalt felt, ASTM D 226, Type I (No. l5), or polyethylene sheeting
ASTM D 4397,4.0 mils (0.1 mm) thick.
2. Latex additive (water emulsion) described below, serving as replacement for part or all of gaging
water, of type specifically recommended by latex additive manufacturer for use with job-mixed
portland cement and aggregate mortar bed.
a. Latex Additive: Manufacturer's standard.
Latex-Portland Cement Mortar as recommeded by Tile Manufactuer: ANSI Al18.4, composed as
follows:
l. Prepackaged Dry-Mortar Mix: Factory-prcpared mixture of portland cement; dry, redispersible,
ethylene vinyl acetate additive; and other ingredients to which only water needs to be added at
Project site.
a. For wall applications, provide nonsagging, latcx-portland ccment mortar complying with
ANSI A1 18.4 for mortar of this type defined in Section F-2.1.2.
2. Prepackaged Dry-Mortar Mix: Factory-prepared mixture of portland cement; dry, redispersible,
ethylene vinyl acetate additive; and other ingredients to which only water needs to be added at
Project site.
GROUTING MATERIALS
Latex-Ponland Cement Grout: ANSI A I 18.6 for materials described in Section H-2.4, composed as
follows:
l._.
in#2.1
B.
c.
2.2
z.J
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
A.
2.4
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
VAI L VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
Constractio n Do c u me nts
15 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 09310-3
SECTION O93IO
c.
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
t
I
a.
b.
B.
B.
B,
2.5
2.6
3.1
CERAMIC TILE
l.Factory-Prepared, Dry-Grout Mixture: Factory-prepared mixture of portland cement; dry,
redispersible, ethylene vinyl acetate additive; and other ingredients to produce the following:
Unsanded grout mixture for joints l/8 inch (3.2 mm) and nalro\r'er.
Sanded grout mixture for joints l/8 inch (3.2 mm) and widcr.
Color as indicated.
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland-cement-based
formulation provided or approved by manufacturer of tile-setting materials for installations indicated.
Metal Edge Strips: White-zinc-alloy tenazzo strips, l/8 inch (3.2 mm) wide at top edge with integral
provision for anchorage to mortar bed or substratc, unless otherwise indicated.
Tile Cleaner: A ncutral cleaner capable of removing soil and residue without harming tile and grout
surfaces, specifically approved for materials and installations indicated by tile and grout manufacturers.
MIXINC MORTARS AND GROUT
Mix mortars and grouts to comply with referenced standards and mortar and grout manufacturers' written
instructions.
Add materials, water, and additives in accurate proportions.
Obtain and use type of mixing equipment, mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and other
procedures to produce mortars and grouts of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics
for installations indicated.
PART 3 - EXECT]TION
EXAMINATION
Examine substrates, areas, and conditions wherc tile will be installed, with Installer present, for
compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting pcrformance of
installcd tile.
l. Verify that substrates for setting tile arc firm; dry; clean; free from oil, waxy films, and curing
compounds: and within flatness tolerances required by referenccd ANSI Al08 series of tile
installation standards for installations indicated.
2. Verify that installation of grounds, anchors, recessed frames, electrical and mechanical units of
work, and similar items located in or behind tile has been completed bcfore installing tile.
3. Verify that joints and cracks in tile substrates arc coordinated with tile joint locations; if not
coordinated, adjust latter in consultation with Architect.
Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrccted.
7.2 PREPARATION
HLM 980071-04 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstruction Do c ume nts
I5 October 2 )I
09310-4
I
I
l'..&
SECTION O93IO
C.
A.
B.
CERAMICTILE
Removc coatings, including curing compounds, and other substances that contain soap, wax, oil, or
silicone and are incompatible with tile-sening materials by using a rerrazzo or concrete grinder, a drum
sander, or a polishing machine equipped with a heavy-duty wire brush.
Provide concrete substrates for tile floors installed with dry-set or latex-portland cement mortars that
comply with flatness tolerances specified in referenced ANSI A | 08 series of tile installation standards for
installations indicated.
I. Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds per tilc-setting material manufacturer's written
instructions to fill cracks, holes, and depressions.
2. Remove protrusions, bumps, and ridges by sanding or grinding.
Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within the ranges selected during Sample submittals, verify
that tile has been blended in the factory and packaged so tile units taken from one package show the same
range in colors as those taken from other packages and match approved Samples. If not factory blended,
either return to manulacturer or blend tiles at Project site before installing.
INSTALLATION, GENERAL
ANSI Tile Installation Standards: Comply with parts of ANSIAI08 series of tile installation standards in
"Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile" that apply to types of setting and grouting materials and
to methods indicated in ceramic tile installation schedules.
TCA Installation Guidelines: TCA's "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation." Comply with TCA
installation methods indicated in ceramic tile installation schedules.
Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form a complete covering
without interruptions, unless otherwise indicated. Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edges, and
corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments.
Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible
surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish, or built-in items for straight aligned
joints. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures, and other penetrations so plates, collars, or
covers overlap tile.
Jointing Pattern: Lay tile in grid pattern, unless otherwise indicated. Align joints when adjoining tiles on
floor, base, walls, and trim are the same size. Lay out tile work and center tile fields in both directions in
each space or on each wall area. Adjust to minimize tile cutting. Provide uniform joint widths, unless
otherwise indicated.
1. For tile mounted in sheets, make joints bctween tile sheets the same width as joints within tile
sheets so joints between sheets are not apparent in finished work.
Lay out tile wainscots to next full tile beyond dimensions indicated.
I. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requiremenls of Division 7 Section "Joint
Sealants."
Grout tile to comply with the requirements of the following tile installation standards:
For ceramic tile grouts (sand-portland cement, dry-set, commercial portland ccment, and latex-
portland cement grouts), comply with ANSI A108.10.
For chemical-resistant epoxy grouts, comply with ANSI A I08.6.
For chemical-resistant furan grouts, comply with ANSI A108.8.
B.
J.J
I
I
I
I
I
I
D.
F.
c.
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
l.
2.
-).
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstruction Do c ume nts
15 October 2001
T
HLM 980071-04 09310-5
SECTION O93IO I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
C.
A.
B.
B.
c.
-) -+
3.5
3.6
J.I
CERAMIC TILE
FI-OOR TILE INSTALLATION
Ccncral: Install tile to comply with requirements in thc Ccramic Tile Floor Installation Schedule,
including those rcferencing TCA installation methods and ANSI A 108 serics of tile installation slandards.
Joint Widths: Install tile on floors with the following joint widths:
I . Porcelain Floor Tile: I 14 inch.
Metal Edge Strips: Install at locations indicated or where exposed edge of tile flooring meets carpet,
wood, or other flooring that finishes flush with top of tile.
WALL TILE INSTALLATION
Install types of tile designated for wall installalions to comply with requirements in the Ceramic Tile Wall
Installation Schedule, including those referencing TCA installation methods and ANSI setting-bed
standards.
Joint Widths: Install tile on walls with the following joint widths:
l. Wall Tile: l/8 inch.
SEALING
Sealing Joints: Seal all joints with manufacturers recommended joint sealer.
CLEANING AND PROTECTING
Cleaning: On completion of placement and grouting, clean all ceramic tile surfaces so they are free of
forcign matter.
l. Remove latex-ponland cement grout residue from tile as soon as possiblc.
2. Unglazed tile may be cleaned with acid solutions only when permitted by tile and grout
manufacturer's written instructions, but no sooner than l0 days after installation. Protect metal
surfaces, cast iron, and vitreous plumbing fixtures liom effects of acid cleaning. Flush surface
with clean water before and after cleanins.
Finished Tile Work: l.eave finished installation clean and free of cracked, chipped, broken, unbonded,
and otherwise defective tile work.
Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptablc to manulacturer and Installer,
that ensure tile is without damage or dctcrioration at the time of Substantial Completion.
l. Whcn rccommended by tile manufacturer, apply a protcctive coat of neutral protective cleaner to
completed tile walls and floors. Protect installed tile work with kraft paper or other heavy
covering during construction period to prevent staining, damage, and wear.
2. Prohibit lbot and wheel traffic from tiled floors for at least 7 days aller grouting is completed.
END OF SECTION O93IO
VAIL VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
Constructio n Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 093r0-6
I
B.
I l
t.2
1.3
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION O95II
SECTION O95I I - SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
PART I . GENERAL
S A SP E N D ED ACO A ST I CAL C EI LI N GS
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
This Section includes ceilings consisting of acoustical panels and exposed suspension systems.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each type of product specified.
Samples for Verification: Samples of each type of ceiling assembly indicated; in sets for each color,
texture, and pattern specified, showing the full range of variations expected in these characteristics.
l. 6-inch- square samples ofeach acoustical panel type, pattern, and color.
2. Set of l2-inch- long samples of exposed suspension system members, including moldings, for
each color and system type required.
QUALTTY ASSURANCE
Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced inshller who has completed acoustical panel ceilings
similar in material, design, and extcnt to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-
service performance.
Source Limitations for Ceiling Units: Obtain each acoustical ceiling panel from one source with
resources to provide products ofconsistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying
the Work.
Source Limitations for Suspension System: Obtain each suspension system from one source with
resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying
the Work.
DELIVERY. STORAGE. AND HANDLING
Dcliver acoustical panels and suspension system components to Project site in original, unopened
packages and store them in a fully enclosed spacc where they will be protected against damage from
moisture, direct sunlight, surfacc contamination, and other causes.
1.4
B.
1.5
I
I
I
I
I
l*'
I
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstruc tia n Do c urne nts
15 Octaber 2il)I
I
I
HLM 980071-04 09511-1
SECTION O95II SUSPENDED ACO(,]STICAL CEILINGS I
t
Before installing acoustical panels, pcrmit them to reach room temperature and a stabilized moisture
contcnt.
Handle acoustical panels carefully to avoid chipping edges or damaging units in any way.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Environmental Limitations: Do not install acoustical panel ceilings until spaces are enclosed and
weatherprooi wet-work in spaces is complete and dry, work above ceilings is complete, and ambient
temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for
its intended use.
COORDINATION
Coordinate layout and installation of acoustical panels and suspension system with other construction that
penetrates ceilings or is supponed by them, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire-suppression
system, and panition assemblies.
EXTRAMATERIALS
Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed, are packaged with protcctivc
covering for storage, and are identified with labels describing contents.
l. Acoustical Ceiling Units: Full-size units equal to 2.0 percent of amount installed.
2. Suspension System Components: Quantity of each exposed componcnt cqual to 2.0 percent of
amount installed.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
ACOUSTICAL PANELS, GENERAL
Acoustical Panel Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard panels of configuration and type indicated,
that comply with ASTM E 1264 classifications as designated by types, patterns, acoustical ratings, and
light reflectances, unless otherwise indicated.
Manufacturers:
a. Armstong Ceiling Systems
b. Architect Approved Equal
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
B.
c.
A.
B.
1.6
1.7
t.8
2.1
Ceiling Types::
a. ACT CLG. - l:
Color: White
b. ACT CLG. _ 2:
Color: White
Armstrong Cirrus Square Lay-in, Fine Texture, #533,24X24X314"
Armstronq Cirrus Second Look l, Finc Tcxturc #512, 24X48X314"
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL C ENTER
C ons lruc tio n Doc u me nts
15 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 0951t-2
I
I
2.2
SECTION 09511 S A SP E N DED ACO U STI CAL C EI U NGS
METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS, CENERAL
Metal Suspension System Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard direct-hung metal suspension
systems of types, structural classifications, and finishes indicated that comply with applicable
ASTM C 635 requirements.
Finishes and Colors, Gencral: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and
Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. Provide manufacturer's
standard factory-applied finish for type of system indicated. Color to match adjacent ceiling panel color,
as approved by architect.
Attachment Devices: Size for fivc times design load indicated in ASTM C 635, Table l, Direct Hung,
unless otherwise indicated.
Wire Hangers, Braccs, and Ties: Provide wires complying with the following requirements:
1. Zinc-Coated Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A64llA64lM, Class I zinc coating, soft temper
2. Size: Select wire diameter so its stress at three times hanger design load (ASTM C 635, Table I,
Direct Hung) will be less than yield stress of wire, but provide not less than 0.106-inch- diamcter
wire.
Hanger Rods: Mild steel, zinc coated or protected with rust-inhibitive paint.
SheerMetal Edge Moldings and Trim: Type and profile indicated or, if not indicated, manufacturer's
standard moldings for edges and penetrations that fit acoustical panel edge details and suspension systems
indicated; formed from sheet metal of same material and finish as that used for exposed flanges of
suspension system runners.
For lay-in panels with reveal edge details, provide stepped edge molding that forms reveal of same
depth and width as that formed between edge ofpanel and flange at exposed suspension member.
For circular penetrations of ceiling, provide edge moldings fabricated to diameter required to fit
penetfation exactly.
For nanow-face suspension systems, provide suspension system and manufacturer's standard edge
moldings that match width and configuration of exposed runners.
Baked-Enamel Finish: AA-C12C42R| x (Chemical Finish: cleancd with inhibited chemicals;
Chemical Finish: acid-chromate-fluoride-phosphate conversion coating; Organic Coating: as
specified below). Comply with paint manufacturer's written instructions for applying and baking
and for minimum dry film thickness.
a. Organic Coating: Manufacturer's standard thermosetting coating system with a minimum
dry film thickness of 0.8 to I .2 mils.
b. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors.
PART 3 . EXECUTION
3.I EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and structural framing to which acoustical panel and wood coffer ceilings attach or
abut, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements specified in this and other Sections that
affect ceiling installation and anchorage, and other conditions affecting performance of acoustical panel
ceilinss.
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o ns tr u c tio n D o c u m e nl s
15 October 2U)l
B.
D.
F.
I
t
T
I
I
I
l.
2.
J.I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
HLM 980071-04 09511-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
5.2
J.J
SECTION 09511 SU SPE N DED ACOU STI CAL C E I LI NGS
l. Proceed with installation onlv after unsatisfactorv conditions have been corrected.
PREPARATION
Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical panels to balancc border widths at opposite
edges ofeach ceiling. Avoid using less-than-half-width panels at borders, and comply with layout shown
on reflected ceiling plans.
INSTALLATION
General: Install ceilings to comply with publications referenced below per manufacturer'.s written
instructions and CISCA's "Ceiling Systems Handbook."
l. Standard for Ceiling Suspension System Installations: Comply with ASTM C 636.
2. U.B.C.'s "Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and for Lay-in Panel Ceilings": U.B.C.
Standard 25-2.
Suspend ceiling hangers from building's structural members and as follows:
l. Install hangers plumb and free from conlact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum
that are not part of supporting structure or ofceiling suspension system.
2. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions; offset resulting horizontal forces by
bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means.
3. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that
interfere with location of hangers at spacings required to support standard suspension system
members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form of trapezes or equivalent
devices. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within
performance limits established by referenced standards and publications.
4. Secure wire hangers to ceiling suspension members and to supports above with a minimum of
three tight turns. Connect hangers directly either to structures or to inserts, eye screws, or other
devices that are secure; that are appropriate for substrate; and that will not deteriorate or otherwise
fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures.
5. Do not support ceilings directly from permanent metal forms or floor deck. Fasten hangers to
cast-in-place hanger inserts, powder-actuated fasteners, or drilled-in anchors that extend tfuough
forms into concrete,
Do not attach hangers to steel deck tabs,
Do not attach hangers to steel roof deck. Attach hangers to structural members. I
Space hangers not more than 48 inch o.c. along each member supported directly from hangers, r
unless otherwise indicated; and provide hangers not more than 8 inches from ends of each
member.
Install edge moldings and trim of type indicated at perimctcr of acoustical ceiling area and where
necessary to conceal edges of acoustical panels.
l. Do not use exposed fasteners, including pop rivets, on moldings and trim.
Install suspension system runners so they are square and securely interlocked with one another. Rcmove
and replace dented, bent, or kinked members.
Install acoustical panels with undamaged edges and fitted accurately into suspcnsion system runners and
edge moldings. Scribe and cut panels at borders and penetrations to provide a neat, precise fit.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C onstructio n D o c ume nts
I5 October 2001
6.
7.
8.
I
I
I
I
I
I
D.
HLM 980071-04 09511-4
I SECTION 09511
t.
2.
A
5.
I
is
SASPE N DED ACOU STICAL CEI LI NGS
Arrange scored acoustical panels as indicated. Coordinate lighting, sprinkler heads, and all ceiling
mounted devices so they occur within a scored section, and not on the score ilself.
For square-edged panels, install panels with edges fully hidden from view by flanges of
suspcnsion system runners and moldings.
For reveal-edged panels on suspension system runners, install panels with bottom of reveal in firm
contact with top surface of runner flanges.
For reveal-edged panels on suspension system members with box-shaped flanges, install panels
with reveal surfaces in firm contact with suspension system surfaces and panel faces flush with
bottom face of runners.
Paint cut panel edges remaining exposed after installation; match color of exposed panel surfaces
using coating recommended in writing for this purpose by acoustical panel manufacturer.
CLEANING
Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical panel ceilings, including trim, edge moldings, and suspension
system members. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and touchup of minor
finish damage. Remove and replace ceiling components that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired
to permanently eliminate evidence of damage.
END OF SECTION O95I I
VAIL VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
C o nstruc tia n Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
3.4
I
I
I
t
t
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
I
l*'
I
HLM 980071-04 09511-5
I RESILI ENT TILE FLOORINGSECTION 09651
SECTION 0965I - RESILIENT TILE FLOORINC
PART I . GENERAL
A.
B.
t.2
I
I
I
I
T
I
l.l RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SIjMMARY
This Section includes the following:
L Vinyl composition floor tile.
Rclated Sections include the following:
l. Division 9 Section "Resilient Wall Base and Accessories" for resilient wall base, reducer strips,
and other accessories installed with resilient floor tiles.
2. Division 9 Section "Ceneral Interior Finish Notes".
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each type of product specified.
Samples for Verification: Full-size tiles of each different color and pattern of resilient floor tile specified,
showing the full range of variations expected in these characteristics.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installor to perform work of this Section who has
specialized in installing resilient products similar to those required for this Projcct and with a record of
successful in-service performance.
Source Limitations: Obtain each type, color, and pattern of product specified from one sourcc with
resources to provide products ofconsistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying
the Work.
Fire-TesrResponse Characteristics: Provide products with the following fire-test-response characteristics
as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated below by a testing and inspecting
agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
l. Critical Radiant Flux: 0.45 Wsq. cm or greater when tested per ASTM E 648.
2. Smoke Density: Maximum specific optical density of 450 or less when tested per ASTM E 662.
DELryERY. STORACE. AND HANDLINC
1.3
B.
B.
1.4
1.5
I
I
I
I
I
I
VAIL VALLEY MEDI CAL CENTER
Cowlruction Documents
15 October 2001
I
I
HLM 980071-04 0965r-1
RESILIENTTILEFLOORING I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
C.
D.
B.
c.
D.
E.
1.6
t.7
2.1
:
SECTION 09651
F.
Deliver products to Project site in manufacturer's original, unopened cartons and containers, each bearing
names of product and manufacturer, Project identification, and shipping and handling instructions.
Store products in dry spaces protected from the weather, with ambient temperatures maintained between
50 and 90 dcg F.
Store tiles on flat surfaces.
Move products into spaces where they will be installed at least 48 hours before installation, unless longer
conditioning period is recommended in writing by manufacturer.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Maintain a tcmpcrature of not less than 70 deg F or more than 95 deg F in spaces to reccive products for
at least 48 hours before installation, during installation, and for at least 48 hours after installation, unless
manufacturer's written reoommendations specify longer time periods. After postinstallation period,
maintain a tcmperature ofnot less than 55 deg F or more than 95 deg F.
Do not install products until they are at the same temperature as the space where they are to be installed.
Close spaces to traffic during flooring installation and for time period after installation recommended in
writing by manufacturer.
Install tiles and accessories after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed.
Where demountable partitions and other items are indicated for installation on top of resilient tile
flooring, install tile before these items are installed.
Do not install flooring over concrete slabs until slabs have cured and are sufficiently dry to bond with
adhesive, as determined by flooring manufacturer's recommended bond and moisture test.
EXTRA MATERIALS
Furnish extra matcrials described below that match products installed, are packaged with protective
covering for storage, and are identified with labels describing contents.
l. Furnish not less than one box for each 50 boxes or fraction thereof, of each type, color, pattern,
class, wearing surface, and size of resilient tile flooring installed.
2. Deliver extra materials to Owner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products indicated for each
designation in the Finish Sqhedule.
RESILIENT TILE
VAI L VALLEY M EDICA L C ENTER
C o nstruction Do c ume nts
I5 October 2001
HLM 98OO7I.M 09651-2
B.
B.
z-3
3.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 09651 RESI LIENT TILE F LOORING
Vinyl Composition Floor Tile: Products complying with ASTM F 1066 and with requirements specified
in the Resilient Tile Flooring Schedule. Sce Division 9 Section "General Interior Finish Notes".
INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES
Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland-cement-based formulation
provided or approved by flooring manufacturer for applications indicated.
Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit resilient products and substrate
conditions indicated.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where installation of resilient products will occur, with Installer
present, for compliance with manufacturer's requirements. Verify that substrates and conditions are
satisfactory for resilient product installation and comply with requirements specihed.
Concrete Subfloors: Verifu that concrete slabs comply with ASTM F 710 and the following:
l. Slab substrates are dry and hee of curing compounds, sealers, hardeners, and otier materials that
may interfere with adhesive bond. Determine adhesion and dryness characteristics by performing
bond and moisture tests recommended by flooring manufacturer.
2. Subfloor finishes comply with requirements specified in Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place
Concrete" for slabs receiving resilient flooring.
3. Subfloors are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits.
Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
PREPARATION
General: Comply with resilient product manul'acturer's written installation instructions for prcparing
substrates indicated to receive resilient products.
Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds, according to manufacturer's written instructions, to fill
cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates.
Remove coatings, including curing compounds, and other substances that are incompatible with flooring
adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended by
manufacturer. Do not use solvents.
Broom and vacuum clean substrates to be covered immediately before product installation. After
cleaning, examine substrates for moisturc, alkalinc salts, carbonation, or dust. Do not proceed with
installation until unsatisfactorv conditions have been corrected.
TILE INSTALLATION
VAIL VALI.EY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstructio n Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
B.
C.
D.
-r. zt
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.3
I
HLM 980071-M 09651-3
SECTION 09651 RESILIENTTILEFLOORING I
.":t:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
D.
B.
3.4
General: Comply with tile manulacturer's written installation instructions.
Lay out tiles from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets, so tiles at
opposite edges of room arc of equal width. Adjust as necessary to avoid using cut widths that equal less
than one-half of a tile at perimeter.
l. Lay tiles square with room axis, unless otherwise indicated.
Match tiles for color and pattern by selecting tiles from cartons in the same sequence as manufactured and
packaged, if so numbered. Cut tiles neatly around all fixtures. Discard broken, cracked, chipped, or
deformed tiles.
l. Lay tiles in basket-weave pattern with grain direction alternating in adacent tiles.
Scribe, cut, and fit tiles to butt neatly and tightly to vertical surfaces and peffnanent fixtures, including
builrin furniture, cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings, door frames, thresholds, and nosings.
Extend tiles into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings.
Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in place or marked for future cutting by
repeating on finish flooring as marked on subfloor. Use chalk or other nonpefinanent. nonstaining
marking device.
Install tiles on covers for telephone and electrical ducts, and similar items in finishcd floor areas.
Maintain overall continuity of color and pattem with pieces of flooring installed on covers. Tightly
adhere edges to perimeter of floor around covers and to covers.
Adhere tiles to flooring substrates using a full spread of adhesive applied to substrate to comply with tile
manufacturer's written instructions, including those for trowel notching, adhesive mixing, and adhesive
open and working times.
l. Provide completed installation without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints,
telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, and other surface imperfections.
CLEANING AND PROTECTINC
Perform the following opcrations immediately after installing resilient products:
l. Remove adhesive and other surface blemishes using cleaner reconuncnded by resilient product
manufacturers.
2. Sweep or vacuum floor thoroughly.
3. Do not wash floor until after time period recommended by flooring manufacturer.
4. Damp-mop 1'loor to rcmovc marks and soil.
Protcct flooring against mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction operations and
placement of equipment and fixtures during the rcmaindcr of construction period. Use protection
methods indicated or recommcndcd in writing by flooring manufacturer.
l. Apply protective floor polish to floor surfaces that are frec from soil, visible adhesive, and surfacc
blemishes, if recommended in writing by manulacturer.
a. Coordinate selection of iloor polish with Owner's maintenance service.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o ns tructio n Do c ume nts
I5 October 2001
F.
HLM 98007r-04 09651-4
I
t
SECTION 09651 RESILIENT TILE F LOORING
2. Cover products installcd on floor surfaces with undyed, untreated building paper until inspection
for Substantial Completion.
3. Do not move heavy and sharp objects directly over floor surfaces. Place plywood or hardboard
panels over flooring and under objects while they are being moved. Slide or roll objects over
panels without moving panels.
Clean floor surfaces not more than 4 days before dates scheduled for inspections intended to establish
date of Substantial Completion in each area of Project. Clean products according to manufacturerk
written recommendations.
Bcfore cleaning, strip protective floor polish that was applied after completing installation only if
required to restore polish finish and if recommended by flooring manufacturer.
After cleaning, reapply polish to floor surfaces to restore protective floor finish according to
flooring manufacturer's written recommendations. Coordinate with Owner's maintenance
program.
END OF SECTION 09651
VAIL VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
C o nstructio n Doc u me nts
15 October 2001
I
I
I
c.
t.
2.
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t-
t
HLM 980071-04 09651-5
I
I
f.&
SECTION 09652 SHEET VINYLCOVERINGS
SECTION 09652 - SHEET VINYL FLOOR COVERINGS
PART I - GENERAL
F.
RELATED DOCI,JMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including Ceneral and Supplementary Conditions and
Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SI,'MMARY
This Section includes the following:
1. Sheet vinyl floor coverings without backing.
Related Sections include the following:
l. Division 9 Section "Resilient Wall Base and Accessories" for resilient wall base, reducer strips,
and other accessories installed with sheet vinyl floor coverings.
2. Division 9 Section "General Interior Finish Notes".
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each type of product specified.
Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of sections of units showing the full
range of colors and patterns available for each type of product indicated.
Samples for Verification: In manufacturer's standard size, but not less than 6-by-9-inch (150-by-230-
mm) sections of each different color and pattern of sheet vinyl floor covering specified, showing the full
range of variations expected in these characteristics.
Product Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of sheet vinyl floor coverings certifying that each product
furnished complies with requirements.
Installer Certificates: Signed by manufacturer certifying that installers comply with specified
requrrements.
Maintenance Data: For sheet vinyl floor coverings to include in the maintenance manuals specified in
Division I .
I.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an installer who is competent in the technique required by manufacturer
for hearwelding seams.
l. Engage installers who are certificd by floor covering manufacturer for heat-welded seam
installation.
VAI L VALLEY M EDI CAL CENTER
C o nstructio n Doc u me nts
15 October 2001
I
I
I
I
I#
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l'-
I
l.l
1.2
A.
B.I
I 1.3
A.
B.
D.
HLM 98007L-U 096s2-r
SHEETVINYLCOVERINGS ISECTION 09652
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
B.
C.
D.
B.
D.
1.5
1.6
t.l
Source Limitations: Obtain each type, color, and pattern of sheet vinyl floor covering specified from one
source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearancc and physical properties
without delaying the Work.
Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Providc products with the following fire-test-response characteristics
as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated below by a testing and inspecting
agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
l. Critical Radiant Flux: 0.45 Wsq. cm or greater when tested per ASTM E 648.
2. Smoke Density: Maximum specific optical density of 450 or less when tested per ASTM E 662.
DELIVERY. STORAGE. AND HANDLING
Deliver sheet vinyl floor coverings and installation accessories to Project site in manufacturer's original,
unopened cartons and containers, each bearing names of product and manufacturer, Project identification,
and shipping and handling instructions.
Store products in dry spaces protected from the weather, with ambient temperatures maintained betwccn
50 and 90 deg F.
Store rolls upright.
Move sheet vinyl floor coverings and installation accessories into spaces where they will be installed at
least 48 hours before installation, unless longer conditioning periods are recommended in writing by
manufacturer.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Maintain a temperature of not less than 70 deg F or more than 95 deg F in spaces to receive sheet vinyl
floor coverings for at least 48 hours before installation, during installation, and for at least 48 hours after
installation, unless manufacturer's written recommendations specify longer time periods. After
postinstallation period, maintain a temperature of not less than 55 deg F or more than 95 deg F'
Do not install sheet vinyl floor coverings until they are at the same temperature as the space where they
are to be installed.
Close spaces to traffic during sheet vinyl floor covering installation and for time period after installation
recommended in writing by manufacturer.
Install sheet vinyl floor coverings and accessories after other finishing operations, including painting,
have been completed.
Do not install shect vinyl floor coverings over concrete slabs until slabs have cured and are sufficiently
dry to bond with adhesive, as determined by floor covering manufacturert recommended bond and
molsture test.
EXTRA MATERIALS
Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed, are packaged with protective
covering for storage, and are identified with labels describing contents.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstruction Do c ume nts
15 October 2001
HLM 98007t-04 09652-2
I SECTION 09652 SHEET VINYL COVERINGS
Furnish not less than l0 linear feet in roll form for each 500 linear feet or fraction thereof, of each
dill'erent composition, wearing surface, color, and pattern of sheet vinyl floor covering installed.
Deliver extra materials to Owner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, sheet vinyl floor coverings that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, those indicated in the Sheet Vinyl Floor
Covering Schedule. See Division 9 Section "Ccneral Interior Finish Notes".
INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES
Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland-cement-based formulation
provided or approved by floor covering manufacturer for applications indicated.
Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit sheet vinyl floor covering and
substrale conditions indicated-
HearWelding Bead: Solid-strand product of floor covering manufacturer for heat-welding seams.
l. Color: Match field color of sheet vinyl floor covering.
Cove Strip: l-inch- radius support for integral flash cove base provided or approved by floor covering
manufacturer.
Cove-Base Cap Strip: Square metal for integral flash cove base provided or approved by floor covering
manufacturer.
PART 3. EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where installation of sheet vinyl floor coverings will occur,
with Installer present, for compliance with manufacturer's requirements. Verify that substrates and
conditions are satisfactory for floor covering installation and comply with requirements specified.
Concretc Subfloors: Verify that concrete slabs comply with ASTM F 710 and the following:
L Slab substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, hardeners, and other materials that
may interfere with adhesive bond. Determine adhesion and dryness characteristics by performing
bond and moisture tests recommcnded by floor covering manufacturer.
2. Subfloor finishes comply with requirements specified in Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place
Concretc" for slabs receiving resilient flooring.
3. Subfloors are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits.
Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions havc been corrected.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstructio n Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
l.
2.
B.
2.1
2.2
I
I
I
t
I
I
D.
B.
3.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
l-
t
It
HLM 9EOO71-M 09652-3
SHEETVINYLCOVERINGS ISECTION 09652
3.2 PREPARATION
Gcncral: Comply with sheet vinyl floor covering manufacturer's written installation instructions for
preparing substrates indicated to receive shcct vinyl floor coverings.
Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds, according to manufacturer's writtcn instructions, to fill
cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates.
Remove coatings, including curing compounds, and other substances that are incompatible with flooring
adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended by
manufacturer, Do not use solvents.
Broom and vacuum clean substrates to be covered immediately before installing sheet vinyl floor
coverings. After cleaning, examine substrales for moisture, alkaline salts, carbonation, or dust. Do not
proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been correctcd.
INSTALLATION
Ceneral: Comply with sheet vinyl floor covering manufacturer's written installation instructions.
Unroll sheet vinyl floor coverings and allow them to stabilize before cutting and fitting, if recommended
in writing by manufacturer.
Lay out sheet vinyl floor coverings to comply with the following requirements:
1. Maintain uniformity of sheet vinyl floor covering direction.
2. Arrange for a minimum number of seams and place them in inconspicuous and low-traffic areas,
and not less than 6 inches away from parallel joints in flooring substrates.
3. Match edges of sheet vinyl floor coverings for color shading and pattern at seams according to
manufacturer's written recommendations.
4. Avoid cross seams.
Scribe, cut, and fit sheet vinyl floor coverings to butt neatly and tightly to vertical surfaces and permanent
fixtures, including built-in furniture, cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings, door frames, thresholds, and
nosings.
Integral Flash Cove Base: Where indicated, cut shcet vinyl lloor coverings to form integral base of
height indicated at vertical surfaces.
Extend sheet vinyl floor coverings into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings'
Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in placc or tnarked for luture cutting by
repcating on finish flooring as marked on subfloor. Use chalk or other nonperrnanent, nonstaining
marking device.
Adhere sheet vinyl floor coverings to flooring substrates to comply with l'loor covering manulacturer's
written instructions, including those for trowel notching, adhesive mixing, and adhesive open and
working times.
l. Produce completed installation without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints,
telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, and other surface imperfections.
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o ns tructia n Do c ume nts
I5 October 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
B.
c.
D.
5--)
A.
B.
c.
D.
F.
C.
H.
HLM 980071-04 09652-4
I SECTION 09652
2. Form intcgral flash cove
covering at horizontal and
against cap strip.
SHEET VINYL COVERINGS
base by flashing floor covering up vertical surfaces. Support floor
vertical junction with cove strip. Butt floor covering at top of base
J.
B.
-t.+
I
I
I
I
I
I
Heat-Welded Seams: Rout joints and heat weld with welding bcad, permanently fusing sections into a
seamless floor covering. Prcpare, wcld, and finish seams according to manufacturer\ written instructions
and ASTM F | 516 to produce surfaces flush with adjoining floor covering surfaces.
Hand roll sheet vinyl floor coverings in both directions from center out to embed floor coverings in
adhesive and eliminate trapped air. At walls, door casings, and other locations where access by roller is
impractical, press floor coverings firmly in place with flat-bladed instrument.
CLEANING AND PROTECTINC
Perform the following operations immediately after installing sheet vinyl floor coverings:
1. Remove adhesive and other surfacc blemishes using cleaner recommended by floor covering
manufacturer.
Sweep or vacuum floor thoroughly.
Do not wash floor covering until after time period recommended by floor covering manufacturer.
Damp-mop floor to remove marks and soil.
Protect flooring against mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction operations and
placement of equipment and fixtures during the remainder of construction period. Use protection
methods indicated or recommended in writing by floor covering manufacturer.
1. Apply protective floor polish to sheet vinyl floor covering surfaces that are free from soil, visible
adhesive, and surface blemishes, if recommended in writing by manufacturer.
a. Coordinate selection of floor polish with Owner's maintenance seruice.
Cover sheet vinyl floor coverings with undyed, untreated building paper until inspection for
Substantial Completion.
3. Do not move heavy and sharp objects directly over sheet vinyl floor coverings. Place plywood or
hardboard panels over floor coverings and under objects while they are being moved. Slide or roll
objects over panels without moving panels.
Clean sheet vinyl floor coverings not more than 4 days before dates scheduled for inspections intended to
establish date of Substantial Completion in each area of Project. Clean floor coverings according to
manufacturer's written rccommendations.
l After cleaning, reapply polish to floor surfaces to restore protective floor finish according to floor
covering manufacturer's written recommendations. Coordinate with Owner's maintenance
program.
END OF SECTION 09652
2.
I
I
t
t
I
C.
t
l"
I
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Docume nts
15 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 09652-5
I sECrroN oe6s.
I
I -_-.' HLM snooTr-r4
I
RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES
SECTION 09653 - RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES
PART I -GENERAL
I r.l RELATED DOCLJMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
I Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
I t.2 suMMARYt
A. This Section includes the followine:
I l. Resilient wall base.- 2. Resilient stair accessories.
I B. Related Sections include the following:I l. Division 5 Section "Srairs".2. Division 9 Section "General Interior Finish Notes".
I I.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product specified.
B. Samples for Verification: In manufacturer's standard sizes, but not less than 12 inches (300 mm) long, of
each product color and pattern specified.
C. Product Certihcates: Signed by manufacturers of resilient wall base and accessories ceftirying that each
product furnished complies with requirements.
1.4 QUALTTY ASSTJRANCE
I A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer to perform work of this Section who has
specialized in installing resilient products similar to those required for this Project and with a record of
I successful in-service performance.
t B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type and color of product specified from one source with resources to
provide products ofconsistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying the Work.
I C. Fire-Test-Response Charactcristics: Provide products with the following fire-test-response characteristics
as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated below by a testing and inspecting
I
agency acceptable to authorities having j urisdiction.
I l. Critical Radiant Flux: 0.45 w/sq. cm or greater when tested per ASTM E 648.
2. Smoke Density: Maximum specific optical density of 75 or less when tested per ASTM E | 62.
I
I
T
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Corctructian Documents
15 October 2(Nl
09653-1
SECTION 09653
t.5
A.
B.
c.
D.
RESI LI ENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
DELIVERY. STORAGE. AND HANDLING
Deliver products to Project site in manufacturer's original, unopened cartons and containers, each bearing
names of product and manufacturer, Project identification, and shipping and handling instructions.
Store products in dry spaces protected from the weather, with ambient temperatures maintained between
50 and 90 deg F.
Move products into spaces where they will be installed at least 48 hours before installation, unless longer
conditioning period is recommended in writing by manufacture.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Maintain an installation and post-installation temperature based on manufacturer's specifications.
Do not install products until they are at the same temperature as the space where they are to be installed.
For resilient products installed on traffic surfaces, close spaces to traffic during installation and for time
period after installation recommended in writing by manufacturer.
Coordinate resilient product installation with other construction to minimize possibility of damage and
soiling during remainder of construction period. Install resilient products after other finishing operations,
including painting, have been completed.
After installation, protect materials fiom damage until construction is complete.
EXTRAMATERIALS
Fumish extra materials described below that match products instrlled, are packaged with protective
covering for storage, and are identified with labels describing contents.
l. Furnish not less than l0 linear feet for each 500 linear feet or fraction thereoi of each different
type, color, pattern, and size of resilient product installed.
2. Deliver extra materials to Owner.
WARRANTY
Manufacturer's standard warranty for each product specified, but not less than one year from Substantial
Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
RUBBER COVE BASE
4" Rubbcr Cove Wall Base:
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstractio n Doc ume nts
I5 October 2001
A.
B.
1.6
r.7
A.
1.8
2.1
2.2
HLM 980071-04 09653-2
I sECrroN oe6s3
I
RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES
I . See Division 9 Section "Ceneral Interior Finish Notes".2. Architect Approved Equal
2.3 RESILIENT STAIR ACCESSORIES
A. Rubber Stair Treads at Stairs #2 &3:l. Roppe Low Profile, Raised Circular Design, length per drawings.2. Architect Approved Equal.
B. Rubber Risers at Stairs #2 & 3:
l. Roppe Standard T" Rubber Risers, length per drawings.2. Architect Approved Equal
I C. Rubber Landing Tiles at Stairs #2 & 3:l. Roppe Light Duty Landing Tiles, 12" X 12", pattern to match Stair Treads.2. Architect Approved Equal
I
2.4 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES
t A. Trowelable l-eveling and Patching Compounds: As approved by resilient product manufacturer for
applications indicated.
B. Stair-Tread-Nose Filler: Two-part epoxy compound recommended by resilient tread manufacturer to fill
nosing substrates that do not conform to tread contours.
C. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit resilient products and substrate
conditions indicated.
I 2.5 FINISHESI
A. Finish color shall be selected from manufacturer's standard color selection.
II
PART 3. EXECUTION
r 3.1 EXAMINATION
I A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where installation of resilient products will occur, with InstallerI present, for compliance with manufacturer's requirements, including those for maximum moisture
content. Verify that substrates and conditions are satisfactory for resilient product installation and
I comply with requirements specified. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions
I have heen corrected.
I 3.2 PREPARATToNI
A. General: Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions for preparing substrates indicated
t to receive resilicnt products.
I
:'
I _,. HLM98007I-M VATLVALLEYMEDICALCENTER
I Construction Documents
15 October 2001
I
I
I
t
09653-3
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
t
B.
D.
E.
A.
B.
J --)
SECTION 09653 RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES
'',. '
l
.:.1.. l1- 1t
Use trowclablc lcvcling and patching compounds, according to manufacturer's written instructions, to fill
cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates.
Use stair-tread-nose filler, according to resilient tread manufacturer's written instructions, to fill nosing
subsfates that do not conform to tread contours.
Remove coatings, including curing compounds, and other substances that are incompatible with
adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended by
manufacturer. Do not use solvents.
Broom and vacuum clean substrates to be covered immediately before installing resilient products. After
cleaning, examine substrates for moisture, alkaline salts, carbonalion, or dust. Do not proceed with
installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
INSTALLATION
General: Install resilient products according to manufacturer's written installation instructions.
Apply rcsilient wall basc to walls, columns, pilasters, casework and cabinets in toe spaccs, and other
perTnanent fixtures in rooms and areas where base is required.
l. Install wall base in lengths as long as practicable without gaps at seams and with tops of adjacent
pieces aligned.
2. Tightly adhere wall base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with base in continuous
contact with horizontal and vertical substrates.
3. Do not stretch base during installation.
4. On masonry surfaces or other similar inegular substrates, fill voids along top edge of resilient wall
base with manufacturer's recommended adhesive filler material.
5. Install premolded outside and inside corners before installing straight pieces.
Place resilient products so they are butted to adjacent materials and bond to substrates with adhesive.
Install reducer srips at edges of flooring that would otherwise be exposed.
Apply resilient products to stairs as indicated and according to manufacturer's written installation
instructions.
CLEANING AND PROTECTING
Perform the following operations immediately after installing resilient products:
L Remove adhesive and other surface blemishes using cleaner recommended by resilient product
manufacturers.
2. Sweep or vacuum horizontal surfaces thoroughly.
3. Do not wash resilient products until after time period recommended by resilient product
manufacturcr.
4. Damp-mop or sponge resilient products to remove marks and soil.
Protect resilient products against mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction
operations and placement of equipment and llxtures during the remainder of construction period. Use
protection methods indicated or recommended in writing by resilient product manufacturer.
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Constructio n Doc ume nts
15 October 2il)l
t
I
t
T
D.
I
I
T
t
I
I
I
B.
3.4
HLM 980071-04 09653-4
I
I
l'
t
I
I
I
I
SECTION 09653 RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES
l. Apply protective floor polish to vinyl resilient products installed on floors and stairs that are free
from soil, visible adhesive, and surfacc blemishes, if recommended by manufacturer.
a. Coordinate selection of floor polish with Owner's maintenance scrvice.
2. Cover resilient products installed on floors and stairs with undyed, untreated building paper until
inspection for Substantial Completion.
C. Clean resilient products not more than 4 days before dates scheduled for inspections intended to establish
date of Substantial Completion in each area of Project. Clean products according to manufacturer's
written recommendations.
L After cleaning, reapply polish on vinyt products on floors and stairs to restore protective floor
finish according to resilient product manufacturer's written recommendations. Coordinate with
Owner's maintenance program.
END OF SECTION 09653
VAIL UALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Constructio n Doc ume nts
15 October 2(MI
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
t'
I
HLM 98007(-U 096s3-s
I CARPET
B.
l.l
1.2
I
I
I
T
I
I
SECTION O96EO
SECTION 09680 - CARPET
PART I-GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
This Section includes the followins:
l. Tufted carpet.
2. Carpet mat
Related Sections include the followine:
l. Division 9 Section " Ceneral Interior Finish Notes".
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include manufacturer's written data on physical
characteristics, durability, and fade resistance. Include installation recommendations for each type of
substrate required.
Samples: For each of the following products and for each color and texture required. Label each Sample
with manufacturer's name, material description, color, pattem, and designation indicated on Drawings and
in schedules.
l. Carpet: l2-inch- square Sample.
Product Schedule: Use same room and product designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules.
Maintenance Data: For carpet to include in maintenance manuals specified in Division 1. Include the
following:
I Methods for maintaining carpet, including cleaning and stain-removal products and procedures
and manufacturer's recommended maintenance schedule.
2. Precautions for cleanins materials and methods that could be detrimental to camet.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Installcr Qualifications: An experienced installcr who is certihed by the Floor Covering Installation
Board or who can demonstratc compliance with its certification program requircments.
1.3
B.
I
I
I
I
l-
C.
D.I
I
I 1.4
VAI L VALLEY MBDICAL CENTER
Design Development Pricing Documents
9 July 2MI
I
HLM 980071-04 09680-t
'lt
SECTION 09680
1.7
I
t
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
B.
B.
D.
B.
1.5
r.6
1.8
Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide products with thc critical radiant flux classification indicated
in Part 2, as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 648 by an independent testing and
inspccting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
Product Options: Products and manufacturers named in Part 2 establish requirements for product quality
in terms of appearance, construction, and pcrformancc. Other manufacturers' products comparable in
quality to named products and complying with requirements may be considered. Refer to Division I
Section "Substitutions."
DELIVERY. STORAGE. AND HANDLING
General: Comply with CRI 104, Section 5, "Storage and Handling."
PROJECT CONDITIONS
General: Comply with CRI 104, Section 6.1, "Site Conditions; Temperature and Humidity."
Environmental Limitations: Do not install carpet until wet work in spaces is complete and dry, and
ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levcls indicated for Project when
occupied for its intended use.
Do not install carp€t over concrete slabs until slabs have cured and are sufficiently dry to bond with
adhesive and concrete slabs have pH range recommended by carpet manufacturer.
Where demountable partitions or other items are indicated for installation on top of carpet, install carpet
before installing these items.
WARRANTY
General Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights
Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run
concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents.
Special Carpet Warranty: Written warranty, signed by carpet manufacturcr agreeing to replace caryet that
does not comply with requirements or that fails within specified warranty period. Warranty does not
include deterioration or failure of carpet duc to unusual traffic, failure of substrate, vandalism, or abuse.
Failures include, but are not limited to, more than l0 percent loss of face fiber, edge raveling. snags, runs,
and delamination.
l. Warranty Period: l0 years from date of Substantial Completion.
EXTRA MATERIALS
Furnish cxtra rnaterials described below, before installation begins, that match products installed and that
are packaged with protective covcring for storage and identilied with labsls describing contents.
l. Carpet: Full-width rolls equal to 5 percent ofamount installed for each typc indicated, but not less
than l0 sq. yd.
CARPET
VAI I, VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Design Development Picing Documents
9 JulY 2001
HLM 980071-04 09680-2
I sEcrloNos6so
I PARr2-PRoDUcrs
CARPET
I
2.1 TUFTED CARPET
l. Manufacturers: Carpets to be selected by Architect. See Division 9 Section " General Interior
Finish Notes".
2.2 CARPET MATS
I A. Manufacturers: Carpets to be selected by Architect. See Division 9 Section " General Interior Finishr Notes".
I 2.3 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES
I A. Trowelable [rveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, hydraulic-ce ment-based formulation
I provided by or recommended by the following:
l. Carpetmanufacturer.
t B. Adhesives: Water-resistant, mildew-resistant, nonstaining type to suit products and subfloor conditions
indicated, that complies with flammability requirements for installed carpet and that is recommended by
the following:
l. Carpetmanufacturer.
C. Seaming Cement: Hot-melt adhesive tape or similar product recommended by carpet manufacturer for
taping seams and butting cut edges at backing to form secure seams and to prevent pile loss at seans.
I
I PART3-EXECUTTON
I 3.r ExAMrNArroNI
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture
I content, alkalinity range, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting carpet performance.
I Verify that substrates and conditions arc satisfactory for carpet installation and comply with requirements
specified.
I B. Concrete Subfloors: Verify that concrete slabs comply with ASTM F 710 and the following:I
1. Slab substrates arc dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, hardeners, and other materials that
I may interfere with adhesive bond. Determine adhesion and dryness characteristics by performing
I bond and moisture tests recommendcd by the following:
a. Carpet manufacturer.
- 2. Subfloor finishes comply with requirements specified in Division 3 Section "Casrin-Place
Concrete" for slabs receiving carpet.
I 3. Subfloors arc free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits.
I
I
| .__, HLM s8007r-04
I
I
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Design Develaptnent Pricing Docume nts
9 July 2001
09680-3
SECTION 09680 I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
carpet
carpet
C.
B.
D.
CARPET
-).L
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
PREPARATION
General: Comply with CRI 104, Section 6.2, "Site Conditions; Floor Preparation," and
manufacturer's written installation instructions for prcparing substrates indicated to recelve
installation.
Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds, according to manufacturer's written instructions, to ltll
cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates.
Remove coatings, including curing compounds, and other substanccs that are incompatible with
adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, without using solvents. Use mechanical methods
recommended in writing by the following:
l. Carpetmanufacturer.
Broom and vacuum clean substrates to be covered immediately before installing carpet. After cleaning,
examine substrates for moisture, alkaline salts, carbonation, or dust. Proceed with installation only aftcr
unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
INSTALLATION
Direct-Clue-Down Installation: Comply with CRI 104, Section 8, "Direct Glue-Down Installation."
Stair Installation: Comply with CRI 104, Section 12, "Carpet on Stairs."
Comply with carpet manufacturer's written recommendations for seam locations and direction of carpet;
maintain uniformity of carpet direction and lay of pile. At doorways, ccnter seams under the door in
closed position.
1. Bevel adoining border edges at seams with hand shears.
Do not bridge building expansion joints with carpet.
Cut and fit carpet to butt tightly to vertical surfaces, permanent fixtures, and builrin furniture including
cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings, thresholds, and nosings. Bind or seal cut edges as recommended by
carpet manufacturer.
Extend carpet into to€ spaces, door reveals, closets, open-bottomed obstructions, removable flanges,
alcoves, and similar openings
Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in place or marked for future cutting by
repeating on finish flooring as marked on subfloor. Use nonpermanent, nonstaining marking device.
Install pattern parallel to walls and borders.
CLEANING AND PROTECTION
Perform the following operations immediately after installing carpet:
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Design Development Pricing Documents
9 JulY 2001
-t--t
A.
B.
c.
F.
D.
E.
C.
3.4
\{...,HLM 980071-04 09680-4
I s*crroN os6'o
I
CARPET
l. Remove excess adhesive. seam sealer. and other surface blemishes using cleaner recommended bv
carpet manufacturer.
2. Remove yarns that protrude from carpet surface.
3. Vacuum carpet using commercial machine with face-beater element.
B. Protect installed carpet to comply with CRI 104, Section 15, "Protection of Indoor Installations."
t C. Protect carpet against damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures
- during the remainder of construction period. Use protection methods indicated or recommended in
writing by carpet manufacturer.I
END OF SECTION 09680
I
I
-t.
I
I
I
VAILVALLEY MEDICALCENTER 09680.5
Design Develapment Pricing Documenh
9 July 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l,;t
HLM etooTt-u4
I
I sEcrroNossoo
I
I
I
PAINTING
r.-. sEcrIoN o99oo - pAINTING
).-'.,'.'
I PART I -GENERAL
I r. r RELATED DocrrMENTs
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
I Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
I t.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes surface preparation and field painting or staining, and pre-staining of the following:
l. Exposed exterior items and surfaces.
2. Exposed interior items and surfaces.
3. Surface preparation, priming, and finish coats specified in this Section are in addition to shop
priming and surface treatment specified in other Sections.
B. Paint or stain exposed surfaces, except where the paint schedules indicate that a surface or material is not
to be painted or is to remain natural. If the paint schedules do not specifically mention an item or a
surfacc, paint the item or surface the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces whether or not
schedules indicate colors. If the schedules do not indicate color or finish. the Architect will select from
standard colors and finishes available.
C. Do not paint prefinished items, concealed surfaces, finished metal surfaces, operating parts, and labels,
unless otherwise noted on plans.
l. Prefinished items include the following factory-finished components:
a. Architectural woodwork and casework.
b. Elevator entrance doors and frames,
I c. Elevator equipment.
d. Finished mechanical and electrical equipment.
I e. Light fixtures.
I f. Distribution cabinets.I
2. Concealed surfaces include walls or ceilings in the following generally inaccessible spaces:
a,
I a. Foundation spaces.
b. Furred areas.
c. Ceiling plenums.
I d. Duct shafts.
e. Elevator shafts.
I 3. Finished metal surfaccs include the fbllowing:I
a. Anodized aluminum.
I b. Stainless steel.
t c. Copper.
l* HLM 980071-04 VATLVALLEY MEDTCALCENTER 09900-t
I Construction Documents
15 October 2(MI
I
I
SECTION O99OO PAINTING
l.-,
4. Labels: Do not paint over Underwriters Laboratories (UL), Factory Mutual (FM), or other code-
required labels or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates.
Relatcd Sections include the following:
l. Division 5 Section "Structural Steel" for shop priming structural steel.
2. Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for shop priming fenous metal.
3. Division 6 Section "Interior Architectural Woodwork" for shop priming interior architectural
woodwork.
4. Division 8 Section "Steel Doors and Frames" for shop priming steel doors and frames.
5. Division 9 Section "Gypsum Board Assemblies" for surlace preparation for gypsum board.
6. Division 9 Section " General Interior Finish Notes".
DEFINITIONS
General; Standard coating terms dcfined in ASTM D l6 apply to this Section.
l. Flat refers to a lusterless or matte finish with a gloss range below 15 when measured at an 85-
degree meter.
2. Eggshell refers to low-sheen finish with a gloss range between 5 and 20 when measured at a 60-
degree meter.
3. Satin refers to low-sheen finish with a gloss range between 15 and 35 when mcasured at a 60-
degree meter.
4. Semigloss refers to medium-sheen finish with a gloss range between 30 and 65 when measured at
a 60-degree meter.
5. Full gloss refers to high-sheen finish with a gloss range more than 65 when measured at a 60-
degree meter.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each paint system specified. Include block fillers and primers.
l. Material List: Provide an inclusive list of required coating materials. Indicate each material and
cross-reference specific coating, finish system, and application. Identi$ each material by
manufacturer's catalog number and general classification.
2. Manufacturer's Information: Provide manufacturer's technical information, including label
analysis and instructions for handling, storing, and applying each coating material proposed for
use.
3. Certification by the manufacturer that products supplied comply with local regulations controlling
use of volatile organic compounds (VOCs).
4. Provide 8-l/2" X I l" paint out and stain samples of all specified colors on sheen designated on
Construction Documents. Stain to be provided on the same substratc as final installation material.
Qualification Data: For firms and pcrsons specified in the "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate
their capabilities and experience. Include lists of cornpleted projects with project names and addresses,
names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information spccified.
I.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Applicator Qualifications: Engage an expcrienced applicator who has completed painting system
applications sirnilar in material and extent to that indicated for this Project with a record of successful in-
service oerformance.
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstr uc tion Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
D.
A.
B.
1.4
HLM 980071-04 09900-2
I
I
I -','
I
I
I
I
SECTION O99OO PAINTING
Source Limitations: Obtain block fillers, primers, and undercoat materials for each coating system from
thc same manufacturer as the finish coats.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Deliver materials to the Project Site in manufacturer's original, unopened packages and containers bearing
manufacturer's name and label, and the following information:
l. Product name or title of material.
2. Product description (generic classification or binder type).
3. Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture.
4. Contents by volume, for pigmcnt and vehicle constituents.
5. Thinninginstructions.
6. Applicationinstructions.
7 . Color name and number.
8. VOC content.
Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a minimum ambient
temperature of 45 deg F. Maintain containers used in storage in a clean condition, free of foreign
materials and residue.
l Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste daily.
Take necessary measures to ensure that workers and work areas are protected from fire and health
hazards resulting from handling, mixing, and application.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Apply water-based paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and sunounding air
temperatures are between 50 and 90 deg F.
Apply solvent-thinned paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and sunounding air
temperatures are between 45 and 95 deg F.
Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist; or when the relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or at
temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces.
l. Painting may continue during inclement weather if surfaces and areas to be painted are enclosed
and heated within temperature limits specified by manufacturer during application and drying
periods.
EXTRAMATERIALS
Furnish extra paint materials from the same production run as the materials applied in the quantities
described below. Package paint materials in unopened, factory-sealed containers for storage and identify
with labels describing contents. Deliver extra matcrials to the Owner.
l. Quantity: Furnish the Owner with an additional 5 percent, but not less than I gal. or I case, as
appropriatc, ofeach material and color applied.
I.9 FIRE RESISTIVE CONSTRUCTION
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o ns truc tio n Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
B.
1.6
B.
I
I
I
I
t
B.
c.
t.8
I
t
I
T
I
I
1.7
HLM 9EOO7I-M 09900-3
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
B.
2.1
2.2
SECTION O99OO PAINTING
not negate the hre resistive rating of the substrate, orFinish materials on fire treated substrates shall
assembly.
PART 2. PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the
Work include, but are not limited to, products listed in the finish schedule, and/or on drawings. All paint
to be selected from one of the following approved manufacturers, matching those specified in Division 9
Section " Ceneral Interior Finish Notes.
l. Devoe & Raynolds Co. (Devoe).
2. Kwal-Howells (Kwal)
3. Clidden Co. (The) (Clidden).
4. Benjamin Moore & Co. (Moore).
5. Sherwin-Williams Co. (S-W).
PAINT MATERIALS, CENERAL
Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers, undercoaLs, and finish-coat materials that are
compatible with one another and the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as
demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience.
Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best-quality paint material of the various coating types
specifred. Paint-material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identihcation will not be
acceptable.
l. Proprietary Names: Use of manufacturer's proprietary product names to designate colors or
matcrials is not intended to imply that products named are required to be used to the exclusion of
equivalent products of other manufacturcrs. Furnish manufacturer's material data and certificates
of performance for proposed substitutions.
Colors: Provide color selections made bv the Architect. refer to finish schedules.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with the Applicator present, under which painting will be
perlbrmed for compliance with paint application requirements.
l. Do not begin to apply paint until unsatisfactory conditions have been correctcd and surfaccs
receiving paint are thoroughly dry.
2. Start of painting will be construed as the Applicator's acceptance ol'surlaces and conditions within
a particular area.
VAI L VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
C o nstr uc tio n Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
C.
I
l
T
I
I
I
I
I
3.1
HLM 980071-04 09900-4
I
l*
lr;:'l
I
I
t
I
I
I
SECTION O99OO
HLM 980071-M
B.
PAINTING
Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of
the total system for various substrates. On request, furnish information on characteristics of finish
materials to ensure use of compatible primers.
l. Notify the Architect about anticipated problems using the materials specified over substrates
primed by others.
PREPARATION
General: Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and
similar items already installed that are not to be painted. If rcmoval is impractical or impossible because
of the size or weight of the item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and
painting.
l. After completing painting operations in each space or area, reinstall items removed using workers
skilled in the trades involved.
Cleaning: Before applying paint or other surface treatrnents, clean the substrates of substances that could
impair the bond of the various coatings. Remove oil and grease before cleaning.
1. Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not
fall on wet, newly painted surfaces.
Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer's written
instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified.
1. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime.
2. Ccmentitious Materials: Prepare concrete, concrete masonry block, cement plaster, and mineral-
fiber-reinforced cement panel surfaces to be painted. Remove efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt,
grease, oils, and release agents. Roughen as required to remove glaze. If hardeners or sealers
have been used to improve curing, use mechanical methods of surface preparation.
a. Use abrasive blast-cleaning methods if recommended by paint manufacturer.
b. Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaccs by performing appropriate tests. If
surfaces are sufficiently alkaline to cause the finish paint to blister and bum, conect this
condition before application. Do not paint surfaces where moisture content exceeds that
permitted in manufacturer's written instructions.
c. Clean concrete floors to be painted with a 5 percent solution of muriatic acid or other
etching cleaner. Flush the floor with clean water to remove acid, neutralize with ammonia,
rinse, allow to dry, and vacuum before painting.
3. Fcrrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized fenous-metal surfaces that have not been shop coated;
remove oil, grease, dirt, loosc mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use solvent or mechanical
cleaning methods that comply with the Steel Structures Painting Council's (SSPC)
recommendations.
b.
Blast steel surfaccs clean as recommended by paint system manufacturer and according to
rcquirements of SSPC-SP 10.
Treat bare and sandblasted or pickled clean metal with a metal treatment wash coat before
priming.
Touch up bare areas and shop-applied prime coats that havc been damaged. Wire-brush,
clean with solvents recommendcd by paint manufacturer, and touch up with the same
primer as thc shop coat.
3.2
B.
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
l.-'
I
VAI L VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
C o nstructin n Doc un e nts
15 October 2001
09900-5
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D.
B.
J --)
SECTION O99OO PAINTING
; ri-)r
1.f.i;.,itli:
4. Calvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with nonpetroleum-based solvents so surface is
liee of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatmcnt from galvanized sheet metal fabricated
from coil stock by mechanical methods.
Materials Preparation: Mix and prepare paint materials according to manufacturer's written instructions.
l. Maintain containers used in mixing and applying paint in a clean condition, free of foreign
materials and residue.
2. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density. Stir as required during
application. Do not stir surface film into material. If necessary, remove surface film and strain
material before using.
3. Use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer and only within recomrnended limits.
Tinting: Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to simplify identification of each coat when multiple coats of
the same material are applied. Tint undercoats to match the color of the finish coat, but provide sufticient
differences in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat.
APPLICATION
Ceneral: Apply paint according to manufacturerk written instructions. Use applicators and techniques
best suited for substrate and type of matcrial being applied.
l. Paint colors, surface treatments, and finishes are indicated in the schedules.
2, Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, gtease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions detrimental to
formation of a durable paint film.
3. Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used.
4. The term "exposed surfaces" includes areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures, convector
covers, covers for finned-tube radiation, grilles, and similar components are in place. Extend
coatings in these areas, :rs required, to maintain the system integrity and provide desired
protection.
5. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces.
Before the final installation of cquipmcnt, paint surfaces behind pcrmanently fixed equipment or
furniture with prime coat only.
6. Paint interior surfaces of ducts with a flat, nonspecular black paint whcrc visiblc through registers
or grilles.
7. Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed surfaces.
8. Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges the same as exterior faces.
9. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat.
Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaccs that havc bcen clcaned, prctrcated, or otherwise
prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration.
L The number of coats and the film thickness required are the same regardless of application
mcthod. Do not apply succeeding coats until the previous coat has cured as recommended by the
manufacturer. If sanding is required to produce a smooth, even surface according to
manufacturer's written instructions, sand between applications.
Omit primer on metal surfaces that have been shop primed and touchup painted.
If undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint, apply additional coats I
until paint film is of uniform linish, color, and appearance. Give special a(ention to ensure edgcs. I
corncrs, creviccs, welds, and exposed fasteners receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of
flat surfaces.
4. Allow sulllcient time between succcssivc coats to pernlit propcr drying. Do not rccoat surfaccs I
until paint has dried to where it feels firm, does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb t
VAI L VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
C o ns tr uctia n Doc ume nts
I5 October 2001
z.
3.
I
I
HLM 980071-04 09900-6
I
l-_,.
I
-t''
I
I
t
I
I
I
SECTION O99OO PAINTING
pressure, and where application of another coat of paint does not cause the undercoat to lift or lose
adhesion.
Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicators according
to manufacturer's wrinen instructions.
l. Brushes: Use brushes best suited for the type of material applied. Use brush of appropriate size
for the surface or item being painted.
2. Rollers: Use rollers of carpet, velvet back, or high-pile sheep's wool as recommcnded by the
manufacturer for the material and texture required.
3. Spray Equipment: Use airless spray equipment with orifice size as recommended by the
manufacturer for the material and texture required.
Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply paint materials no thinner than manufacturer's recommended
spreading rate. Provide the total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by the
manufacturer.
Block Fillers: Apply block fillers to concrete masonry block at a rate to ensure complete coverage with
pores filled.
Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat of material, as recommended by the
manufacturer, to material that is required to be painted or frnished and that has not been prime coated by
others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat
appears, to ensure a finish coat with no burn through or other defects due to insufficient sealing.
Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover surfaces as necessary to provide a smooth, opaque
surface of uniform finish, color, appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush
marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable.
Transparent (Clear) Finishes: Use multiple coats to produce a glass-smooth surface film of even luster.
Provide a finish free of laps, runs, cloudiness, color irregularity, brush marks, orange peel, nail holes, or
other surface imperfections.
l. Provide satin finish for final coats.
Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, refinish, or
repaint work not complying with requirements.
CLEANINC
Cleanup: At the end of each workday, remove cmpty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded
materials from the site.
1. After completing painting, clean glass and paint-spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by
washing and scraping. Be careful not to scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces.
PROTECTION
Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage by painting. Conect damage
by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as approved by Architect.
D.
F.
G.
I
I
I
I
paint
3.4
I
I
I
I
3.5
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstructio n D oc ume nts
15 October 2(MI
lrl
HLM 98OO7I-M 09900-7
SECTION O99OO PAINTINC
Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings
provided by othcrs to protcct thcir work after completing painting operations.
l. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced
painted surfaces. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA Pl.
EXTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE
Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: Provide the following finish systems over exterior gypsum soffit board:
l. Flat Acrylic Finish: 2 finish coats over an exterior, alkyd- or alkali-resistant primer, as
recommcndcd by the manufacturer.
a. Primer: Exterior, alkyd- or alkali-resistant, acrylic-latex primer, as recommended by the
manufacturer for this substratc, applied at spreading rate recommended by the
manufacturer to achieve a total drv film thickness ofnot less than 1.5 mils.
b. First and Second Coats: Flat, exterior, acrylic-e mulsion paint applied at spreading rate
recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 2.4
mils.
Ferrous Metal: Provide the following finish systems over exterior ferrous metal. Primer is not required
on shop-primed items.
I . Semigloss, Acrylic-Enamel Finish: 2 finish coats over a rust-inhibitive primer.
a. Primer: Rust-inhibitive metal primer applied at spreading rate recommended by the
manufacturer to achieve a total drv film thickness of not less than I .3 mils.
b. First and Second Coats: Semigloss, exterior, acrylicJatcx enamel applied at spreading rate
recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 2.6
mils.
Zinc-Coated Metal: Provide the following finish systems over exterior zinc-coated (galvanized) metal
surfaces:
l. Semigloss, Acrylic-Enamel Finish: 2 finish coats over a galvanized metal primer.
a. Primer: Galvanized metal primer applied at spreading rate recommended by the
manufacturer to achieve a total drv film thickness of not lcss than l 2 mils.
b. First and Second Coats: Scmigloss, cxterior, acrylic-latex enamel applied at spreading rate
recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not lcss than 2.6
mils.
D. Prc-finishcd fibcr ccmcnt siding: Factory finish color according to manufaotures recommcnded
instructions, using manufactures recommended applier.
L Color to be as selected by architect.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstructio n D o c ume nts
I5 October 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
B.
B.
3.6
HLM 98007r-04 09900-8
I
I
r'-:-..
jir:j
I
I
I
I
t
I
i.7
SECTION O99OO PAINTING
INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE
Concrete and Masonry (Other than Concrete Masonry Units): Provide the fbllowing paint systems over
interior concrete and brick masonry surfaces:
I . Semigloss, Acrylic-Enamel Finish: 2 finish coats over a primer.
a. Primer: Alkali-resistant, acrylic-latex, interior primer applied at spreading rate
recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than | .0
mil.
b. First and Second Coats: Semigloss, acrylic-latex, interior enamel applied at spreading rate
recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 2.6
mils.
Concrete Masonry UniE: Provide the following finish systems over interior concrete masonry block
units:
L Semigloss, Acrylic-Enamel Finish: 2 finish coats over a block filler.
a. Block Filler: High-performance, latex-based, block filler applied at spreading rate
recommended bv the manufacturer to achieve a total dry hlm thickness of not less than 5.0
mils.
First and Second Coats: Semigloss, acrylicJatex, interior enamel applied at spreading rate
recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 2.6
mils.
Gypsum Board: Provide the following finish systems over interior gypsum board surfaces:
I . Flat Acrylic Finish: 2 finish coats over a primer.
a. Primer: Latex-based, interior primer applied at spreading rate recommended by the
manufacturer to achieve a total drv film thickness of not less than I .2 mils.
b. First and Second Coats: Flat, acrylic-latex-based, interior paint applied at sprcading rate
recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 2.5
mils.
Semigloss, Acrylic-Enamel Finish: 2 finish coats over a primer.
a. Primer: Latex-based, interior primer applied at spreading rate recommended by the
manufacturer to achieve a total drv film thickness ofnot less than 1.2 mils.
b. First and Second Coats: Semigloss, acrylic-latex, interior enamel applied at spreading rate
recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 2.6
mils.
Full-Gloss, Acrylic-Enamel Finish: 2 finish coats over a primer.
a. Primer: Latex-based, interior primer applied at spreading rate recommended by the
manufacturer to achieve a total drv film thickness of not less than 1.2 mils.
B.
t3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
c.
3.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstructia n Do c ume nts
15 October 2(NI
HLM 98007r-04 09900-9
SECTION O99OO I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D.
PAINTING
First and Second Coats: Full-gloss, acrylic-latex, interior enamel applied at spreading rate
recommended by the manulacturcr to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 2.5
mils.
b.
Staincd Woodwork: Provide the following stained finishes over new, interior woodwork:
l. Alkyd-Based, Satin-Varnish Finish: 2 finish coats ofan alkyd-based, clear-satin varnish over a
sealer coat and an alkyd-based, interior wood stain. Wipe wood filler before applying stain.
a. Filler Coat: Paste-wood fillcr applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer.
b. Stain Coat: Alkyd-based, interior wood stain applied at spreading rate recommended by
the manufacturer. Color as selected bv Architect.
c. Sealer Coat: Clear sanding sealer applied at sprcading rate recommended by the
manufacturer.
d. First and Second Finish Coats: Alkyd-hased or polyurethane varnish, as recommended by
the manufacturer, applied at spreading rate reco[unended by thc manutacturer.
Natural-Finish Woodwork: Provide the following natural finishes over new, interior woodwork:
l. Alkyd-Based, Satin-Varnish Finish: 2 finish coats of an alkyd-based, clear-satin varnish over a
sanding sealer. Provide wood filler on open-grain wood before applying first varnish coat.
a. Filler Coat: Paste-wod filler applied at spreading rate recornmended by the manufacturer.
b. Sealer Coat: Clear sanding sealer applied at spreading rate recommcnded by the
manufacturer.
c. First and Second Finish Coats: Alkyd-based or polyurethane varnish, iu recommended by
the manufacturer, applied at spreading rate recommended by thc manufacturer.
Ferrous Metal: Provide the following finish systems over fenous metal:
I . Semigloss, Alkyd-Enamel Finish: One finish coat over an enamel undercoater and a primer.
a. Primcr: Quick-drying, rust-inhibitive, alkyd-based or epoxy-metal primer, as
recommended by the manufacturer for this substrate, applied at spreading rate
recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than I .5
rnils.
b. Undercoat: Alkyd, interior enamel undercoat or semigloss, intcrior, alkyd-enamel finish
coar, as rccommended by the manufacturer for this substrate, applied at spreading rate
recommended bv the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 1.2
mils.
2. Full-Gloss, Alkyd-Enamcl Finish: 2 finish coats ovcr an enamel undercoater and a primer.
a. Primer: Quick-drying, rust- inhibitive, alkyd-based or epoxy-metal primer, as
recommended by the manufacturer lbr this substrate, applicd at spreading rate
recommendcd by thc manufacturcr to achievc a total dry film thickness of not less than L5
mils.
VAI L VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
Construction Documents
l5 October 2001
I
I
I
F.I
I
t
t
t
I
I
I
HLM 980071-04 09900-10
SECTION O99U
END OF SECTION O99OO
PAINTING
Undercoat: Alkyd, interior enamel undercoat or full-gloss, interior, alkyd-enamel finish
coat, as recommended by the manufacturer for this substrate, applied at spreading rate
recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than |.2
mils.
Finish Coat: Full-gloss, alkyd, interior enamel applied at spreading rate recommended by
the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than I .2 mils.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o ns truc tio n D o c um e nls
15 Octaber 2N)I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
HLM 980071-U 09900-11
t
I
P
SECTION 09950
SECTION 09950 - WALL COVERINCS
PART I . GENERAL
WALLCOVERINGS
I
I
I
I
I
I
l.l
1.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SI,JMMARY
This Section incl.rdcs the followins:
l. Vinyl wall covering.
Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:
l. Division 9 Section "Painting" for priming wall surfaces.
2. Division 9 Section " General Interior Finish Notes
SUBMITTALS
General: Submit each item in this Article accordins to the Conditions of the Contract and Division I
Specification Sections.
Product Data for each type of product specified. Include data on physical characteristics, face weight,
durability, fade resistance, and fl ame-resistance characteristics.
Shop Drawings showing location and extent of each wall covering type. Indicate seams and termination
points.
Samples for initial selection in the form of manufacturer's color charts consisting of actual units or
sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns availablc.
Samples for verification in sets for each color, texture, and pattern specified, showing the full range of
variations expected in these characteristics.
l. Wall Covering Material: Full-width sample, not less than 36 inches (914 mm) long, from dye lot
used for thc Work.
a. Submit sample with specified treatments applied.
b. Mark top and face of material.
c. Show complete pattern repeat.
2. Woven Glass-Fiber Wall Covering Material: Full-width sample, not less than 36 inches (914 mm)
long with specilied paint applied.
Schedule of wall coverings using same room designations indicated on Drawings.
B.
t.3
]S
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
lu
A.
B.
C.
D.
F.
VAIL VALLEY MEDI CAL CENTER
C o ns tr uc tio n D o c unte nts
15 October 2il)I
I
HLM 98007r-04 09950-1
SECTION 09950 t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
G.
H.
B.
C.
1.4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
1.5
1.6
WALLCOVERINGS
.er
irii#
Product certificates signed by manufacturers of wall coverings certifying that their products comply with
specified requirements.
Maintenance data for wall covering to include in the operation and maintenance manual specified in
Division I .
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who has completed 5 projects similar in
material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service
performance.
Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide wall coverings with the following surface-burning
characteristics as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84 by UL or another testing and
inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Flame Spread: 25 or less.
2. Smoke Developed: 450 or less.
Mockups: Prior to installing wall covering, construct mockups for each form of construction and finish
required to veriry selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic €ffects as well as
qualities of materials and execution. Build mockups to comply with the following requirements, using
materials indicated for final unit of Work.
l. l,ocate mockups on-site in the location and of the size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by
Architect.
2. Notifo Architect 7 days in advance of the dates and times when mockups will be constructed.
3. D€monstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship.
4. Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before start of final unit of Work.
5. Retain and maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for
judging the completed Work.
a. When directed, demolish and remove mockups from Project site.
b. Approved mockups in an undisturbed condition at the time of Substantial Completion may
become part of the completed Work.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Space Enclosure and Environmental Limitations: Do not install wall covering until space is enclosed and
weatherproof, wet-work in space is completed and nominally dry, work above ceilings is complete, and
ambient temperature and humidity conditions are and will be continuously maintained at values near
those indicated for final occupancy.
Lighting: Do not install wall covering until a lighting level of not less than 15 foorcandles (160 lux) is
provided on thc surfaces to receive wall covering.
Ventilation: Provide continuous vcntilation during installation and for not less than the time
recommended by the wall covering manufacturer for full drying or curing.
EXTRA MATERIALS
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstructio n D oc ume nts
I5 October 2001
t
HLM 98007r-04 09950-2
I
B.
2.1
2.2
I
I
I
I
I
t
SECTION 09950 WALLCOVERINGS
Furnish extra materials described below, before installation begins, that match products installed, are
packaged with protective covering for storage, and are identified with labels describing contents.
l. Rolls of Wall Covering Material: Full-size units equal to 5 percent of amount of each type
installed.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, wall coverings that may be incorporated
into the Work include, but are not limited to, the products specified in each wall covering Product Data
sheet at end of this Section. Any proposed product alternates must be submitted to Architect for
approval.
Products: See Division 9 Section " General Interior Finish Notes
ADHESTVES
General: Mildew-resistant, nonstaining adhesive, for use with specific wood-veneer wall covering and
substrate application, as recommended by wall covering manufacturer.
ACCESSORIES
Wall Liner: Nonwoven, synthetic underlayment and adhesive as recommended by wall covering
manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
Examine substrates for compliance with requirements for moisture content and other conditions affecting
performance of Work of this Section. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions
have been corrected.
PREPARATION
Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation.
Clean substrates of substances that could impair wall covering's bond, including mold, mildew, oil,
grease, incompatible primers, and dirt.
Prepare substrates to achieve a smooth, dry, clcan surface free of flaking, unsound coatings, crack, and
defects.
l. Painted Surfaces: Treat areas susceptible to pigment bleeding.
2. Metals: If not factory primed, clean and apply rust-inhibitivc zinc primer.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Corctruction Documents
I5 October 2001
z.J
3.t
3.2
I
I
I
I
I
A.
B.
I
l--
t
HLM 980071-04 09950-3
SECTION 09950
B.
c.
D.
E.
B.
C.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D,
WALLCOVERINGS
F.
3. Moisture Content: Maximum ol'5 percent on new plaster, concrete, and concrete masonry units
whcn tr'stcd with an cleclronic moisturc meter.
4. Prime new gypsum board with primer recommended by wall covering manufacturer.
5. Allow new plaster to cure. Treat areas of high alkalinity.
Check painted surfaces for pigment bleeding. Sand gloss, semigloss, and eggshell finishes with line
sandpapcr.
Install wall liner, with no gaps or overlaps, where required by wall covering manufacturer. Form smooth
wrinkle-free surface for finished installation. Do not begin wall covering installation until wall liner has
dried.
Acclimatize wall covering matcrials by rcmoving them from packaging in thc installation arcas not less
than 24 hours before installation.
INSTALLATION, CENERAL
General: Comply with wall coverings manufacturers' written installation instructions applicable to
products and applications indicated, except where more stringent requirements apply.
Cut wall covering panels in roll number sequence. Change run numbers at paftition breaks and corners
only.
Install wall covering with no gaps or overlaps.
Match patlern 72 inches (1830 mm) above finish floor.
Install seams vertical and plumb at least 6 inches (150 mm) from outside corners and 3 inches (75 mm)
from inside corners. No horizontal seams,
Remove air bubblcs, wrinkles, blistcrs, and other defects.
Trim edges for color uniformity, pattern match, and tight closure at seams and edges. Butt seams.
CLEANING
Remove excess adhesive at finished seams, perimeter edges, and adjacent surfaces.
Use cleaning methods recommended by wall covering manufacturer.
Replacc strips that cannot bc clcancd.
-) --)
F,
G.
J.+
3.5 VINYL WALL COVERING PRODUCT DATA SHEET FOR VWC I, 2 & 3
A. Vinyl Wall Covering VWC I, VWC 2, & VWC 3 Designation
B. Vinyl Wall Covering Standard: FS CCC-W-408A and CFFA-W-l0l-A, Typc ll, Mcdium Duty.
C. Wall Covering Durability Standard: ASTM F for Category V, Type II Commercral Serviceability.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstructio n Doc ume nts
I5 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 09950-4
I sEcrroNossso
I D. TotalWeightMinimum:Zooz.llinearyard
WALLCOVENNGS
I
I C. Stain-Resistant Coating: TEX-COTE or Aquaclear.
I H. Products: As designated below, and per Construction Document Color Designations:
L VWC l: Lanark Vinyl Wallcovering, Morean Type II. Code: L2-MR
2. VWC 2: JM Lynne, Len-Tex Vinyl Wallcovering, Catalan, Type II. 1506-CT.
3. VWC 3: Lanark Vinyl Wallcovering, Ariana Type II. Code: L2-AN.
T 3.6 VINYL WALL COVERINC PRODUCT DATA SHEET FOR VWC 4
I A. Vinyl Wall Covering VWC4 DesignationrB. Vinyl Wall Covering Standard: FS CCC-W-408A and CFFA-W-I0I-A, Type I, Light Duty.
I C. Wall Covering Durability Standard: Category IV, Type I Commercial Serviceability.I
D. Total Weight: 16 oz.l linear yardI
I E. Width: 51"
F. Backing Material: Nonwoven.
G. Coating: Manufacturcr'sstandard.
I
H. Products: JM Lynne, Kensington (KEN), Type I Code: KEN-2504
I ENDoFsEcrroNoee5o
I
I
t
I
I
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Cowtruction Documents
15 October 2(MI
I
HLM 98M71-04 09950-5
I
I
t
I
I
I
SECTION 09999
1.
2.
3.
4.
ALL CEILINGS RECIUIRING PAINT SIIALL BE PAINTED PO UNLESS oTHERWISE NoTED. REF. NoTEs COLUMN
OF FINISH SCHEDULE AND ARCHITECTUML ELF/ATIONS FOR ACCENT PAIi.IT LOCATIONS ON SOFFITS.
PAtt{r GLoss:
OFFTCF aNn NoN-cr rNrcar aRFAs- PAtNf EGGSHELL FtNtsH
OFFlcEs, WATT|NG Rootr,ts, ConreReruce nooms, etc.
Cr rr,,rrclr rl\|n WFr lRrrq- PAINT sEMFGLoss FtNtsH
TotLET Roorirs, urlrry Roo{rrs, PAT|ENT Rooirs, OR's, CoRRtDoRs
ALL wALLs ro BE PA|NTED P 1 UNLESS orHERr /lsE NorED oN FtNtsH scHEouLE.
METAL GRILLES, PANELS, oR PAINTABLE PRoTRT,SIONS ETC. SHALL BE PAINTED TO IIIATCH FINISH OF
SURFACE ON WHICH THEY OCCUR.
REF. REFLECTED cEtLtNG pLANs FoR cL€. wpEs. ALL Gyp. BD. soFFrrs ro BE PA|NTED p0 oN
UNDERSIDE, AND FINISHED TO I\IATCH ADJACENT WALL SURFACE ON FACE UNLESS NOTED OTHER'YISE ON
FINISH SCHEDULE OR ELB/ATIONS.
ALL DEcoRATtvE METAL HANDRA|LS scHEtruLED To BE PA|NTED sHAtL BE PA|NTED P12.
REF. FIN|SH SCHEDULE AND ELB/ATIoNS FoRWALL BASE HEIGHTS. IFA oISoREPANCY E)(sTIs BETWEEN
THE TWO, ELEI/ATIONS TAXE PRESIODENCE.
ALt HM oooRFMMEs SHEDULEo ro BE PATNTED SHALL BE AccEr{T pAt],rr P4 uNLEss orHERl/vtsE
NOTED.
PRovrDE TRANstloN srRtp As tNDtcATEo BELo r:
CPT _ LIN = RUBBER REDUCER STRIP
LIN_VF= NONE
VF OR LIN - VCT = NONE
CPT - PT = ZINK EDGE STRIP
VF - PT = ZINK EDGE STRIP
CPT - S. CONC. = RUBBER
CPT STAIR TREADS= RUBBER NOSING
WHERE RUBBER TRANSToN srRrp oR NosrNG ls spEcrFEo usE TSI wrH CPT 2, 3, AND 4. Use TS2
WITHCPTI AND5.
REF. FlNtsH scHEorJtE FoR cAsEwoRK FTNTSHES FoR TRANSACToN Tops. couNTER Tops AND CABTNET
EXTERIoRS. Spectnlw lrlt-t-woRK trEMs wtLL BE INDENTIFIED oN ELEvATtoNs.
ALL sHEEr WALL pRorEcroN SHALL BE |NSTALLED wrrH MTLDEW REsrsrAr.rr ADHESTVE.
REF. ARcHtrEcruRAL RooR PLANS FoR HANDRA|L, BUMPER GUARD, AND coRNER GUARD LocATtoNs.
REF. FINISH SCHEDULE UNDER WALL FINISHES FOR SHEET WALL PROTECTION LOCATIONS.
ALL FLooRING PATTERNSi SHALL BE LAID oUT IN THE FIELD. APPRoVAL BY DESIGNER RE TUIRED BEFoRE
PROCEEOING WITH THE WORK.
I of2
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
CONTRACT DOCTJMENTS
ocToBER 15,200r
AMBULq,TORY SURGERY / WOMAN'S CENTER
GENEML INTERJOR FINSH NOTES
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
HML 98071-01 09999-l
SECTION 09999
14. IF THERE IS A coNFLIcT IN FINISHES. coNTAcT ARCHITECT oR DESIGNER FOR CLARIFICATION.
15. CARPET 5 s To BE II\TSTALLED WITH DIRECTIoML PATTERN RUNNING PERPENDICUI.AR TO PRIMARY
(LoNGEST) coRRlDoRn.
16, PRovID€ WINDoT,T, TREATEMTS As IDENTIFIEo oN FINISH PI-ANI.
17. WHERE Mr.[-TtpLE FtNtsHEs ARE IDETTIFIED oN oNE wAtr oF THE FrNrsH scHEDULE, THE 1s FtNtsH
2 of?
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
CONTRACT DOCI,JMENTS
oc"ToBER rs,200r
AMBI.JLATORY SIJRGERY / WOMAN'S CENTER
GENERAL INTERIOR FINSH NOTES
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
-. i
HML 98071-01 09999-l
t
I
@
SECTION 09999 AMBI.JLATORY SURGERY / WOMANS CENTER
FIMSHLEGEND
CARPET
CPT1 LEE'S, MOONTRAIL T#DIO12, ADOBE CI.AY#203, MODUI.AR
CFT2 LEE'S, VESTAL #D7806, LINEN #354, BROADLOOM
CPT3 LEE'S, VIRTUE #D77gN, LINEN #354, BROADLOOM
CPT4 LEE'S 6, VIRTUE #O771'6, LINEN #354, 6'-O CUSHION BACK PRODUCT
CPTs LEE'S, BELLO#D7OO6, MESA#203, BROADLOOM
CERAMIC TILECTl DALTILE, #D325 MARBLE,2X2 UNGI.AZED FLOORTILECTz DALTILE, #6565 MATTE ALMOND. 2X2 GL,aEOCT3 DALTILE, #6545 MATTE DOE,2 X2GIAZEDCT4 DALTILE, #6508 MATTE SPICE, 2X2GIAZEDCTs DALTILE, #6446 GLOSS PURPLE, D<2GL'aED
CUBICLE CURTAINS - (owNER pRovtDED FoR cooRDtNATtoN oNLy)CCI MAHAMM, BEANSTALK #511070, 011 CORNFIELD. 72'W. REPEAT 1O3A\x72H.cc2 -NorusED-
GC3 ARCHITEX, rue@1, WINTER,721/V. REPEAT 12.51/x 16.5"H.
LINOLEUMLINI FORBO, MARMOLEUM FRESCO, #3858 BARBADOSLIN2 FORBO, MARMOLEUM REAL, #3141 HIMAI.AYALrN3 FORBO, MARMOLEUMVTVACE, #3407 DONKEY tSLAND (MULTICOLOR)
LIN4 -
'OTUSEDLlN5 ARMSTRONG, IT,ARMORETTE, #19044 ALEUTTC GREENLIN6 FORBO, MARMOLEUM REAL, #3137 SI.ATE GREYLINT 4IOT USED.LtNs FORBO, MARMOLEUM REAL, #t120 ROSATO (NURSERTI
LINg FORBO, MARMOLEUM FRESCO, #3830 KARNAK (NURSERT)
LrNlo FORBO, MARMOLEUM FRESCO, #2855 VtRGtN BLUE (NURSERY)
PAINTPO DEVOE PAINTS, #1W2U'I ANTIQUE WHITE DEVP1 SHERWIN WILLIAMS #1116 VELLUMP2 SHERWIN WILLIAMS #1115 IRISH CREAMP3 SHERWIN WILLIAMS #1114 CROISSANTP4 SHERWIN WILLIAMS #1113 MFFIA BASKETP5 SHERWIN WILLIAMS #1118 BURMESE JADITEP6 BENJAMIN MOORE, #212e30 EVENING DOVEP7 BENJAMIN MOORE, #2173.20 TAWNY ROSEP8 SHERWIN WILLIAMS #1099 KNOBBY WOOL BUFFP9 SHERWIN WILLIAMS #1103 ELEMENTAL TANP1O SHERWIN WILLIAMS #1104 SAFARI BROWNP11 SHERWIN WILLIAMS #2293 BRYCE ROSEP12 SHERWIN WILLIAMS #1070 FOX FIRE
loF4
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
CONTRACT DOCI,JMENTS
ocToBER 15,2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
lo'':'/
I
I
I
I
t
T
I
lr
I HML 98071-01 09999-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
sEcTroN 09999 AMBULATORY SI.JRGERY / WOMAN'S CENTER
FIMSHLEGEND
PTASTIC LAMINATEPLl FORMICA, #89S58, DESERT BEIGE, MATTE FINISHPL2 NEVAMAR ARP PLUS, #SD,2.IT, SIDEWALK CAFE, TEXTUREDPL3 NEVAMAR ARP SURFACE, #TG,2-1T, CREME TMNQUILIWPL4 NEVAMAR ARP PLUS, #MKT-OO1T, GOLDEN IRON MOONROCK, TEXTUREDPLs -NOTUSED.
PLE WLSONART, BIRCH TRAPROCK, #478G60
PORCEI.AIN TILEPTt CROSSVILLE,POMPEII SERIES, FORUM STONE, #VSsO, 12"X'12"W2 CROSSVILLE, POMPEII SERIES, #VSSIPIETRA VECCIA, 6'X6"PT3 CROSSVILLE,POMPEIISERIES, FORUM STONE, #VSsO, 6.X6"Pt4 ARTISIAN FABRICATIONSASPEN ON CROSSVILLE, POMPEIISERIES, #VS51
PIETRA VECCIA,4X12"PT5 REX, INDIA, PORCEI.AIN TILE, AVAIIABLE THROI.JGH CAPCO, SAKUM GREEN,
#RX N312, SIZES: 6 x 6, 6 x 12, 12x '18,18 x 18.; GROUT GCURE, SAHARA
BROWN, #27
RUBBER BASERBI JOHNSONITE, BEIGE, COLOR MATCH SYSTEM.RB2 JOHNSONTTE, #119 SANDBAR (NURSERY)
SOLID SURFACINGssr coRrAN, AURoM, MATTE FIN|SH (LDRP)ss2 coRrAN, TUMBLED GLASS, MATTE FIN|SH (OR)
SS3 FOUNTAINHEAD. #FM-2-9 COPPER lrIiATRlX. iTATTE FINISHSS4 CORIAN, SILT, MATTE FINISH
TACK BOARDTBl GUILFORD OF MAINE, LIDO #2838, COLOR #031 SMITH POINT
#85 BURGUNDYTS2 JOHNSONITE. #76 CINNAMON
VINYL COMPOSITION TILEVCTI ARMSTRONG, IMPERIALTEXTURE, STANDARD EXCELON, #51809 DESERT
BEIGE.12x12
VINYL WALLCOVER]NGvwcl KoRosEAL, MATR|X, LTGHT TIGER EyE #M121-05, TypE il (MATCHES Wp)
VWC2 ESSEX, STONEART II, #SP-57.43, TRAIL, TYPE IIvwc3 JM LYNNE, MTMOSA LEAF #MtL-4312, CASABT-ANCA, TYPE il WA|T|NG)
VWGT WALL RESOURCES, SYMPHONY, CONCERTO, FLAX ACCENT
#AZ50|38COA, 541/V, TYPE il (GREEN SCHEME)
VWCs WALL RESOURCES, STUDIO SOURCE VOLUME 4,#2Y1789 ELEGANCE STRIPE,
25%" REPEAT, 541/V, TypE il (W|NE SCHEME)
VWC6 WALL RESOURCES, STUDIO SOURCE VOLUME 5,#2<1852, BASILLICA SCROLL, 25
%" REPEAT,54'W, TYPE II(BLUE SCHEME)
2oR 4
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
ocToBER 15,2001HML 98071-01 09999-l
I
I
,,.-.}.
I
SECTION 0999 AMBULATORY SURGERY / WOMAN'S CENTER
FINISHLEGEND
\rwc7 sYMPHoNy, KORA CARAMEL #A250494KA TYPE il, (NURSERY)
VWCS SYMPHONY, KORA BLUE SAGE, #AZsOsOsKA TYPE II, (NURSERY)
VINYL FLOORINGVFl AMTICO STRIPWOOD, NA'706E, LIGHT CHERRY, TICK FINISH, SQUARE CUT
EDGES, 3A36", RANDOM PI-ANK INSTALI.ATION.VF2 AMTICO, CONCRETE COLLECTION, #CN399CI, BLUE CONCRETE, 12X12'TILESVFs AMTICO, QUARRY COLLECTION, ##MQR45, TERMCOTTA, 12X12"TILESVF4 AMTI@, CONCRETE COLLECTION, rcN138Q, JADE CONCRETE, 12X12" TILESvFs +rorusED-VF6 MANNINGTON COMMERCIAL, ASSURANCE SLIP RESISTANT SHEET VINYL,
f 16007, PUTW, 6'0nV x .O8OTH.VF7 MANNINGTON COMMERCIAL, ASSURANCE SLIP RESISTANT SHEET VINYL.
#16003, SHALE, 6'OnV x .080"TH.
WALL AND CORNER PROTECTION
VUP1 KOROSEAL, TRAFFIC PATTERNS RIGID WALLCOVER]NG BY KOROGUARD,
PATTERN MATRIX #TM121-05, LIGHT TIGER EYE.WP3 KOROGUARD,#K47 SILIOI'ORM, .O4OSHEETWALL PROTECTTON, PEBBLETTE
TEXTURE.CG IPC DOOR AND WALL PROTECTION SYSTEMS, HIGHT IMPACT CORNER GUARD,
#150, 3'WING, 4'.0"H. COLOR KHAKI BROWN.BRl IPC DOOR AND WALL PROTECTION SYSTEMS, WALL GUARD,#7OOI,7 3/iI*1"D.
.O8O THICK, COLOR KHAKI BROWN.
WINDOW TREATMENTSWTI GMBER, I.AKE FOREST 2' FR RATED HORIZONTAL PVC BLIND AVAIUBLE
THROUGH DSC COVERINGS, INSIDE MOUNT, NO HOLES, INCLUDE HOLD DOWN
BRACKETS. ROD (R), CHORD (L)., COLORT.B.D.WT2 BALI-GRABER, CLASSIC SUPREME 1'SLAT MINI-BLIND. COLOR T.B.D.
WOOD STAINSTl STAIN TO MATCH NEMSCHOFF, MAPLE AS SEEN ON #40 WHEAT TWO TONED
SAMPLEST2 STAIN TO MATCH NEMSCHOFF LIGHT CHERRY AS SEEN ON #40 WHEAT TWO
TONED SAMPLE
WOOD TRIMWB WOOD BASE, AMERICAN WOOD INSTITUTE # BA$1035, 6" NOM. HT., HARD
WOOD STAINEDTO MATCH ST2.CR CROWN MOLD, AMERICAN WOOD INSTITUTE # CRN-4029, 4'NOM. HT., MDF TO
BE PAINTED PO.CHI CHAIR RAIL, AMERICAN WOOD INSTITUTE # CHR-6021, 3" NOM. HT.. HARD WOOD
STAINED TO MATCH ST2.
30F4
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
CONTRACT DOCIIMENTS
ocroBER 15,2001
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I HML 98071-01 09999-l
SECTION 09999 AMBI.JLATORY SURGERY / WOMAN'S CENTER
FIMSH LEGEND
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
BR
cc
CG
CM
CPT
CR
CT
GB
LIN
P
PL
PT
RB
SAT
ss
ST
TS
VGT
\rlvc
WD
WT
WP
VF
WB
WG
BUMPER RAILS
CUBICLE CURTAIN
CORNER GUARD
CROWNMOLDING
CARPET
CHAIR RAIL
CEMMICTILE
GYPSUM BOARD
LINOLEUM
PAINT
PI.ASTIC I.AMINATE
PORCEI-AIN TILE
RUBBER BASE
SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL TILE
SOLID SURFACE
WOOD STAIN
TRANSITION STRIP
VINYL COMPOSITION TILE
VINYL WALL COVERING
WOOD
WINDOWTREATMENT
WALL PROTECTION
VINYL FLOORING
WOOD BASE
WALLGUARD
40F4
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
CONTRACT DOCI.JMENTS
ocToBER 15.2001HML 98071-01 09999-l
'$lF
T.F\..,/
3I
-lI
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
l$
)
r *.$I$
I
$,.*l
Y
I
I
I
I
I
I
,!Er
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Y
I
o+i
8
-t
xEo
E
?I
o
Eu
o.
o
q.4 J Jo-Io.Jo-E Jo.3o-d Jo-Jo-c -1.JIJ'l'3 3o-JA
oJL Jo-
oo oo oo oo lov,oo oo oo oo ov,oo oo oo oo UIv,av,at,o on
-l-JIJrl'Jq.IL J4 IE 5o-
II
."lot,
:l
oq,l
Foz
qIt
q.\l
-t!n
'iiE
o
d
to
'iit
ui.ulI
a)o
ulfJo
oq
E
riir
!ca**
tiriE
q
.
'ii\
ulEulIooou,t
ct
si
autt;aa
itt
rii
a,
E
EulE
ui
=[lIooz
u,l
u,le('
ocl
!g
riiq
!
s
fit
q
!lo
riir
lt-lrj!oo
IUf
-J
ocr
Nb
rii\
!
a
*
rii
urt
uJIoo
o!JE
E!l.
diq
!
at:lt
itE
d
9|ll\IutIooz
UI
q
N-iiq
!
a
"*itt
ocl
N
E
tirit
rrit
[,1Ioo
UJ
36
Ea
E
uJ\
!ca
ririE
E!lal!r
ltl
=UJI()q,
o
UJt
q
s
iir
!
rc*
riri
ol
3lB6ls
ui lql
E lui
nilE
fit:tl.
8l*url*
ile
o
N
riit
EutIooz!r
u.lto
I
d
Ftut;ca
*
o
$
EtuE
g'
IUIoo
Egt
etuE;aa
t
-g
q
iI
+
ii
-t-
I
I
IEl!l
l..tlii
lqINIOIO
I!t
B
iid
lqll,
E.
ts
[lE
t
tll
*tiulE
*
tqu,t
I
I
*l*:lt t:E
uJ llll
IEI
x x x x X x x x x x x x x T x
eaIo
X x X x x x x x x x x x I -L
at,
J
c3
oltla
N
.0I
o3*
o.
oIo-
Nq.
F
o.
F0-
e(,
F
N
$
E!"
0-
()Io-
c;Fo-
I
E()
E.L
tro-
ft
o.
3
o-
o-
rr
o.
Io
I
No.]
E
q-
(,;
i
.lq-
F
0.BFo.
oIi
C{o-]
o--
I
u.e()
B
IL
q.i
o-
FL
(,
Eo-
o-I
0-iFo,
tooI
IL
o.s
ert
!.
o.o-o.
()
3;I
o-l
"l
T-l:o;!.o,q,E q.
q.
NFo
q.
9NFo
o.q-n-q.o-o-
q.
+NFo
4
Fo
A
-r
o- lo-
9tqNINFIF'l'I
rFfoo
N
aI
o
3
o-
c E0.
o-
NIL
D
o-
d-
Nes
q.
I
IL
Nes
q-
c
0.
N
0.I
L
f-I
o.
$
$F
o.
N
$Fe
Fo.
o-aI
NI3
E
Fq.
o
=
o.
0.
F
f,
Fq-
oI
IL
rl
o-iI
BF0.
o;
d
NA
:q
L
Fq.
c A c c
oI
o.
L E -le Fo
3 A A o.o.q.
Q
.iFo
o.
dFo
o-A q.o.q.o.
s*F()
L
D.tt-o-
I-t-o- to.
{lcirlt
3 6IL
oI+q.
o-Io;
i
No.
F
o-
L
(,
=
Ng.
s
o-
f,
:o
F
NG
F
Q
Fo-
o
:o-
o.
F
I
Eo
3
i
Nq.
!
o-
o.
()t.L
6l
o.
q.
Io
I
No-
Fc
E.
QoI
TL
NLs
0-
F
L
o
:o-
N0.
F
0-
{D
o-
5
D
R
NIs
0.
F
0.
o
3ao-
N
0-s
o.
F
o.o,I G
No
E
A
c I
t:-l;o
B o.I L c c
o-
F(,o
c c o-o-o,
o.
Fo
e
Fo
c
,1,
Etq
FIF
"1"
FEo2
(\
.bo-
3a
E
=e
N
o_s
f,
o
=
.L
o_s
Fo-
o3a.L
No-
F
e
Ft!
o
3Io-
(\l
o-
F.L
Fal.
o
3
IL
N
TLs
IL
c
o
3
i
Ne
FA-FIL
oI
t
.
f,
o
=a.L
NILI
o-
Fo-
ui
ll.
NILI
IL
F.L
o
=
IL
N
s
o-
Fo
o;ao.
No.sI
o.
o-(L c
o
=
IL
c i
l
l_-tof,t=
l>I
o
3 c r &
L
.llFo
c
d
Fo
q o.o.
D
NFo
LbdFo
I-l-IL|l!
EIDNINFIF
T
0
=Eooz
Jtl
ltlo
o
FIL
@3
io
io
3
,o
Fo.
o;
lo
F.L
o;f,
o
=
F 6
3 FIL
o3 FIL
6
3 F.L
o3 FIL
d!3 FIL
!l
=
Fo-
o
3
b
Fo.
iot 6E ot E,
b
o3
to
6c aoE
:t:6laotle*l*
N6
E,
oE o
+
o
e.
+
6E 6E
+
Fo o
ot 6t !qt 6E t
Fe
!oE o Fo
Fo
oE
rrlt
x,
o
=
FILo
F
F
al.o
NFIL
(ltt:
lt
N
FL
lle
t!
(v
Fo-
t!a
u.
N
Fo,
tta
t!
6l
Fo.
t!
ll-
(v
Fo-
ttt
lt-
GI
Fo-
N
IL
N
F tl.F.L
t!J-(L
u-
I F F()9
Fo F(J FIo E(.)
()zoq
o
;t;
Elc .6zJ
F FIIo
Fo-o
F.L(,
F
o
Fo F()F
()
Fo F
l-oe
Fdo
Fo
:r
f,o
F(,F
Fo
Fo-o
:tFIF
"1"
z,o
F
ooJ
uJI2
Io
E
IL
I
an
g
Fa
oz
E
=
@
o.E
UJJ0F
AE
F
lrJ
o
1-
toJ
Flu
o E.
Fl!
o
q
&o
F
UJJoF
{o
o.
d.clJ
FutIo
t-
o.to
FurJo
lFE.
o-Foo.L
Fltr4oF
=F
E.
o-
Fal,o.L
Fll,
oF
fFgL
o-
Fv,oIL
Flu
oF
v,
o-
v,o
lll
o
I!o
E.oFo
ul0
toFo
ltlo
EoFo
uto
u.oFo
Eoet
E.oo
u.lJfgs
Fol!
c
U'
l(,tzl6IJtozlrol>FIE|Llurtttlal)oleuj llElz
zaF
5oI
EoEz
(o
<!
uJ
u-ll.o
utozt|lE
UJu-zo
oot
I
LIJ
oeuuoo
E
u,l
=o
o
Flu
oF
=oo
E.
.L
u,l
5o
E
FfoIu
a
ts
Ffz
uJJo
I
at,a
oz
It||tr
etE
6l!',Jlz
Hgslo6t3
Ftu
o
t
UJ
3o
q
oE
IuYoo
v,2lu
I
l"
rl5rtoolEFto
^zit
o f N {
.l NN
{
r\N
N
(\
AI {(\t\
N
a{
o
r\|o N N N
s
N N sN +
(\l (\N
att
N
o
a{N
f
dr
ot
l\(\.(\N l\|(\l N
oloN |o .l-rot(o'l'
UJJ)o,,-r. !!/\r
....,N,.:j;.
Idz
E
d.utFz0l(t
I
e
E3
or6l6ro,3z
-,9.F()
uto
xt
f;
?()
o
?(,
Jo-q.q-
oo.o JL
Noo
oloo
liIE
aoulFo-
o()
cto.i
q
=+oi
itt
t
E
X x
x
oJ
d]
t-oulI o-e o o.o.o.
()
3
o-
o.6"o.q-o.c o.
r
foo
NIL o-oa.oo.q.c
o
=I
o-
o.o.o.I o,q.o.
3
AIq.o.o-o-o-.L o-o-o.o.
IFEo-c o.oIL oo-c IL
o
=
q.
IL L o-I (L
lltor(D
o
=
6t 5:-;-
ot tt
i-
@3 o toE oE oE !lt 6E t
Fo Du-
tcIL
(o
u-
Fo.aFo.o
F
9
!n
ILo
F
9
Fo
elolql-l Ill-
z,IF
(Jo
E
IU
o(J
lrJE
(L
o.lv,z
trJ
o
tozIF
ql
v,
o
u!
E
uJFo
6
aD
EIEz
EootEo
oloo
toottou
(,t-o
_o-lo
IIJ
zoo
too
EEo
J
!]EFolllJ
UJ
=lEl
gl
]Io-l
EIutIJI
olqll
to
z
p @(Y |o N R to t\N NN F t-F(\l at
IH
fi\=$:l.",iglr
I-a zii
IE(,
rE
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
,$$r-
o*..E'.--lo
rl
iE
rZt-- 9rb
UJo
I
I
@
DIVISION lO.INDEX
DIVISION TO - SPECIALTIES
10r55...........TorLET COMPARTMENTS......... ...............4
I
END
I
t
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construdian Documents
15 October 2(MI
b
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
| ' HLM,BMT,',4
t
TOILET COMPARTMENTS
SECTION 10155 - TOILET COMPARTMENTS
I PART l -GENERAL
r I.I RELATED DOCI,JMENTSr
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
I Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section. '
I
r 1.2 St/MMARY
I A. This Section includes toilet compartments and screens as follows:
t l. Type: Solid-plastic, phenolic core.I 2. Compartment Style: Overhead braced and floor anchored.
3. Screen Style: Wall hung.
I B. Related Sections include the following:
I l. Division 10 "Toilet and Bath Accessories" for toilet paper holders, grab bars, purse shelves, andf similar accessories.
I.
t 1.3 SUBMTTTALS
I A. Product Data: For each type and style of toilet compartment and screen specified. Include details of
I construction relative to materials, fabrication, and installation. Include details of, anchors, hardware, andr fastenings.
I B. Shop Drawings: For fabrication and installation of toilet compartment and screen assemblies. Include
I plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work.
r 1. Show locations of reinforcement and cutouts for compartment-mounted toilet accessories,
I-' C. Samples for Verification: Of each compartment or screen color and finish required, prepared on 6-inch-
square Samples of same thickness and material indicated for Work.
I
1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
I A. Field Measurements: Verify dimensions in areas of installation by field measurements before fabricationr and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction
progrcss to avoid delaying the Work.
r
I sECrroN rorss
I HLM s8oo7r-04
I
VAI L VALLEY M EDICAL C ENTE R
C o nstructio n Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
I
l0155-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.5
2.1
2.2
SECTION IOI55 TOILET COMPARTMENTS
WARRANTY
Provide manufacturer's standard l0 yezr warranty for phenolic core partitions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
F.
MANUFACTURERS
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that
may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
l. Ampco
2. Bobrick Duraline Series
3. Architect Approved Equal
MATERIALS
General: Provide materials that have been selected for surface flatness and smoothness. Exposed
surfaces that exhibit pitting, seam marks, roller mark, stains, discolorations, telegraphing of core
material, or other imperfections on finished units are unacceptable.
Solid-Plastic, Phenolic Core: Solid phenolic core with melamine facing on both sides, fused to substrate
without visible glue line or seam. Provide units with eased edges and with minimum 314-inch- (19-mm-)
thick doors and pilasters and minimum ll2-inch- (13-mm) thick panels and screens. hovide melamine
color as follows:
l. Color: One color in each room as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors.
Pilaster Shoes and Sleeves (Caps): ASTM A 666, Type 302 or 304 stainless steel, not less than 0.0312
inch thick and 3 inches high, finished to match hardware.
Stinup Brackets: Manufacturer's standard ear or U-brackets for attaching panels and screens to walls and
pilasters of the following material:
l Material: Stainless steel.
Full-Height (Continuous) Brackets: Manufacturer's standard design for attaching pancls and screens to
walls and pilasters of the following material:
L Material: Stainless steel.
Hardware and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard ADA approved design, heavy-duty operating
hardware and accessories of the followins material:
L Material: Stainless steel..
Overhead Bracing: Manufacturer's standard continu<.rus, extruded-aluminum head rail with antigrip
profilc in manufacturcr's standard finish.
VAI L VA LLEY M EDI CA L C E NTE R
Construction Docume nts
15 October 2001
B.I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D.
c.
HLM 98007|-U r0155-2
I,
B.
D.
B.
2.3
3.1
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION IOI55 TOILET COMPARTMENTS
Heat-Sink Strip: Manufacturer's standard continuous, extruded-aluminum strip in manufacturer's
standard finish.
Anchorages and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard exposed fasteners of stainless steel or chrome-plated
steel or brass, finished to match hardware, with thefrresistant-type heads. Provide sex-type bolts for
through-bolt applications. For concealed anchors, use hot-dip galvanized or other rust-resistant,
protective-coated steel.
FABRICATION
General: Provide standard doors, panels, screens, and pilasters fabricated for compartment system.
Provide units with cutouts and drilled holes to receive compartment-mounted hardware, accessories, and
grab bars, as indicated.
Solid-Plastic, Polymer-Resin Compartments and Screens: Provide aluminum heat-sink strips at exposed
bottom edges of HDPE units to prevent burning.
Floor-to-Ceiling-Anchored Screens: Provide pilasters and panels of same construction and finish as toilet
compartments. Provide manufacturer's standard conosion-resistant anchoring assemblies complete with
leveling adjustment at tops and bottoms of pilasters. hovide shoes and sleeves (caps) at pilasters to
conceal anchorage.
Doors: As indicated on plan, and with a minimum 32-inch- wide clear opening for compartments
indicated to be handicapped accessible.
1. Hinges: Manufacturer's standard self-closing type adjustable up to 90 degrees for partial hold
open of doors.
2. Latch and Keeper: Manufacturer's standard surface-mounted latch unit with combination rubber-
faced door strike and keeper designed for emergency access. hovide units that comply with
accessibility requirements of authorities having jurisdiction at compartments indicated to be
handicapped accessible.
3. Other accessories as indicated in Section 10801 "Toilet and Bath Accessories".
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
Gencral: Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions. Install units rigid, straight, plumb,
and level. Provide clearances of not more than ll2 inch between pilasters and panels and not rnore than I
inch between panels and walls. Secure units in position with manufacturer's recommended anchoring
devices.
Floor-to-Ceiling Anchored Compartments: Secure pilasters to floor and ceiling, and level, plumb. and
tighten. Hang doors and adjust so tops ofdoors arc parallel with overhead brace when doors are in closed
position.
Screens: Attach with anchoring devices according to manufacturcr's written instructions and to suit
supporting structure. Set units level and plumb and to resist lateral impact.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstructio n Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
t
I
I
HLM 980071-04 10155-3
SECTION IOI55 TOILBT COMPARTMENTS
3.2 ADJUSTINGANDCLEANING
A. Hardware Adjustment: Adjust and lubricate hardware according to manufacturer's wfitten instructions
. for proper operation. Set hinges on in-swinging doors to hold open approximately 30 degrees from
closed position when unlatched. Set hinges on out-swinging doors and swing doors in entrance scre€ns to
retum to fully closed position.
B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure toilet comparfinents and screens are without
damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion.
ENDOFSECTION 10155
UAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstructio n D oc unte nts
15 October 2001
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
HLM 98007r-04 10155-4
I sECrroN ro2oo LOAVERSANDVENTS
SECTION IO2OO. LOWERS AND VENTS
I PART I -OENERAL
I I.1 RELATED DOCUMENTSI
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
f Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
II
r 1.2 SUMMARY
r A. This Section includes the following:
I l. Fixed, extruded-aluminum louvers.t
B. Related Sections include the followine:
I l. Division.T.section "roint S"utlnt " for sealane insralled in perimeter joints between louver frames
and adjoining construction.
2. Division 9 Section "Painting" for field painting louvers.
I
1.3 DEFINITIONSr--
t A. Louver Terminology: Definitions of terms for metal louvers contained in AMCA 501 apply to this
r 1.4 PEMORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
t A. Structural Performance: Provide exterior metal louvers capable of withstanding the effects of loads and
I stresses from wind and normal thermal movement without evidencing permanent deformation of louver
components including blades, frames, and supports; noise or metal fatigue caused by louver blade rattle
r or flutter; or perrnanent damage to fasteners and anchors.
- l. Wind Load: Uniform pressures (velocity pressures) indicated on Drawings, acting inward or
outward.
a. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F, ambient; I 80 deg F, material surfaces.
I l.s SUBMTTTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product specified.
I B. Shop Drawings: For louver units and accessories. Include plans; elevations; sections; and details
showing profiles, angles, and spacing of louver blades. Show unit dimensions related to wall openings
and construction; free area for each size indicated; profilcs of frames at jambs, heads, and sills; and
anchorage details and locations.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstructio n Do c ume nts
15 October 2001
I
Ir
I
HLM 980071-04 10200-r
SECTION LO2OO
I.8 PROJECTCONDMONS
A. Field Measurements: Veriry louver ope nings
measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate
delaying the Work.
PART 2. PRODUCTS
LoavERSANDqENTS I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
B.
C.
1.6
t.7
2.1
Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their
capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names
and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Source Limitations: Obtain louvers and vents through one source from a single manufacturer where alike
in one or more respects regarding type, design, or factory-applied color finish.
Welding Standards: As follows:
l. Comply with AWS D I .2, "Structural Welding Code--Aluminum."
SMACNA Standard: Comply with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" recommendations
for fabrication, construction details, and installation procedures.
WARRANTY
Manufacturer's standard warrantv for both fabrication and finish.
by field measurements before fabrication and indicate
fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid
MANUFACTURERS
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that
may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1 Airolite Co.
2. Construction Specialties, Inc.
3. Industrial Louvers, Inc.
4. O'Keeffee, Inc.
5. Architect Approved Equal.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221. allov 6063-T5 or T-52.
B. Fasteners: Of same basic metal and alloy as fastened metal or 300 series stainless steel, unless otherwisc
indicated. Do not use metals that are incompatible with joined materials.
L Use types and sizes to suit unit installation conditions.
2. Use Phillips flat-head screws for exposed fasteners, unless otherwise indicatcd.
VAI L VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
Construction Docume nts
15 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 10200-2
I SECTION IO2OO LOAVERS AND VENTS
Anchors and Inserts: Of type, size, and material required for loading and installation indicated. Use
nonferrous metal or hot-dip galvanized anchors and inserts for exterior installations and elsewhere as
needed for corrosion rcsistance. Use toothed steel or expansion bolt devices for drilled-in-place anchors.
FABRICATION, CENERAL
Assemble louvers in factory to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units as necessary for
shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation.
Maintain equal louver blade spacing, including separation between blades and frames at head and sill, to
produce uni form appearance.
Maintain equal louver blade spacing to produce uniform appearance.
Fabricate frames, including integral sills, to fit in openings of sizes indicated, with allowances made for
fabrication and installation tolerances, adjoining materials' tolerances, and perimeter sealantjoints.
l. Frame Type: Channel type, unless otherwise indicated.
Include supports, anchorages, and accessories required for complete assembly.
Provide sill extensions and loose sills made of same material as louvers where indicated or required for
drainage to exterior and to prevent water penetrating to interior.
Join frame members to one another and to fixed louver blades with fillet welds concealed from view,
unless otherwise indicated or size of louver assemblv makes bolted connections between frame members
necessary.
FIXED, EXTRUDED-ALUMINUM LOUVERS
Louver Construction: Provide fixed-blade louvers with extruded-aluminum frames and blades.
Horizontal Louvers: Either drainable- or nondrainable-blade type complying with the following:
I . Louver Depth: 4 inches unless otherwise indicated.
2. Frame Thickness: 0.125 inch.
3. Blade Thickness: 0.125 inch.
4. AMCA Seal: Mark units with AMCA Certified Ratings Seal.
5. Blade Angle and Spacing: 35 degrees and 3-ll2 inches (89 mm) o.c. for 4-inch- (100-mm-) deep
louvers.
LOWER SCREENS
General: Provide louvers with screens all locations unless noted otherwise.
General: Provide each exterior louver with louver screens complying with the following requirements:
l. Scrccn Location for Fixed Louvers: Interior face.
B.
c.
D.
E.
F.
2.3I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
B.
A.
B.
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
c.
2.4
2.5
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o ns truc tia n Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 10200-3
SECTION IO2OO LOAVERS AND VENTS
Secure screens to louver frames with stainless-steel machine screws, spaced a maximum of 6 inches from
each corner and at l2 inches o.c.
Louver Screen Frames: Fabricate screen frames with mitered corners to louver sizes indicated and to
comply with the following requirements:
l. Metal: Same kind and form of metal as indicated for louver to which screens are attached.
a. Reinforce extruded-aluminum screen frames at corners with clips.
Finish: Same finish as louver frames to which louver screens are attached.
2.6 FINISHES. GENERAL
A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for
recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
B. Finish louvers after assemblv.
2.7 ALIJMINTIMFIMSHES
A. Finish designations prefixed by AA comply with system established by the Aluminum Association for
designating aluminum finishes.
B. High-Performance Organic Coating Finish: AA-C l2C42Rlx (Chenical Finish: cleaned with inhibited
chemicals; Chemical Finish: acid-chromate-fluoride-phosphate conversion coating; Organic Coating: as
specified below). Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating
and resin manufacturers' written instructions.
I . Fluoropolymer Tluee-Coat Coating System: Manufacturer's standard tfuee-coat, thermocured
system consisting of specially formulated inhibitive primer, fluoropolymer color coat, and clear
fluoropolymer topcoat, with both color coat and clear topcoat containing not less than 70 percent
polyvinylidene fluoride resin by weight; complying with AAMA 605.2.
a. Color and Gloss: As selected bv Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors and
glosses.
INSTALLATION
Locate and place louver units level, plumb, and at indicated alignment with adjacent work.
Use concealed anchorages where possible. Provide brass or lead washers fitted to screws where required
to protect metal surfaces and to make a weathcrtight connection.
Form closely fitted joints with exposed connections accurately located and secured.
Provide pcrimeter reveals and openings of uniform width for sealants and joint fillers, as indicated.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CE NTER
C o nstruc tia n D o c ume nts
15 October 2001
D.
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
2.8
A.
B.
C.
D.
HLM 980071-04 10200-4
I SECTION IO2OO LOAVERS AND VENTS
Repair finishes damaged by cutting, welding, soldering, and grinding. Restore finishes so no evidence
remains of corective work. Return items that cannot be refinished in the field to the factorv. make
required alterations, and refinish entire unit or provide new units.
Protect galvanized and nonferrous-metal surfaces from conosion or galvanic action by applying a heavy
coating of bituminous paint on surfaces that will be in contact with concrete, masonry, or dissimilar
metals.
Install concealed gaskets, flashings, joint fillers, and insulation, as louver installation progresses, where
weatlrcrtight louver joints are required. Comply with Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for sealants
applied during louver installation.
ADJUSTINC, CLEANING. AND PROTECTING
Test operation of adjustable louvers and adjust as needed to produce fully functioning unis that comply
with requirements.
Periodically clean exposed surfaces of louvers and vents that are not protected by temporary covering to
remove fingerprints and soil during construction period. Do not let soil accumulate until final cleaning.
Before final inspection, clean exposed surfaces with water and a mild soap or detergent not harnful to
finishes. Thoroughly rinse surfaces and dry.
Protect louvers and vents from damage during construction. Use temporary protective coverings where
needed and approved by louver manufacturer. Remove protective covering at the time of Substantial
Completion.
Restore louvers and vents damaged during installation and construction so no evidence remains of
correcLive work. If results of restoration are unsuccessful, as determined by Architect, remove damaged
units and replace with new units.
1. Clean and touch up minor abrasions in finishes with air-dried coating that matches color and gloss
of, and is compatible with, factory-applied finish coating.
END OF SECTION 1O2OO
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Cowtruction Documents
15 October 2001
F,
c.
B.
D.
2.9
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
l-
I
HLM 980071-04 10200-5
I sEcrroN 1026s IMPACT RESISTANT WALL PROTECTION
SECTION 10265 - IMPACT-RESISTANT WALL PROTECTION
t PARTI-GENERAL
I l.l RELATEDDocuMENTSI
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and I
f Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
I
- 1.2 SUMMARY
' A. This Section includes the followins:
1. Wall euards.
f| 2. uo-ei guaros.
ll 3. Impact-resistant wall coverings.4. Door protection systems.
I B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for wood blocking and grounds for surface-mounted wall
I 2. flifr.i'o'1T::ffi8"Ttt|i:'Jlllliror stainless-steel mop, kick, armor, and pushprares.
I
I .. I.3 SIJBMITTALS
I
---- -' A. Product Data: Include physical characteristics, such as durability, resistance to fading, and flame
I
resistance, for each impact-resistant wall protection system component indicated.
I B. Samples for verification: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of sections of vinyl plastic material
showing the full range of colors and textures available for each impact-resistant wall protection system
I component indicated.
I- l. Wall and Corner Guards: l2-inchJong Samples of each type of impact-resistant wall protection
I 2
""xl;'H#i:l'Ti",;:i1"jil-']Ili,!.llli:::'#'#'iil;1?;3ll,,iil1,u';pli"fio,""'ion
.y,,"-
f component required.
r t.4 QUALTTY ASSURANCE
I A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installcr who has completed installation of impact-resistant wall
I protection system components similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project andt whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance,
I B. Source Limitations: Obtain each color, grade, Iinish, and type of impact-resistant wall protection system
I component from a single sourcc with resourcgs to provide components of consistent quality in appearance
and physical properties.
rr HLM 980071-04 vAILvALLEy MEDICALCENTER
C o nstructio n Doc ume nts
15 October 2(MI
t
10265-1
SECTION 10265
r.l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
T
I
I
C.
D.
1.5
1.6
1.8
Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of impact-resistant wall
protection system and are based on the specific system indicated. Other manufacturers systems with
equal performance characteristics may be considered. Refer to Division I Section " Substitutions."
L Do not modify intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except with Architects
approval. If modifications are proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for
review.
Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide impact-resistant wall protection system components with the
following surface-burning characteristics, as determined by testing materials identical to those required in
this Section per ASTM E 84 by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction. Identify impact-resistant wall protection system components with appropriate markings of
applicable testing and inspecting agency.
l. Flame Spread: 25 or less.
2. Smoke Developed: 450 or less.
Impact Strength: Provide impact-resistant wall protection system components with a minimum impact
resistance of 25.4 ft-lbf/in of width when tested according to ASTM D 256, Test Method A.
DELIVERY, STORACE, AND HANDLING
Store wall surface-protection materials in original undamaged packages and containers inside a well-
ventilated area protected from weather, moisture, soiling, extreme temperatures, and humidity.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Environmental Limitations: Meet manufacurer's special requirements for environmental conditions.
EXTRAMATERIALS
Fumish extra materials described below, before installation begins, that match products installed and that
are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
l. Impact-Rcsistant Wall Protection System Units: Full-size units of maximum length, including
vinyl plastic cover and aluminum retainer, equal to 2 percent of each type, color, and texture of
each type of unit installed, but not less than two units.
a. Include accessory components as required. Replacement materials shall be from the same
production run as materials installed. Package replacement materials with protective
covering, identified with appropriate labels.
WARRANTY
Provide manufacture's standard five vear warrantv.
I M PACT RESI STANT WALL P ROTECTI ON
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
HLM 980071-04 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
10265-2
I sECrroN ro26s IMPACT RESISTANT WALL PROTECTION
t
I
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering impact-
resistant wall protection system products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not
Iimited to, the following:
L Construction Specialties, Inc.
2. IPC Door and Wall Protection Systems
3. Architect Approved Equal.
I 2.2 WALLGUARDS
r A. Metal Wall Cuards: Continuous, heavy gauge extruded aluminum mounted at 12" AFF where wall
I
protection sheet is indicated on drawing.
a. Constuction Specialies Model ECR-32A with integral end caps and corners, or approved
equal. Provide manufactuer's recommended mounting brackets.
- 2.3 CORNERGUARDS
I- A. Stainless-Steel Corner Guards: Paper-covered, satin-finish, 0.0625-inch minimum, stainless-steel sheet
corner guards; height as indicated. Provide 90-degree turn, unless otherwise indicated; and formed edges.
I l. Wing Size: 3-ll2 by 3-ll2 inches.
a1 . 2. Mounting Method: Double-faced, self-adhesive foam tape.
I 3. Corner Radius: l/8 inch.
I 2.4 IMpAcr-REsrsrANTwALLcovERrNGStA. Rigid Vinyl Sheet: Rigid, vinyl, impact-resistant sheets. Sheets shall comply with fire-test-response
I characteristics and be chemical and stain resistant. Provide manufacturer's standard; match moldings and
f rim as required.r l. IPC Door and Wall Protection Systems, Sanparrel, or approved equal'
2. Sheet Size:4'X 8'.
I 3. SheetThickness: 1116".
I
r 2.5 DOOR PROTECTION SYSTEMSrA. Provide at single side ofdoors 0013,0017, 0018A, 1014, and double side ofdoors 0018D.
I B. Door Surface Protection: Protection plates; 0.060-inch- (1.524-mrn-) thick minimum; fabricated fromr embossed, chemical- and stain-resistant, extrudcd, rigid plastic with beveled edges; and complying with
fire-test-response characteristics specified, ANSI/BHMA A | 56.6, and the following:
I l. Armor Plate: 48 inches high by I inch less than door width.
I C. Door Edge Protection: Channel shaped; fabricatcd from embossed, chemical- and stain-resistant rigid
I plastic; 0.060-inch- thick minimum; and complying with firetest-response characteristics specified. Size
I per door thickness,48" high.r HLM 980071-04 vATLvALLEy MEDICALCENTER 1026s-3
- _- Construction Documents
15 October 2001I
I
I
I
SECTION 10265 I MPACT RESI STANT WALL PROTECTION
Door Frame Protectors: Chemical- and stain-resistant rigid plastic; 0.050-inch- thick minimum;
embossed; and formed to fit door frames complying with fire-test-response characteristics specified. Size
per frame size and profile, 48" high.
FABRICATION
General: Fabricate impact-resistant wall and door protection systems to comply with requirements
indicated for design, dimensions, details, finish, and member sizes, including thicknesses of components.
Preassemble components in the shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field assembly. Disassemble
only as necessary for shipping and handling.
Fabricate components with tight seams and joints with exposed edges rolled. Provide surfaces free of
wrinkles, chips, dents, uneven coloration, and other imperfections. Fabricate members and fittings to
produce flush, smooth, and rigid hairline joints.
Brackets, Flanges, Fittings, and Anchors: Provide wall brackets, flanges, miscellaneous fittings, and
anchors for interconnecting members to other construction.
Provide inserts and other anchoring devices for connecting components to concrete or masonry.
Fabricate anchoring devices to withstand imposed loads. Coordinate anchoring devices with the
supporting structure.
FIMSHES. GENERAL
Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal hoducts" for
recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary
covering before shipping.
Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if
they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in the same piece are
not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range
of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.
PART 3 - EXECLTTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas and conditions in which impact-resistant wall protection system components and impact-
resistant wall covering materials will be installec.
I. Complete finishing operations, including painting, beforc installing impact-resistant wall
protection system components.
B. Impact-Resistant Wall Covering Materials: Wall surfaces to receive impact-resistant wall covering
materials shall be dry and free from dirt, greasc, loosc paint, and scale.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstruction Documents
I5 October 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D.
B.
C.
D.
B.
) (.,
2.7
HLM 980071-04 10265-4
IMPACT RESISTANT WALL PROTECTION
C. Proceed with installation onlv after unsatisfactorv conditions have been conected.
I
3.2 PREPARATTON
r A. General: Before installation, clean substrate to remove dust, debris, and loose particles.
I 3,3 INSTALLATION
I A. Install impact-resistant wall protection system components level, plumb, and true to line without
I distortions.
I 1. Do not use materials with chips, cracks, voids, stains, or other defects that might be visible in the
t finished Work.
B. Install aluminum retainers, mounting brackets, and other accessories according to the manufacturer'sI written instructions.r l. Where splices occur in horizontal runs of more than 20 feet, splice aluminum retainers and plastic
covers at different locations along the run.
I
3.4 CLEANING
I A. General: Immediately on completion of installation, clean plastic covers and accessories using a standard
ammonia-based household cleaning agent. Clean metal components according to the manufacturer's
I
written instrudions.
l-' B. Remove excess adhesive using methods and materials recommended by the manufacturer.
I C. Remove surplus materials, rubbish, and debris, resulting from installation, on completion of work and
t leave installation areas in neat, clean condition.
I ENDOFSECTTON 1026s
I
r
I
r
I sECrroN ro26s
I HLMssooTr-.4
l-
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C ons truc tio n Doc ume nts
15 October 2N)I
I
10265-5
I sEcrroN ros2o F I RE PROT ECT I O N SP EC I ALTI ES
PART I - GENERAL
- l.l RELATEDDOCUMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
I Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
I t.2 SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes the following:
I l. Portable fire extinguishers with mounting brackets.
2. Fire-protection cabinets for portable fire extinguishers.I
I I.3 SI]BMITTALS
I A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual componentsrr and profiles, and finishes for fire-protection specialties.
I l. Fire Extinguishers: Include rating and classification.
!| 2. Cabinets: Include roughing-in dimensions, details showing mounting methods, relationships of
box and trim to surrounding construction, door hardware, cabinet type, trim style, and panel style.
f_1.4 QUALTTY ASSURANCE
I A. Source Limitations: Obtain fire extinguishers and cabinets tlrough one source from a single
l manufacturer.
I B. NFPA Compliance: Fabricate and label fire extinguishers to comply with NFPA 10, "Standard for
I Portable Fire Extinguishers."
r C. Fire Extinguishers: Listed and labeled for type, rating, and classification by an independent testing
I agency acceptable to authorities having.iurisdiction.
1. Provide extinguishers listed and labeled by FM.
I I.5 WARRANTY
I A. Manufacturer's standard warranty on materials, fabrication, and operation of extinguishers andt accessones.
r PART2-PRODUCTS
I HLM 98OO7T.O4 vAIL vALLEy MEDICAL cENTER 10520-1
C o ns tructio n Doc ume nts
I 15 October 2001
I
I
!
I
I
2.1
SECTION 10520
MANUFACTURERS
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
l. Portable Fire Extinguishers:
a. Larsen'sManufacturingCompany.
b. Architect Approved Equal.
2. Fire-ProtectionCabines:
a. Larsen'sManufacturingCompany.
b. Architect Approved Equal.
3. Brackets for Wall Mounting Portable Fire Extinguishers:
a. Larsen'sManufacturingCompany.
b. Architect Approved Equal.
PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
General: Provide fire extinguishers of type, size, and capacity for each cabinet and other locations
indicated.
Multipurpose Dry-Chemical Type: Ul-rated 4-A:60-B:C, l0Jb (4.5-kg) nominal capacity, in enameled-
steel container.
FIRE-PROTECTION CABINETS
Cabinet Construction: Provide manufacturer's standard box (tub), with trim, frame, door, and hardware to
suit cabinet type, trim style, and door style indicated. Weld joints and grind smooth. Miter and weld
perimeter door frames.
1. Fire-Rated Cabinets: Listed and labeled to meet requirements of ASTM E 814 for fire-resistance
rating of wall where it is installed.
a. Occult Series FS 0-3216.
Cabinet Mounting: Suitable for the following mounting conditions:
l. Recessed: Cabinet box recessed in walls of sufficient depth to suit style of trim indicated.
Door Clazing: Manufacturer's standard DSA Glass.
Door Style: Manufacturer's standard design.
Door Hardware: Provide manufacturer'.s standard door-operating hardware of proper type for cabinet
type, trim style, and door material and style indicated. Provide either lever handle with cam-action latch,
or exposed or concealed door pull and friction latch. Provide concealcd or continuous-type hinge
permitting door to open 180 degrees.
F I RE PROTECTIO N SPECIALTI ES
I
I
I
2.2
2.3
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
B.
B.
c.
D.
VA I L VALLEY M EDICAL C ENTER
Constructio n Doc u me nts
15 October 2001
HLM 98007r-04 10520-2
I sEcrroN ros2o F I RE P ROTECT I ON SPECIALTI ES
I 2.4 ACCESSORTESl-
A. Mounting Brackets: Manufacturer's standard steel, designed to secure extinguisher, of sizes required for
I typcs and capacities of extinguishers indicated, with plated or baked-enamel finish.
I l. Provide brackets for extinguishers not located in cabinets.
2. Provide brackets for extinguishers located in cabinets.
I- B. Break-Glass Strike: Provide manufacturer's standard metal strike, complete with chain and mounting
clip, secured to cabinet.
I C. Lettercd Door Handle: Provide one-piece, cast-iron door handle with the word "FIRE" embossed into
face.
I D. Door Locks: Provide manufactures standard lock.
I
- E. Identification: Provide lettering to comply with authorities having jurisdiction for letter style, color, size,
I spacing, and location. Locate as indicated by Architect.
I
l. Identifu bracket-mounted extinguishers with the words "FIRE EXTINGUISHER" in red letter
I decals applied to wall surface.
I 2. Identify fire extinguisher in cabinet with the words "FIRE EXTINGUSIIER" applied to door.
a. lrttering Color: Red.
I b. Orientation: Vertical.
I
2.5 FIMSHES. GENERALr -._
I A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for
- --u| recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
I B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary
f protective covering before shipping.
I C. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if
I they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in the same piece are
not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range
^r approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.II D. Cabinet and Door Finishes: Provide manufacturer's stainless steel finish.
l. Interior ofcabinets and doors to be painted white.
I
PART 3 - EXECUTION
' 3.t EXAMINATIoN
I A. Examine roughing-in for hose valvcs, hose racks, and cabinets to verify actual locations of piping
I connections bcfore cabinet installation.
I B. Examine walls and partitions for suitable framing depth and blocking where recessed and semirecessed
I cabinels are to be installed.
HLM 980071.04 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER IO52O.3
a -_-- Construction Documents
I lS October 2001
r
SECTION IO52O F I RE PROTECTI O N S PECI ALT I ES
C. Examine fire extinguishers for proper charging and tagging.
l. Remove and replace damaged, defbctive, or undercharged units.
D. Proceed with installation onlv after unsatisfactory conditions have been conected.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Cornply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing fue-protection specialties.
B. Install in locations and at mounting heights indicated or, if not indicated, at heights acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction.
l. Prepare recesses for cabinets as required by type and size ofcabinet and trim style.
2. Fasten mounting brackets to structure and cabinets, square and plumb.
3. Fasten cabinets to structure, square and plumb.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.3 INSTALLATION OF FIRE-RATED HOSE OR VALVE CABINETS
Install cabinet with not more than l/16-inch (1.5-mm) tolerance between pipe OD and knockout OD.
Center pipe within knockout.
Seal through-penetrations with firestopping sealant specified in Division 7 Section "Firestopping."
ADruSTINC. CLEANINC. AND PROTECTION
Adjust cabinet doors that do not swing or operate freely.
Refinish or replace cabinets and doors damaged during installation.
Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensue that cabinets and doors are without damage
or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION IO52O
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o ns truc tio n Do c ume nts
I5 October 2001
B.
3.4
A.
B.
c.
HLM 98OO7I.M r0520-4
I SECTION IO8OI TOILETANDBATHACCESSORIESI
I- SECTION IO8OI -TOILETANDBATHACCESSORIES
I PART l -GENERAL
I I.I RELATEDDOCUMENTSI
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
I Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.r
r 1.2 SLJMMARY
' A. This Section includes the fbllowinc:
I l. Toilet and bath accessories.I
B. Related Sections include the followins:
I l. Division l0 Section "foitt cJ*p"rnn"nts" for compartrnents and screens.
I I.3 SI,JBMITTALSI
A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions and thicknesses, dimensions, profiles,
I -' fastening and mounting methods, specified options, and finishes for each type of accessory specified.
!B. Product Schedule: Indicating types, quantities, sizes, and installation locations by room of each accessory
I required. Use designations indicated in the Toilet and Bath Accessory Schedule and room designations
t indicated on Drawings in product schedule.
C. Maintenance Data: For accessories to include in maintenance manuals specified in Division 1. Provide
I lists of replacement parts and service recommendations.
I
I r.4 QUALITYASSLJRANCE
II A. Source Limitations: Provide products of same manufacturer for each type of accessory unit and for units
exposed to view in same areas, unless otherwise approved by Architect.
I B. Product Options: Accessory requirements, including those for materials, finishes, dimensions, capacities,
and performance, are established by specific products indicated in the Toilet and Bath Accessory
- Schedule.r
I
l. Other manufacturers' products with equal characteristics may be considered. See Division I
Section "Substitutions."
2. Do not modify aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except with Architectt approval.
Where modifications are proposcd, submit comprchensive explanatory data to Architect for
review.
HLM 98U71-U VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER IOSOI.I
Co ns tructio n Doc un e nts
15 October 2001
I
I
I
SECTION IO8O|TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES
I.5 WARRANTY
A. Manufacturer's guarantee to be free from defects in workmanship and material lbr 1 year tiom substantial
comoletion.
COORDINATION
Coordinate accessory locations with other work to prevent interference with clearances required for
access by disablcd persons, proper installation, adjustment, operation, cleaning, and servicing of
accessories.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANTJFACTURERS
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering acccssories
that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
l. Toilet and Bath Accessories:
a. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc.
b. Architect Approved Equal.
MATERIALS
Manufactures standard, based on toilet and bath accessory listed in THE TOILET AND BATH
ACCESSORY SCHEDULE at the end of this section.
FABRICATION
General: One, maximum l-ll2-inch- diameter, unobtrusive stamped manufacturer logo, as approved by
Architect, is permitted on exposed face of accessories. On interior surface not exposed to view or back
surface of each accessory, provide printed, waterproof label or stamped nameplate indicating
manufacturer's name and product model number.
Surface-Mounted Toilet Accessories: Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units with tight seams and
joins, and exposed edges rolled. Hang doors and access panels with continuous stainless-steel hinge.
Provide concealed anchorage where possible.
Recessed Toilet Accessories: Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units of all-welded construction,
without mitered corners. Hang doors and access panels with full-tength, stainless-steel hinge. Providc
anchorage that is fully conccalcd whcn unit is closed.
Keys: Provide universal keys for internal access to accessories for servicing and resupplying. Provide
minimum of six keys to Owner's representative.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
HLM 980071-04 VA I L VAI.I,EY M EDI CAL C ENTER
C o nstruc tio n Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
C.
D.
1.6
2.1
2.2
z,J
r0801-2
B.
3.1
3.2
J.J
I
t
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
l-.
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 10801 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIE'S
INSTALLATION
Install accessories according to manufacturers' written instructions, using fasteners appropriate to
substrate indicated and recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units level, plumb, and firmly
anchored in locations and at heishts indicated.
Secure minors to walls in "ol""ut"a, tamper-resistant manner with special hangers, toggle bolts, or
screws. Set units level, plumb, and square at locations indicated, according to manufacturer's written
instructions for substrate indicated.
Install grab bars to withstand a downward load of at least 250 lbf when tested according to method in
ASTM F446.
ADJUSTINC AND CLEANING
Adjust accessories for unencumbered, smooth operation and veriff that mechanisms function properly.
Replace damaged or defective items.
Remove temporary labels and protective coatings.
Clean and polish exposed surfaces according to manufacturer's written recommendations.
TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORY SCHEDTJLE
TA-l: Stainless Ste€l Grab Bar:. l-112" diameter. Bobrick #8-6806 X 36. Stainless Steel with Satin
Finish.
TA-2: Stainless Steel Grab Bar: 1-112" diameter. Bobrick #B-6806 X 42. Stainless Steel with Satin
Finish.
C. TA-3: Recessed Paper Towel Dispenser and Waste Receptacle; Bobrick # 8-39003. Stainless Steel with
Satin Finish.
D. TA-4: Recessed Toilet-Seat-Cover Dispenser, Sanitary Napkin Disposal, and Toilet Tissue Dispenser;
Bobrick # 9-3574. Stainless Steel with Satin Finish.
E. TA-5: Lavatory-Mounted Soap Dispenser for Soaps and Detergents; Bobrick # B-8221. Stainless Steel
with Bright Polished Finish.
F. TA-6: Recessed Napkin/Tampon Vendors; Bobrick # 8-3500. Stainless Steel with Satin Finish.
C. TA-7: Heavy-Duty Robe Hook with Concealed Mounting; Bobrick # B-2116. One Piece Brass Casting
with Satin Nickel-plated Finish.
H. TA-8: Coat Hook with Bumoer: Bobrick # B-21 2. Solid Cast Aluminum with Matte Finish.
I. TA-9: Surface-Mounted Toilet Tissue Disoenser and Utilitv Shelf: Bobrick # 8-2840.60. Stainless Steel
with Satin Finish.
J. TA- l0: Partition-Mounted Toilet-Seat-Cover Dispenser, Sanitary Napkin Disposal, and Toilet Tissue
Dispenser (Serves two toilet companments.); Bobrick # B-3571. Stainless Steel with Satin Finish.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co ns truc tio n D oc ume nts
15 October 2001
B.
B.
c.
r
I
HLM 980071-04 10801-3
SECTION IO8O|TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
TA- 1 l: Shelf with Mop and Broom Holder and Rag Hooks; Bobrick #B-224 X 30". Stainless steel with
satin finish
TA-12: Surface Mounted Paper Towel Dispenser; Bobrick # 8-262. Stainless steel with satin finish.
TA-13: Stainless steel grab bar; I W' diameter. Bobrick #B-68137. Stainless steel with satin finish.
END OF SECTION IO8OI
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstructio n Doc ume rrls
15 October 2(MI
L.
M.
HLM 98OO7I.M 10801-4
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
l:'
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
l"
I
SECTION IjUO
PART I - GENERAL
BASIC M ECHAN I CAL RESUIREM ENTS
SECTION 15OIO
BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
l.l
t.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS
The General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I - Specification Sections and Contract Documents apply to
work in this section. Consult them for further instructions and be eovemed bv the
requirements thereunder.
SUMMARYOFWORK
Description of Systems
The work of Division I 5 includes but is not limited to:
l. Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Systems
2. Plumbing Systems
3. Fire Protection Systems.
Work Included
Fumish all labor and materials and perform'all operations necessary for the installation
of complete and operating mechanical systems subject to the conditions of the contract.
The work also includes the completion of such mechanical and electrical details not
mentioned or shown which are necessary for the successful operation of all systems; this
includes the fumishing of all materials for filling systems to make them operable,
including water, refrigerant, oil and grease. Prove satisfactory operation of all
equipment and controls to the Consulting Mechanical Engineer on request.
Work Not Included (Specified elsewhere)
Certain labor and materials may be furnished and/or installed under other divisions of
these specifications. Coordinate with other trades and arrange the work to make the parts
fit together. The following items are to be accomplished under other divisions of these
specifications.
I . Fixed concrete bases for mechanical equipment: Division 3 Anchor bolts,
setting diagrams, base sizes and other required information furnished under
Division 15.
Concrete for inertia bases for mechanical equipment: Division 3. Steel forms
provided under Division 15.
Concrete surrounding buried ductwork: Division 3. Tie downs for buried
ductwork under Division 15.
Masonry wall opening lintels: Division 4.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction D ocuments
15 oCTOBER 2001
A.
B.
C.
J.
A.'.
HLM 980071-04 15010-1
SECTION 15010
G.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
5.
D.
E.
BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
Wall openings and Chases: Under applicable sections according to information
furnished under Division 15.
6. Access Panels: Fumished and located by Division 15 installer as specified in
Division 8 for installation by appropriate trades.
7. Painting (except mechanical identification systems): Division 9.
8. RoofCurbs
Curbs for all equipment located on the roof shall be fumished under Division 6
except for any prefab curbs specified herein. Roof flashings to be specified
under Division 7. All counter flashing shall be fumished and installed by this
Contractor of the same material as specified in Division 7.
Related Requirements
1. General Requirements: Division 1 - All Sections.
2. Mechanical: Division 15 - All Sections.
3. Electrical equipment and wiring: This Section.
4. Basic Materials and Methods: Section 15050.
5. Mechanical Identification: Section 15190.
6. Testing, Adjusting and Balancing: Section 15990.
Equipment Furnished by Owner
1. General: Also see Division I .
2. Rough-in service pipes to locations as required by architectural and mechanical
drawings and equipment shop drawings. Provide service valves on all pipes
except waste and vent pipes, plug or cap these. Final connections to equipment
will be made by this contractor. (This Conhactor will provide all necessary
equipment or items required for final connections to equipment).
Examination of Premises
Visit the premises before submitting bid as no extras will be allowed for lack of
knowledge of existing conditions.
Inspection
Inspect work proceeding or interfacing with work of Division 15 Sections and report any
known or observed defects that affect the work to the General Contractor. Do not
proceed with work until defects are corrected.
Existine Utilities
F.
I
I
I
I
IH.
t
I
i . The plans indicate the location, type and sizes of various utilities within the site
where known. These utilities are indicated as accurately as possible. If utilities I
are encountered during construction which are not shown on the drawings, ask I
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstruction Docume nts
I5 OCTOBER 2OOI
HLM 980071-04 15010-2
2.
J.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 15UO B AS IC ME CHANICAL REQAIRE M ENTS
for instructions from the Architect. Any relocation or remodeling required will
then be directed by change order. Assume all responsibility for protection of all
utilities, shown or not, and repair any damage caused by this construction at no
extra charge to the Owner.
Investigate with proper authorities for all existing water taps, etc. and make
arrangements to pay for all removal charges in original bid.
Owners of all underground facilities shall be notified at least 3 business days
prior to excavation so that the owners can locate and mark underground
facilities. (Utility Notification Center of Colorado)
Definitions
l.
2.
3.
"Provide" means Confactor is responsible for the fumishing and installation of.
"Exposed" means in equipment rooms, unfinished areas, above "pushup"
ceilings, accessible pipe tunnels, etc. where pipe is accessible.
"Concealed" means in such spaces as pipe chases, pipe trenches, above plaster
ceilings, in walls and buried where pipe is inaccessible when building is
completed.I
I,
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.3
4. "Conditioned" space, as it applies to duct insulation and duct sealing systems,
means any space which is heated and/or cooled by the air discharged from a duct
system which is located in that space. If air is delivered from a ductwork system
in an amount unable to maintain space temperature in the 68'F to 78oF range,
then the space is classified as "unconditioned". Mechanical rooms and ceiling
plenums are classified as "unconditioned" spaces.
5. "Mechanical Room" means any space or area which contains equipment
providing heating, cooling, ventilation, plumbing distribution, or
mechanical/plumbing system utility generation and distribution capabilities.
These spaces are defined as "Mechanical Rooms" even if they are called by
another name (i.e. boiler room, chiller room, machine room, etc.).
COORDINATION
General
Coordrnate and order the progress of mechanical work to conform to the Owner's
schedule and the progress of the work of the other trades. Complete the entire
installation as soon as the condition of the building will permit. Ceiling space is
limited. Contractor is responsible for coordinating with all other trades to fit the
required systems and components within the space available. Offset ductwork, piping,
etc., as necessary.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o ns tructio n D o cume nts
I5 OCTOBER 2OOI
A.
HLM 980071-04 15010-3
SECTION 15010 BAS IC MECHANICAL RESAIREMENTS
B. Utility Interruptions
Coordinate mechanical utility interruptions with the Owner and the Utility Company.
Plan work so that duration of the intemrption is kept to a minimum.
C. Cutting and Patching
See Section 15050
D. Drawings and Specifications
t.Mechanical drawings are diagrammatic and because of the small scale, it is not
possible to indicate every required offset, fitting, etc. Drawings are not to be
scaled for dimensions. Take all dimensions from Architectural drawings,
certified equipment drawings and from the structure itself before fabricating any
work. Verify all space requirements, coordinating with other hades, and install
the systems in the space provided without extra charges to the Owner.
Examine Drawings and Specifications for other parts of the work, and if any
discrepancies occur between the plans for the work of this Division and the plans
for the work of others, report such discrepancies to the General Contractor and
obtain written instructions for any changes necessary.
The precedence of mechanical construction documents is as follows:
a. Addenda and modifications to the Drawings and Specifications take
precedence over the original Drawings and Specifications.
b. Should there be a conflict within the Specifications or within Drawings
of the same scale, the more stringent or higher quality requirements shall
apply.
c. In the Drawings, the precedence shall be Drawings of larger scale over
those of smaller scale, figured dimensions over scaled dimensions and
noted materials over graphic indications.
d. Should a conflict arise between the Drawings and the Specifications for
products indicated on the Drawings, the Specifications shall have
precedence.
e. Should there be a conflict in dimensions or locations between
Mechanical Drawings and Architectural Drawings, the Architectural
Drawings shall have precedence.
Electrical Equipment and Wiring for Mechantcal Divisron
1. Responsibility
Unless otherwise indicated, all motors and controls shall be furnished, set in
place and wired in accordance with the following schedule. (MD is Division
15000, ED is Division 16000. Refer to the Mechanical/Elechical Schedule and
Equipment Schedules on the drawings for additional information.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Documents
15 OCTOBER 2OOI
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.
3.
E.
HLM 980071-04 15010-4
I
| ^ sECrIoN Isoto
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I*,
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
BASIC M ECHANICAL RE QAIRE M ENTS
(l) If furnished as part of factory wired equipment, power wiring
only by ED.
f\J
I HLM98007r-04 VATLVALLEYMEDTCALCENTER 15010-5r Construction Documents
15 oCTOBER 2001
I
ITEM FURNISHED
UNDER
SET IN PLACE
ORMOI.]NTED
I.JNDER
POWER
WIRING
CONTROL
WIRING
Equipment Motors and Thermal
overloads, resistance heaters.MD MD ED
Motor Controllers; magnetic
starters, reduced voltage starters,
and overload relavs.MD(4)ED(l)ED MD
Disconnect switches. fused or
unfused, H.P. rated switches,
thermal overload switches and
fuses, manual operating switches.
ED(1)ED(r)ED
Pushbutton stations, pilot lights,
multi-speed switches, float
switches, thermostats, control
relays, time clocks, control
transformers, control panels,
motor valves, damper motors,
solenoid valves, EP and PE
switches, interlocks and boiler
controls.MD MD ED MD(2)
Contactors, 120V control circuit
outlets for conhol panels and for
boiler controls.ED ED ED MD
Fire Protection Conhols and
Switches.MD MD ED MD(3)
Smoke Detectors (Duct Mounted).
ED MD ED(3)MD(3)
Fire/Smoke Dampers, Smoke
Dampers.MD MD ED ED
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.4
1.5
SECTION 15010 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
(2) If float switches, line thermostats, P.E. switches, time switches,
etc., carry the FULL LOAD CURRENT to any device they shall
be furnished and set in place by the Division 15000, but shall be
connected under the Division 16000. If they do not carry the
FULL LOAD CURRENT to any motor they shall be tumished,
set in place and wired under the Division 15000 Control devices
carrying full load current furnished by Division 15000 and wired
by Division 16000 shall be located at the device being
controlled, unless shown otherwise on the drawings or mutual
agreement is made between the contractors with no change in
the conhact price.
(3) Wiring from alarm contacts to alarm system by ED; all control
function wiring by MD. MD to coordinate locations with ED.
(4) Starters located in motor control center as noted in
mechanical/electrical schedule on drawings furnished by ED.
2. Connections to all controls direotly attached to ducts, piping and mechanical
equipment shall be made with flexible connectors.
REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. For products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or Federal Standards,
comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are
specified or are required by applicable codes.
B. The date of the standard that is in effect at the bid date. or date of Owner/Contractor
Agreement when there are no bids, except when a specific date is specified or when the
standard is part ofan applicable code which includes an edition date.
C. When required by individual Specifications section, obtain copy of standard. Maintain
copy at job site during work until Substantial Completion.
D. Schedule of Referenced Orsanizations: See Division I
SUBMITTALS
A. Submit samples, shop drawings and product data as required by various sections of
Division 15 in accordance with Division l. Make submittals to Architect. Do not make
submittals directly to the Engineer.
B. Also Refer to Shop Drawings, this Section.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Documents
15 OCTOBER 2OOI
HLM 980071-04 15010-6
I
I -_.
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I-'
I
SECTION 15010 B AS IC M E CHANICAL RE OAIREM ENTS
1.6 QUALITY ASSTiRANCE
A. Preparation
Base final installation of materials and equipment on actual dimensions and conditions at
the project site. Field measure for materials or equipment requiring exact fit.
B. Workmanship
Perform work in accordance with good commercial practice. The good appearance of
the finished work shall be of equal importance with its mechanical efficiency. The
Architect/Engineer may reject work if worhnanship and appearance are not satisfactory.
C. Supervision
Be responsible for and coordinate the work of all subcontractors working under Division
15.
Installation Procedures
Confer and cooperate with other trades and coordinate the work in proper relation with
theirs. Coordinate ceiling cavity space carefully with other trades.
Properly locate anchors, chases, recesses and openings required for the proper
installation of the work. Arrange with the proper contractors for the building of anchors,
etc. and for the leaving of the required chases, recesses and openings including required
space for fire dampers and sleeves.
Install all work to permit removal (without damage to other parts) of coils, heat
exchanger bundles, boiler tubes, fan shafts and wheels, filters, belt guards, sheaves and
drives, and all other parts which might require periodic replacement or maintenance.
Arrange pipes, ducts and equipment to permit ready access to valves, traps, starters,
motors, control components and to clear the openings of doors and ofaccess panels.
Offsets, transitions and changes in direction in pipes and ducts shall be made as required.
Maintain proper head room and pitch of sloping pipes whether or not indicated on the
drawings. Fumish and install all ductwork fittings, traps, air vents, sanitary vents, etc.,
as required to effect these offsets, transitions and changes in direction.
Install equipment and materials in accordance with manufacturers' recommendations
unless specifically indicated otherwise, or where local codes or regulations take
precedence.
Conceal all piping in finished areas of the building except where otherwise noted on the
drawings.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o n st r uc tio n D o c um e nts
1s ocToBER 2001
D.
E.
F.
LJ.
H.
HLM 980071-04 1s010-7
SECTION I'UO BAS IC ME CHANICAL RE O UIRE M ENTS
J. Protection
l. Where there are existing facilities, be responsible for the protection thereof,
whether or not such facility is to be removed or relocated. Moving or removing
any facility must be done so as not to cause interruption of the work or Owner's
operatron.
2. Close ends of pipe and ductwork during construction with caps or plugs to
prevent enbry of foreign material. Protect insulation against dirt, water, chemical
or mechanical damage before, during and after installation, Protect fixtures and
equipment against damage during mechanical work.
3. Provide protection for concrete slabs where cutting or threading of piping
occurs, storage of equipment, etc.
K. Piping & Ductwork Testing: See Section 15050
1.7 REGULATORYANDCODEREQUIREMENTS
A. Apply for and pay for all permits (plan review fees), fees, licenses and inspections for
this Division of work.
Do not include the cost of any "Plant Investment Fee" or "System Development Charge"
for sewer and./or water charged by the City. This will be arranged for and paid for by the
Owner.
Do not include the cost of any "Gas Application Fee" charged by the Utility Company.
This will be arranged for and paid for by the Owner.
Comply with state and local code requirements and ordinances. Comply with
requirements of the Utility Companies. In the case of differences between these
requirements and ordinances, the most stringent shall govern. Call for inspections
required by local building inspection authority.
Applicable Building Codes and Ordinances: Including but not limited to the following:
Uniform Building Code, 1997 Edition
Uniform Mechanical Code, 1997 Edition
Uniform Plumbing Code, 1997 Edition (where in conflict
with the UBC, the UBC requirements take precedence)
Uniform Fire Code, 1997 Edition
Goveming Fire Department Requirements
Utility Company Requirements
State Department of Labor Requirements
State Department of Health Requirements
National Fire Protection Associat'ion Standards
State and Federal Saf'ety and Health Laws
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Documents
15 oCTOBER 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.^,I
IC.
D.I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
E.
HLM 980071-04 15010-8
t
I
2.
B.
I
I r.8
I
I
I
t
T
l-
J.
A
5.
6.
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I"-
SECTION l5OIO
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLSA. General
Comply with Division 1.
Temporary Heating or Cooling
t.
BASIC MECHANICAL REQAIREMENTS
NFPA 70 Latest Edition - National Electrical Code
NFPA 90A Latest Edition - Installation of Air Conditioning and
Ventilation Systems
City of Vail requirements
Temporary heating or cooling will be fumished by the General Contractor. See
Division I . Use of the permanent heating system will not be allowed without
written authorization from the Consulting Mechanical Engineer and Owner. In
case where thepermanent heating or cooling system is approved for use as
temporary heat, the General Contractor shall pay all costs until acceptance by the
Owner. These costs shall include but not be limited to natural gas, fuel oil,
electricity, water, chemical treatment, salt and filter media.
If the permanent heating system is authorized for use, the building must be
totally enclosed with final materials and no temporary barriers unless acceptable
to Architect, and source ofheat supply is permanently installed. System must be
sufficiently complete, including conhols, to permit its safe operation as
acceptable to the Mechanical Conhactor. Mechanical Contractor is solely
responsible for the safe operation of the system.
Once the heating system has been placed into operation, do not shut down except
for moderate weather. Maintain heated areas at a minimum temperature of 500F
and a maximum of 85oF 24 hours a day.
When any air handling equipment is used for temporary heat, install and
maintain temporary filters. Before building acceptance by Owner, install new
filters. This is over and above any extra set(s) of filters to be provided the
Owner as called for in the specifications. Clean coils if necessary, as determined
by the Architect.
Systems used for temporary heat are the Contractor's responsibility to maintain,
and put into first class working order before acceptance by the Owner.
Equipment wananties that start with the use of equipment for temporary heat
shall be extended by the Contractor so that the Owner will have the full one year
warranty required by the Contract Documents from the date of acceptance of the
building or space.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstructio n Doc u ments
t5 ocToBER 2001I
HLM 980071-04 I 5010-9
SECTION ISUO BAS IC MEC HANICAL RE QAIRE M E NTS
I.9 DELIVERY,STORAGEANDHANDLING
A. Gcncral
L Comply with Division I
2. Provide for proper storage of all materials and equipment and assume
responsibility for losses due to any cause. All storage shall be within the
contract limit lines of the building site. Off site storage will be allowed if
permitted under Division 1 requirements. Cover and store all equipment and
materials out of elements and off of the ground; any rusted or weather damaged
item will not be permitted to be used. Make anangements with other contractors
on the job for introduction into the building of equipment too large to pass
through finished openings.
B. Acceptance
Check and sigr for materials to be fumished by others for installation under Division l5
upon delivery. Assume responsibility for the storage and safekeeping of such materials
from time of delivery until final acceptance.
1.IO PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Prior to Bidding
l. See Instructions to Bidders.
Material, equipment or service specified by name is used as a basis of standard.
Equivalents to items named in the specifications may be used if accepted before
bidding. Requests for acceptance shall be received at the Consulting Mechanical
Engineer's office at least l0 calendar days before bid opening.
When any product is specified only by requirement to meet an industry standard
or regulating body standard (such as U.L. AGA, AWWA, ANSI, etc.)and the
item proposed carries approval of that body, no prior acceptance by the
Consulting Mechanical Engineer is needed.
When any product or service is specified by requirement to meet a performance
standard or is specifieo by a generic specification, (no manufacfurers name
listed) no prior acceptance by the Consulting Mechanical Engineer is needed
except as specifically called for in these specifications.
Action for substitutions specified herein will be given only after the receipt of
complete data showing performance over entire range, make and project manual
identification number, physical dimensions and material construction all
SPECIFICALLY marked for the individual item. Letter of transmittal with at
least ( 1) copy of all descriptive data shall be submitted to the Consulting
Mechanical Engineer's office. Data may not be returned; reference addenda for
approval to bid.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstructio tt Documents
I5 OCTOBER 2OOI
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I2.
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
A
5.
t
3.
HLM 980071-04 15010-10
2.
J.
I
I
T
I
I
I
c)
d)
e)
0
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I-_
I
T
I
l--'
t
SECTION 15010
B. Substitutions
1. ComplywithDivisionl
l.lr SHOP DRAWINGS
BASIC MECHANICAL RESUIREMENTS
Materials, equipment or services listed by several identifuing names are intended
to be bidder's choice, and any of the listed names may be bid without soliciting
prior acceptance. Where more than one name is given in the specifications, the
first named manufacturer's material, equipment or services is contemplated and
any changes and their costs, required to accommodate the other named material
or equipment as well as space requirements for the other named materials or
equipment, must be assumed by the Contractor in his bid.
Material and equipment specified is used as a basis of standard, and while not
specifically mentioned, material gauges, weights, appearance and space
requirements must be met by any substitutions.
B.
See Division I .
Shop Drawings are to be handled in groups, each processed in a different manner as
follows:
1. Items fumished that are specified by indusry or regulating body standard and/or
by performance or generic speciflcation require no shop drawing submittals.
Copies shall be included in the Operating and Maintenance Instruction Manuals.
2. Submit shop drawings for all materials and equipment named in these
specifications showing any changes required in piping, ducting, electrical
wiring, space allocation etc. Be responsible to make all changes required to
accommodate and to pay for these changes. Coordinate changes required with
all other trades. Pay for all changes resulting from re-arranging equipment.
3. The following items require shop drawing submittals prior to commencing work:
a) All fixtures and equipment, including items called out by manufacturers
name and model number.
b) All substituted items.
All changes from the plans or specifications.
Temperature Controls.
Fire Sprinkler Systems.
Motors and Starters
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Documents
15 oCTOBER 2001
HLM 980071-04 15010-11
SECTION 15010 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
Include copies of these items in the Operating and Maintenance manuals. Submit
shop drawings with one item per sheet so that a file may be set up for each
specified item.
Temperature control, fire protection and oiher submittals requiring drawings or
diagrams shall be submitted on the same size drawing and format, and the same
type of mylar film as the construction document drawings.
Where shop drawing submittals are required, furnish at least in triplicate for
action. Do not begin work until one (l) copy is retumed.
Review ofshop drawings is for general conformance with the design concept of
the project and does not relieve this Conhactor from the responsibility of
fumishing equipment and materials of proper dimension, size, quantity, quality
and all performance characteristics to efficiently perform the requirements and
intent of the contract documents. Review does not relieve this Contractor from
responsibility for errors on the shop drawings. Approval ofa specific item does
not include approval of the assembly of which the item is a component. If the
shop drawings deviate from the contract documents, advise the Consulting
Mechanical Engineer of the deviations in writing accompanying the shop
drawings, including the reasons for the deviations. Coordinate all required
changes with the other hades affected. If the changes are occasioned by the
Contractor, he shall pay any costs involved.
I,I2 CLEANING
Comply with Division l.
Clean exposed surfaces of piping, hangers, ducts and other exposed items of grease, dirt
or other foreign material. Remove rubbish and debris resulting from the operations and
leave equipment spaces clean and ready for use. Refinish or repaint items at the
discretion of the Architect.
I.I3 PROJECT RECORD DRAWING
A. Comply with Division 1.
B. File atjob site one copy ofDrawings, Specifications, Addenda, approved shop drawings,
change orders, field orders, test records, other modifications to Contract Documents.
C. Temperature control and fire protection drawings shall be in the same drawing size and
format, and the same type of mylar film as the construction document.
D. Do not use Project Record Documents for construction purposes.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o ns t r uctio n D o cum e nts
I5 OCTOBER 2OO1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
4.
5.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
I
HLM 980071-04 15010-12
I
I
l^
I
T
I
T
I
I
l_
I
I
I
I
I
t-
t
SECTION 15UO B AS IC ME C HANICAL REQUI RE ME NTS
E. Legibly mark with red pencil field changes, such as the following, referenced to
permanent and accessible features of the site or building as applicable. Do not
permanently conceal any work until required information is recorded.
I . Drawings:
a) Locations ofunderground work.
b) Locationsofconcealedutilities.
c) Field changes of dimension and detail.
d) Changes resulting from change order or field order.
e) Details not on original drawings.
2. Specifications
Manufacturer, model number of equipment actually installed, revised
construction orocedures.
3. Shop Drawings
Changes made after Architect/Engineer's approval.
F. At completion of Work, deliver completed Project Record Documents marked with field
changes to Architect/Engineer, including temperature conkol and frre protection "as-
built" shop drawings.
1.14 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. Comply with Division l.
B. Submit 3 fyped and hard bound copies of Operating and Maintenance Manuals to
Architect for approval prior to scheduling any system demonstration for the Owner.
Books shall be arranged in sequence to match the equipment schedules included in the
specifications.
C. The books shall contain, but not be limited to, the following general items; each item
shall be provided with a separate index tab.
I . Instructions (On Contractor's Letterhead Stationery) on who to call for service
during guarantee period including name, address, and 24 hour telephone number
of company responsible for servicing each piece of equipment or system.
2. Maintenance instructions (On Contractor's Letterhead Stationery) shall include:
(can be referenced to manufacturer's manual with appropriate page numbers,
etc.)
a) Preventative maintenance schedule for necessary cleaning, replacement
and/or adjustment of all items such as belt drives, safety controls, oil and
refrigerant charges.
b) Cleaning schedule of all strainers, haps, coils, tubes, tower pans, sprays,
etc.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co n structio n D o cu me nts
I5 OCTOBER 2OO1
I
I
HLM 980071-04 15010-13
SECTION 15010
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
c)
d)
e)
f)
c)
3.
BASIC MECHANICAL REOUIREMENTS
Filter cleaning and/or replacement schedule.
Lubrication charts showing type of lubricant
and frequencies for each piece of equipment.
Water heatment recommendations for heating
condenser water svstems.
Belt and filter chad showing size and quantity required for each
applicable piece of equipment.
Manufacturer's manuals (current originals, copies are not acceptable) for each
piece of equipment installed (including equipment not requiring shop drawings)
identified by drawing code numbers as they appear on the drawing and in the
specifications. Manuals shall include the following, as applicable:
a) Description of unit and component parts:
( I ) Function, normal operating characteristics and limiting
conditions.
(2) Performance curves, engineering data and tests for pumps and
fans. Curves shall include flow rate, pressure, HP, RPM and
efficiency.
(3) Complete nomenclature and commercial part number of
replaceable parts.
(4) Installationinstructionsheets.
(5) Complete wiring diagrams.
b) Recommended procedures:
(l) Start-up, break-in, routine lubrication and operating instructions
and cautions.
(2) Regulation, control, stari/stop, shut-down and emergency
instructions.
(3) Special summer and winter operating cautions.
Maintenance
(l) Routine care
(2) Guide to trouble shooting
(3) Disassembly, repair and reassembly
(4) Alignment, adjusting and checking(5) Water treatment
(6) List ofrequired lubricants and schedule
(7) Filter cleaning or replacement schedule
(8) Parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings and diagrams
required for maintenance.
(9) Predicted life ofparts subject to wear
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstructio n Doc uments
15 OCTOBER 2001
and application methods
water, chilled water and
HLM 980071-04 15010-14
I
I
I
I
I
I
t-
I
SECTION 15010 BAS IC ME C HANICAL REQAIRE M ENTS
All warranties provided by the Manufacturer on their equipment that run longer
than the one year warranty by the Contractor.
Valve chart(s) with schematic floor diagrams indicating valve locations with
numbers labeled on valve chart.
All temperature conhol diagrams and sequences (as-builts on the same size
drawings and format, and same type of mylar film construction document
drawings.) and component descriptive literature. See Section 15900.
All equipment start up logs including certification of start up by manufacturer.
Balance Reports: air and water. See Section 15990.
All pipe and ductwork pressure test certifrcations.
Domestic water sterilization certification.
I 1. Medical Gas Piping Systems Certification.
D. Provide lubrication and filter maintenance charts, to be mounted adjacent to or on
equipment. Charts shall provide information as noted above and shall provide a means
for maintenance personnel to record when and what maintenance was accomplished.
E. These O & M books shall be considered a part of the final observation and shall be
submitted for approval at least fifteen days prior to a request for a final observation.
1.I5 FINAL OBSERVATION
A. Comply with Division 1.
B. Prior to notifying the Architect that the project is ready for the final observation the
Conhactor must submit the O & M manuals 15 days prior and the Balance Report 7 days
prior and shall veriff, in writing, that:
I . All systems are complete along with balancing.
2. All systems have been properly started and are operational.
3. All controls are complete, operational and sequences have been checked and are
functioning properly.
C. When the Contractor notifies the Architect that the project is ready for a final
observation, the Architect will visit the job site and will prepare a final punch list of all
the items on the project that shall be finished or corrected before the project can be
accepted.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o n stru ctio n D o c um e nts
15 oCTOBER200t
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
t
HLM 980071-04 15010-15
SECTION 1sUO BAS I C M ECHAN ICAL REQUIREM ENTS
D. When the Contractor notifies the Architect that all items on the above punch list have
been completed and corrected, the Architect will visit the project to ascertain that all the
items on the punch list have been corrected and can be accepted.
E. Architect shall be paid out of project contingency fee for all other successive trips to the
project that are made necessary because not all the items in the punch list were corrected
at the time ofthe second visit described above.
F. The Architect will charge the trips according to his current fee, including hansportation
and subsistence.
1.16 WARRANTIES
A. All materials and equipment shall be new unless otherwise specified.
B. Provide a written warranty to the Owner covering the entire mechanical work to be free
from defective materials, equipment and workrnanship for a period of one year after
Date of Acceptance. During this period provide labor and materials as required to repair
or replace defects at no additional cost to the Owner. Provide certificates (include in O
& M Manuals) for such materials or equipment which have warranties in excess of one
year. Include dates of start and end of the warranty and manufacturer's representative
name and telephone number.
C. This warranty will be superseded by warranty modifrcations resulting fiom use of
equipment for construction heating or cooling.
1.r7 DEMONSTRATTONS IA. Conduct demonstrations only after systems have been through start-up procedures, f
systems are complete and operating, and operating and maintenance data is complete.
B. Instruct the Owner's representatives on the proper operation and maintenance of the
mechanical systems. Include seasonal concerns and operations. Provide a minimum of 6
hours of instruction.
Systems: All mechanical systems listed in these specifications. See applicable sections
of Division I 5 for additional reouirements.
Contractor's Representatives :
l. Contractor's representatives shall have a thorough knowledge of the particular
installation.
2. Manufacturer's representatives shall have a thorough understanding of each
particular piece of equipment.
Scheduling: Arrange and schedule demonstration times with Architect.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o ns tr uctio n D o c ume nts
15 oCTOBER 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
c.
D.
E.
HLM 980071-04 I 5010-16
I
I . _ SECTTON 1s010 BASIC MECHANTCAL REQaTREMENTS
- F. Location: Conduct demonstrations at project including tours of systems.I
r G. Operating and Maintenance Data: Arrange for data to be at demonstrations. Include
review ofdata at demonstrations.
r H. Time Allotment: Provide demonstrations of adequate time periods, except as noted
elsewhere, to ensure proper understanding of systems by Owner's representative.
r I. Furnish ladders, tools, etc. as required to provide access to all equipment and controls for
demonstrations.
- 1.18 SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT START-UP
- A. General: Veri$ that:
r l. Building enclosure is complete.
2. Excess building materials and debris have been removed.
I 3. Building is broom clean.
I B. Inspect preceding work to ensure that:r l. Electrical: Verify with Division 16 contractor that:
a) Temporary services are disconnected and permanent utility services are
capable of full load.I b) Connections in main switchgear and sub-panels are tight.
c) Necessary tests and check meter readings have been made.
d) Wiring to motors and confrols required for operational smoke and fireI prolecllon code demonstrations are complete.
2. Mechanical:I a) Specified tests on piping, ductwork and related systems have been made.
b) Operational and performance tests have been made.
c) Each piece of equipment comprising a part of system has been checked
for proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt tension, proper conhol
sequence, and any other condition which may cause damage to
equipment or endanger personnel.
C. Start-Up and Testing:
1. Notify Architect at least two (2) days in advance of the start-up of mechanical
systems.
2. Complete tests required by code authorities including smoke detection, fire
protection and health codes.
3. Insure that control systems are fully operational in automatic mode.
- -/I HLM980071-04 VATLVALLEYMEDICALCENTER 15010-17
Co nstr uctio n D ocum e nts
15 oCTOBER2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 15UO BASIC MECHANICAL REQAIREMENTS
After test runs have been completed and systems have been demonstrated to be
satisfactory and ready for permanent operation, clean or replace permanent
pipeline strainers, clean and recoat pernanent filters, replace throwaway air
filters with new, properly adjust valve and pump packings, adjust belt tensions,
secure drive guards in place, check lubrication and replenish ifrequired.
If systems are not to continue in use following the start-up procedures take steps
to insure against accidental operation or operation by unauthorized personnel.
All refrigeration equipment, boilers, rooftop units, units specihed with conhols,
and other equipment so specifled shall be started by the manufacturer or under
the manufacturer's supervision. Start-up data shall be recorded in logs. If a unit
or piece of equipment is specified with factory conhols to accomplish a
sequence, it shall be the responsibility of the manufacturer to veriff that the
specified sequence is being met. This verification shall be noted on the start-up
log; coordinate with control conkactor. Copies of start-up logs shall be
forwarded to Mechanical Engineer and included in Operation and Maintenance
manuals.
The contractor to adjust settings thru first year as required by Mechanical
Engineer.
Balancing shall occur after the start-up procedures have been completed.
1.19 CONTRACTCLOSEOUTPROCEDURE
Comply with Division L
Approval for final payment will not be given until the following items have been
submitted and reviewed. Refer to other sections of these specification for soecific
reourrements:
Proj ect Record Drawings.
Record of Piping and Ductwork Tests.
Sterilization Certifi cation.
Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
Equipment Start-Up Logs.
Balance Report.
Keys for Mechanical Equipment, Panels, etc.
Spare Equipment or Material Parts.
Medical Gas Piping Systems Certification.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction D ocume nts
15 OCTOBER 2OOT
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
A
5.
6.
7.
8.
B.
HLM 980071-04 I 5010-1 I
I
I -..- sEcrroN rsoro
t PARr2-PRoDUcrs
Not Applicable
I PARr3-EXECUTT'N
I
Not Applicable
BAS r C M E CHANTCAL REQAIREM ENTS
I
I
I
I
l;
ENDOF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
| - HLMgt007t-04 ,ATLVALLE,MEDT,AL,ENTER Is,n-D
Co nstructio n Documents
15 oCTOBER 2001
I
I .._
t":
I
Section 15050
PART I -GENERAL
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
SECTION I5O5O
BASIC MATERIAIS AND METHODS
1.1
t.2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
RELATED DOCLMENTS
The General Provisions of the Confract, including General and supplementary Conditions
and Division 1 - Specification Sections and Conhact Documents apply to work in this
section. Consult them for further instuctions and be governed by the requirements
thereunder.
WORKINCLUDED
Work Included in this Section
1. Pipe Supports, Anchors and Seals
2. Motors and Starters
3. Valves
4. Mechanical Excavation and Backfill
5. Pipe Installation
6. Welding
7. Supporting Steel
8. Vibration Isolation
9. Pipe and Ductwork Testing
10. ExpansionCompensation
11. Flushing, Cleaning and Sterilizing
Fumish Only
l. Access Panels: For appropriate section for installation.
Related Requirements
l. Mechanical and Electrical Coordination: Section 15010
2. Cutting and Patching: Division I
3. Excavation and Backfill: Division 2
4. Concrete: Division 3
5. Access Doors: Division 8
6. Basic Mechanical Requirements: Section 15010
Reference Standards and Codes
l. Comply with Section 15010.
2. The Colorado Primary Drinking Water Regulations, 1991.
3. AWWA Standard C65l-86, Disinfecting Water Mains, 1986.
RELATED WORK
Mechanical: Division 15 - All Sections
Testing, Adjusting and Balancing: Section 15990
Conhols and Instrumentati on 15900
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Documents
T5 OCTOBER 2OO1
B.
I
I
I
I
D.
I.JI
I
A.
B.
c.
T-
I
HLM 980071-04 15050-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
B.
1.5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section 15050
1.4
A.
BASIC MATEMALS AND METHODS
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Welder Qualifications
Welders shall be qualified per ANSVASME 831.9 Building Seryice Piping for the type of
work being performed.
YEAR 2OOO DATE FORMAT
All Equipment, Software and Hardware, that use date information in their operation, will
support the year 2000 date format. The scope of the Year 2000 date format must include,
but is not limited to , the following criteria:
All date-related calculations produce correct results for multi-century scenarios and after
the Year 2000. This includes age calculations, duration calculations, scheduling
calculations, etc.
All manipulations and comparisons of date-related data produce the desired results for all
valid date values within the scope of the application. This includes the following
conditions:
I. Current date
2. Pre-Year 2000 date
3. Rolloverfrom 1999 1o2000
4. Year 2000 Leap Year
5. Post-Year2000 date
6. Calculations involving more than century
C. The application functions correctly without ending abnormally.
D. The application recognizes Year 2000 as a leap year.
E. The application provides conect results for all date-related calculations.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS
A. Equipment in each of the following categories shall be of one manufacturer or available
thru one manufacturer (or vendor) for each category to facilitate ease of maintenance for
the Owner.
1. Motors (open drip-proof squirrel cage)
2. Starters
3. Booster Pumps
4. Single Suction Pumps
5. Plumbing Fixture Trim
6. Thermometers
7. Pressure Gauges
8. Gate, Plug, Globe and Check Valves
9. Butterfly Valves (Individual valves not included in piping packages listed below)10. Ball Valves (Individual valves not included in piping packages listed below)
I 1. Balancins Valves
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Documents
I5 OCTOBER 2OO1
I
HLM 980071-04 150s0-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l,
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
l-
I
Section 15050
t2.
t3.
14.
15.
16.
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
Equipment Connection Piping Packages
Steam Traps
Dielectric Unions
Strainers
Air Filters
2.2 MOTORS AND STARTERS
General
l. All motors, stiarters and other electrical contol equipmmt shall be listed per the
reouirements of the National Electric Code.
Submit motor and starter shop drawing per Section 15010.
Motors
t. Fumish double shielded ball bearings in accordance with ANSI 83.16-1992 for 314
motors and larger, squinel cage, open dripproof, copper windings, Class B or F
insulation, 1800 and/or 1200 rpm, normal starting torque motor of the horsepower
and current characteristics specified with thermal overload protection and dustproof
and leakproof bearing rings and constructed for use at the altitude where the work is
to be located. Motors l/2 HP or less may be split capacitor single phase with sleeve
bearings and a standard frame size and rpm. Motors guaranteed to operate
continuously at full load with temperature rise in any part not to exceed NEMA
Standards. Motors shall be commercially, dynamically balanced and tested at the
factory before shipment and selected for quiet operation. Provide motors for V-belt
drives with a cast iron or steel base, with slide rail and adjustable screw device and
belt guard. Line up motors and drives and place motors and equipment on
foundations ready for operation. Provide temperature sensors in motor windings.
a. Inverter Duty Motors
(l) Motor supplied for use with Variable Frequency Drives shall be rated
for inverter duty and must include a stainless steel nameplate showing
'Inverter Duty Motor'.
(2) Nameplate shall also show that motor is suitable for variable torque
operation on VFD power from 6 to 60H2, and show rated torque in lb-
ft on inverter power in addition to the standard nameplate data
specified in NEMA standards.
(3) Motor manufacturer shall supply certification that motor includes an
'inverter grade' insulation system using not less than triple insulation
layer wire and other features necessary to the voltage spike
specifications of NEMA MG1-31.40.4.2. Motors shall also have a
high rigidity stator core treatment.
(4) Motor insulation shall be an "Inverter Grade" system designed to meet
the voltage spike limits defined by NEMA MG1-1993, part31.40.4.2.
Insulation systems must use triple layer magnet wire or must use
magnet wire which has a Pulse Endurance Index @EI) greater than 50.
Insulation systems utilizing heavy film and two film wire with a Pulse
Endurance Index less than 50 are not acceptable. Complete insulation
of the slot, cell and phase groups is required. The system shall be
rated for class F rise or better.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Documents
1s ocToBER 2001
A.
B.
HLM 980071-04 150s0-3
Section 15050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
(5) Inverter Duty stator core designs shall be of high rigidity type with
reinforced end tum consfuction to minimize mechanical fatigue of the
winding, and to reduce resonant noise. Single dip and bake cycles are
not acceptable.
(6) Motor manufacturer shall supply certification with submittals that the
motor is constucted to meet all requiremants of NEMA MGl-1993,
part 31.
(7) Rotor cores and/or assemblies shall be of low vibration design that
meets l/2 of the NEMA MGI recommended levels for balance.(8) Inverter duty motors shall include a normally closed winding over
temperature thermostat suitable to be wired to the VFD panel for drive
shutdown.
(9) Refer to Section 15600 for VFD requirements.
Where commercially available, motors rated geater than 5 IIP shall have a power
factor of not less than 90 percent under rated load conditions. Where not
commercially available, power factors shall be capacitor corrected by equipment
manufacturer to at least 90 percent under rated load conditions. Motors shall have
I . I 5 service factor at altitude.
Motors, starters and other electrical contol equipmant in moist areas or special
conditions, such as explosion proo{, shall be desigred and approved for installation
in such areas. See schedules on drawings and equipmant specifications for starter
type.
Motor wiring shall terminate in a NEMA terminal box mounted on the motor case
and shall be of the manufacturer's standard size. The terminal box shall have a bolt
type copper ground connector.
All general purpose motors shall have minimum full-load nominal efficiencies as
listed in the following table:
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nst r uctio n D oc u m e nts
I5 OCTOBER 2OOI
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
t
I
3.
4.
5.
HLM 980071-04 1s050-4
I Secrion tsoso
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I:
I
I
I
t
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
Motor efficiencies shall be tested in accordance with procedures specified in NEMA MGI-
1987 and IEEE Standard I12, Test Method B. Nominal full-load efficiency shall be listed
on the electric motor's nameplate.I
I
I
t*'
I
HLM 98OO7I-04 VAIL VALLEYMEDICAL CENTER
Construction Documents
I5 OCTOBER 2OOI
ODP TEF'C
RPM 1200 1800 3600 1200 1800 3600
Motor Horsepower
I 80.0 82.5 x 80.0 82.5 75.5
1.5 84.0 84.0 82.5 85.5 84.0 82.5
)85.5 84.0 84.0 86.5 84.0 84.0
3 86.5 86.5 84.0 87.5 d /.)85.5
r 87.5 87.5 85.5 87.5 87.5 87.5
7.5 UU.)88.5 87.5 89.5 89.5 88.5
10 90.2 89.5 88.5 89.5 89.5 88.5
l5 90.2 91.0 89.5 90.2 91.0 90.2
20 91.0 91.0 90.2 90.2 91.0 90.2
25 91.7 91.7 91.0 91.7 92.4 91.0
30 92,4 92.4 91.0 91,7 92,4 91.0
40 93.0 93.0 9t.7 93.0 93.0 9r.7
50 93.0 93.0 92.4 93.0 93.0 92.4
60 93.6 93.6 93.0 93.6 93.6 93.0
75 93.6 94.1 93.0 93.6 94.1 93.0
100 94.1 94.1 93.0 94.1 94.5 93.6
125 94.L 94.5 93.6 94.1 94.5 94.5
150 94.5 95.0 93.6 95.0 95.0 94.5
200 94,5 95.0 94.5 95.0 95.0 95.0
15050-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
J.
4.
6.
C.
Section 15050 BASIC MATENALS AND METHODS
Starters
l. Provide starters of current and capacity ratings to serve the motor intended. Starters
shall be built and sized in accordance with NEMA Standards for industrial confol
except no contactors shall be smaller than NEMA Size 1. Indoor starters shall be
provided with a NEMA I enclosure. outdoor starters shall be provided with a
NEMA 3R (gasketed) or NEMA 4 enclosure. All three phase starters to have a
trip-fiee, thermal overload relay in each ungrounded phase conductor. Thermal
overload relays shall be block type with built-in heaters or an adjustable dial to set to
exact motor full load amps. Overloads and heaters shall be factory calibrated as a
rmit and shall be ambient compensated. Relays shall be manual reset bpe and shall
meet NEMA Class l0 tripping characteristics. Differential single phasing protection
shall be provided in the thermal overload relay. Fumish a phase monitor control relay
(Time Mark Model 257 or Wagner Model WPC-800) on all motors 5 HP and larger.
Phase monitor control relay shall protect against phase reversal, phase loss, phase
unbalance or phase undervoltage. Phase protection shall be included within the
starter enclosure. Fumish hand-off-auto switches and green running pilot light (6
volt transformer type bulb) in starter cover. If pilot lights are specified on
temperature conhol panel, individual starter lights will not be required.
2. hovide integral tansformer with secondary fuse and 120 volt contol circuit on all
starters which are fumished with control circuits. Transformer shall be mounted and
factory wired in the starter enclosure. Control circuits shall be deenergized
5.
whenever the operating power supply to the particular equipment is disconnected.
Also provide auxiliary contacts required for system operation plus one spare
(minimum of one normally open contact and one normally closed contact required).
Installation of additional auxiliary contacts shall be accomplished without having to
remove starter from its enclosure. Coordinate actual number and type of contacts
required for each starter with Division 15900.
Size thermal overload relays for approximately ll5Yo of full load motor current.
Switch and fuse units will not be acceptable unless specifically indicated.
Two speed starters shall be full voltage magnetic type with 3 phase motor overload
relay from each speed. Thermal overload relays shall be block type with built-in
heaters and adjustable di^1, settable to exact motor full load amps. The overload
relays and heaters shall be factory calibrated as a unit and shall be ambient
compensated. Class 10 tripping time shall be provided except where long
acceleration time requires the use of a Class 20 trip time. Provide integral adjustable
automatic decelerating timing relay within the starter enclosure to allow motor to
come to a complete stop when switching from high to low speed. High and low
speed contactors shall be mechanically and electrically interlocked. A four position
AUTO-OFF-LOW-HIGH selector switch shall be provided as well as all other starter
features specified above.
Starters to be Allen Bradley, Cutler-Hammer, Fumas, S & S or Square D.
Provide starters for 3/4 HP motors and larger, unless specifically noted.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Documents
t5 ocToBER 2001
HLM 980071-04 15050-6
I section ISo5o
I
BASIC MATENALS AND METHODS
t 2.3 BELr DRIVES
A. Provide belt drives with cast iron or steel sheaves, either companion driven sheaves (except
I
for two groove) or fixed pitch sheaves, dynamically balanced and keyed.
Two groove variable and adjustable drive sheaves with a key for holding pitch adjustrnent
shall be used for motors 15 HP and below; selected so required rpm is obtained with
sheaves set at mid-position. Fixed pitch sheaves shall be used for 20 HP and above and be
bushed type.
I B. Provide matched belts sized for 150% of motor horsepower.
I C. Consulting Mechanical Engineer reseryes the right to direct speed changes as required (at
t no cost) if in his/trer opinion these are warranted after final balancing. This includes fixed
sheave replacement.
I 2.4 ACCESS DOORS
Fumish access doors where indicated and at locations where required for access to
I concealed valves, dampers, cleanouts, contol devices, and equipment servicing. See
t Division 8 for access door types and finishes including, access doors for man access to pipe
chases. Access panels and doors in ductworh air-handling units, sheet metal plenums are
I specified in Section 15800. If installed in fire rated surfaces, access doors shall carry
I properrating.
r 2.5 PIPE SLIPPORTS AND HANGERS
t A'
i**ilr. adjustable pipe hangers on suspended pipe. chain or perforated srap hangers
r will not be permitted. Provide hangers to support the systems without saggrng,I Hl*'i:ilT::f;T:'1,",::ffi'ffiJ,["i,j;:'' at ends orbranches over rive
Maximum Minimum HangerI Pipe Twe Pipe Size Spacing Rod Size
Steel Pipe l/2 6'-0u 3/8"I |1",;!""zn,r-tr+" l;l;,, li::,
2-112" through 3" l0'-0" ll2"r f,,
unu t" l3:.3:: l:;:,:,
8" through 12" 10'-0" 718"
I Copper Pipe ll2" tlrough l-112" 6'-0" 318"
2" and above l0'-0" 3/8"
I Cast Iron 2" 1 Each Joint 3/8'
3" I Each Joint ll2"r 1'*o'" l:::ii:lil :|:o:,:,
8" throueh 12" 1 Each Joint 718"I _..
I HLM 980071-04 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER I5O5O-7
Construction Documents
15 OCTOBER 2OOI
I
Section 15050
C.
support.
HLM 980071-04 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Constructiott Documents
1s ocroBER 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.
J.
A
5.
2.
J.
2.
.).
A
B.
BASIC MATENALS AND METHODS
See Vibration Isolation, this section, for special hangers.
Hanger rods shall be continuous threaded steel. Rods may be reduced one size for
double rod hangers with 3/8" as a minimum diameter.
Concrete inserts to be steel case and expander plug for tlueaded connection with
lateral adjustment, two slot for reinforcing rods and lugs for attaching to forms or
machine bolt expansion anchor. Size inserts to match size of threaded hanger rods.
Plastic pipe (PVC, CPVC. etc.) shall be supported at not to exceed 4'-0". Minimum
hanger rod size shall correspond to the steel pipe criteria for various pipe sizes as
noted in above table.
Individual Hangers
l. Individual hangers for non-insulated copper piping shall be copper plated or plastic
coated steel, adjustable swivel ring hangers.
Individual hangers for uninsulated steel and insulated steel or copper piping (except
steam and high temperature hot water) shall be zinc plated, adjustable swivel ring
hangers for pipe sizes up through l-112" and wrought steel, adjustable clevis hangers
for pipe sizes 2" and over.
Provide adjustable steel yoke with cast iron roller hangers for heating water and
condensate piping 6" and larger in size.
Individual hangers for steam and high temperature water piping (2500F and above)
shall be adjustable steel yoke with cast iron roller.
Trapeze Hangers:
l. Parallel runs of piping may be supported on trapeze hangers. Trapeze shall be
Unistrut P-1000 or equivalent by B-Line or SupersFut. System shall be selected to
support five times the weight or thrust applied without failure. Where trapeze length
exceeds four feet, provide additional hanger rod at mid span. Hangers shall be
spaced for smallest pipe in group.
All non-insulated steel pipe shall have standard pipe clamps at each support.
All non-insulated copper pipe shall rest on neoprene sleeves or 3M Scotch Rap 50
applied to a 50 mil thickness extended l/2" beyond clamp edge and have standard
pipe clamps at each support.
A11 insulated pipe (steel or copper) shall have standard pipe straps over the high
density insulation inserts at each support.
All heating water and condensate piping 6" and larger and all steam and high
temperahrre water pipe (250oF and above) shall be supported on pipe rollers at each
15050-B
I
I
I
I
t
Section 15050 BASIC MATENALS AND METHODS
Insulated Pipe Supports
Where individual hangers are used protect all insulated pipe at point of support with a 360
or 180 degree insulation insert of high density polyurethane foam, water-proofed 140 psi
calcium silicate, or expanded perlite. Adhesive shall comply with NFPA-90A, flame
spread l0/smoke 0. Provide minimum G-60 galvanized shield for high density insert.
Where trapeze hangers are used, protect all insulated pipe at point of support with 360
degree insulating insert. Encase insulation in a 360 degree sheet metal shield. Where
insulation stops and starts for pipe clamps, ends of insulation shall be sealed with liquid
mastic to provide continuous vapor barrier. Insert to be same thickness as adjoining pipe
insulation and be divided into longitudinal half sections as applicable and covered with fire
resistant vapor barrier jacket. tnsulation insert for all cold liquid (60"F or below) shall
extend I inch beyond sheet metal shield on each end. Shield length and minimum sheet
metal gauges shown in chart below. When pipe hanger spacing exceeds l0 ft., and for all
pipe roller applications, utilize a double layer shield.
D.
I
I
I
I
I Pipe Size
ll2" tfuoughl-112"
2" through 6"
8" through 10"
E. Wall Supports
Shield Length
4"
6'
9"
MinimumGauge
22
20
t6
J.
F.
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
l-
l. l/2" throueh 3" - Cast iron hook
4" and Over - Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp. Provide adjustable steel
yoke and cast iron ro11 for heating system pipes (250'F and above) 6" and larger in
size.
Unistrut may be used for multiple pipe runs up to 3" in size except steam and high
temperature water (250'F and above).
Vertical Supports
l. Provide ffiction riser clamps, supported and braced. Clamps for copper piping shall
be plastic coated steel. Copper pipes shall be wrapped in 3M Scotch Rap 50 applied
to a 50 mil thiclmess extended 1/2" beyond clamp edge.
a. Cast Iron Soil Pipes: Support at not less than every story height and at its'
base.
b. Screwed Pipe: Support at l0 foot on center for 2 inch and larger and 8 foot on
center for smaller than 2 inch pipe.
c. Copper Tubing: Support at 8 foot on center for 2 inch and larger and 6 foot on
center for smaller than 2 inch pipe.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Documents
15 oCTOBER 2001I
HLM 980071-04 15050-9
Section 15050
2.6
A.
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
SLEEVES
Schedule 40 steel pipe (galvanized if used below grade or in outside wall) sized large
enough to allow for movement and for continuous insulation. Plastic or sheet metal sleeves
are not allowed. Sleeves used below grade and for penefation of water proofed walls shall
contain integral water stop.
VALVES
General
A11 valves of a given type shall be of one manufacturer and shall be listed with the
Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry.
Pressure Ratings
Unless othenvise indicated, use valves suitable for minimum 125 psig at 450"F and 200
psig at 250"F.
Valve Connections
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.7
B.
C.
l.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Provide valves suitable to connect to adjoining piping as specified for pipe joints.
Thread pipe sizes two inches and smaller.
Flange pipe sizes2-l/2 inches and larger.
Solder or screw to solder adaptors for copper tubing.
Use grooved body valves with mechanical grooved jointed piping.
Provide butterfly valve with tapped lug body when used for isolating service.
D.Valve Operators
l. Provide suitable handwheels for gate, globe or angle and drain valves.
2. Provide one plug cock wrench for every ten plug cocks sizes 2" and smaller,
minimum of one. Provide each plug cock sizes 2-112" and larger with a wrench
with set screw.
3. Provide chain operators for valves four inches and larger located more than 7 feet
from floor in equipment rooms. Extend chains to five feet from floor and hook to
clips arranged to clear aisles.
4. Provide adjustable me':^ ;ry stops for all valves used in balancing service.
VIBRATION ISOLATION
Flexible Pipe Connectors:
Flexible stainless steel annular hose with stainless steel braid or bronze hose and braid.
Male nipples shall be used for piping size 2 inches and less. Pipe sizes 3 inches and larger
shall be flanged ( 150# ASA). Copper couplings shall have sweat fittings. Connector shall
bc installed on the equipment side of shut off valves.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Documents
15 OCTOBER 2OOI
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
2.8
HLM 98007r-04 15050-10
I
t
Section 15050
2.10
Manufacturer
Masons
Thermo Tech Flex,/Flo
Hyspan
Metraflex
Streamflo
Manufachrrer
Mason
Metraflex
C-Flex
Thermo Tech Flex/Flo
Steamflo
Screwed
BSS GU.MN
F/FN
4505
SST
SPCT
Screwed
MFTFTI
Dbl.Sphere Union
TU
F/FAJnion
AMU
Flaneed
BSS GU-RF
F/F/F
4502
MM
SPCF
Sweat
BBF
FE/C
4507
Refrig.Vib.Iso.
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
I
I
B.
T
I
I
I
I
| ._; 2s
Flansed
FPO
MLF
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
l-
I
Flexible Equipment Connectors:
Flexible connectors shall be manufactured of neoprene reinforced with nylon. No steel
rings or wire shall be used as pressure reinforcement. Straight connectors shall have two
spheres. Connectors size 2 inch and less to have threaded ends with female unions.
Connectors size 2-l/2 inch and larger shall have floating flanges recessed to lock the
connector's raised face neoprene flanges. Connectors shall be rated a minimum of 150 psi
at 220oF. When pressures will cause the connector to extend beyond its rated elongation,
control cables shall be employed with end fittings isolated by means of 1/2" thick bushings
designed for a maximum of 1000 psi. Connectors shall be installed on the equipment side
of shut-off valves.
Flaneed
MFTNC
Dbl. Sphere
TF
F/F/DS
AMT
Elbow
MFNEC
EL Sphere
DGANSIONCOMPENSATION
Expansion Loops:
Flexible expansion loops shall consist of two sections of hose and braid, two 90 degree
elbows and a 180 degree retum assembly. Flexible expansion loops shall impart no thrust
loads to system support anchors or building stucture. Flexible hose and braid shall be
stainless steel or bronze. Materials of construction and type of end fitting shall be
consistent with pipe material and equipment/pipe connection fittings. Assembly shall be
rated for a minimum working pressure of 150 psi at 200oF operating temperature. For 8"
and larger, provide double braid.
Manufacfurer Screwed
Thermo Tech
Metraflex MLT MLS
FLANGE GASKETS
Gasket material shall be full-faced for cast iron flanges and raised-face for steel flanges.
Select materials as noted below. As applicable due to service, gaskets shall conform to
ANSI A2l.l1. 816.20 or 816.21.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Documents
15 oCTOBER200I
HLM 980071-04 15050-r r
Section 15050 BASIC MATENALS AND METHODS
Service Acceptable Materials (Pressure/Temperattre Rating)
Domestic Water PTFE (1200 psig @ 500'F)
Steam Spiral Wound Meallic with PTFE Filler (300psig @
500'F)
Condensate Sprral Wouna Metallic with PTFE Filler (300psig @
500.F)
Gortex (3000 psig @ 600"F)
Heating water and chilled
water (with and without
glycol)
Prre (tzoo psig @ 500"F)
Gaskets shall be as manufactured by Garlock, Frenzelit, Vellumoid or approved equivalent.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.I INSPECTION
Inspect preceding work in accordance with Section 15010.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Field Measurements
Base final installation of materials and equipment on job site dimensions and conditions.
Job site dimensions shall take precedence over Drawing dimensions. Field measure critical
dimensions and do not fabricate or cut materials to length until such measurements are
made. Be responsible for accurate location of rough-ins as required for equipment being
serviced.
Cleaning
Ream pipes and tubes. Clean off scale and dirt, inside and outside before joining, leaving
ready for painting or identification as required. All piping stored outdoors shall be flushed
of debris before installation.
EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
General
l. GeologicalConditions
a. Soil test borings have been prepared by CTL Thompson. Bidders may review
their report on file in the Architect's office.
b. Bidders must assume all responsibility for deductions and conclusions which
they make as to the nature of the materials to be excavated for underground
piping or mechanical construction.
2. Provide all excavating and backfilling required by the work in this division, all as
required by the rules of the State Department of Labor and Employment and OSHA.
All pipe must be laid on bedding material with bellholes provided for hubs. After
pipe is laid in trench, it shall be tested, insulated if specified, and backfilled. Comply
with reouirements of Division 2.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Documents
I5 OCTOBER 2OO1
3.3
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
B.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
HLM 980071-04 I 5050- I 2
I
l--
I
t
Section 15050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
3. Veriff locations of existing and new underground utilities prior to henching and, if
damaged by this contractor, replace immediately in an approved manner at no
expense to the Owner.
4. For pipe laid in trenches below slabs on grade, compact bottom of henches in
accordance with Division 2 and the Geotechnical Report. Remove rock and stones
fiom bottom of trench.
5. Do not place backfill over pipe lines until lines are properly tested and approved.
Compaction
1. Remove rocks and stones from backfill material' Backfill by hand around the pipe
and the first 12" over the top of the pipe. Moisten, backfill and tamp in 8" layers
(maximum) with air motor or gasoline driven tamper to consolidate to 90% of the
maximum density obtainable at optimum moisture content. Puddling will not be
allowed.
2. Trenches under road surfacing shall have the upper six inch (6") layer, forming the
subgrade for pavement compacted to at least 95% of the maximum density
obtainable at optimum moisture content for rigid pavemants.
3. Density of backfill shall be determined by the requirements of the A.A.S.H.O. in
Pamphlet 57. Standard Method T-99-57.
4. Where requirements of the general conditions are more stringent than the above, the
general condition requirements shall be met.
Pavement
Accomplish cutting of flexible pavement so that the remaining exposed edge of the
pavement conforms vertically and horizontally to a straight line, preferred method is saw
cutting. The width of the section of pavemort removed shall be of necessary width for the
proper laying of pipe, but shall not exceed thirty six inches (36"). Waste material resulting
from the above operations will be disposed of in suitable waste areas. Repair pavemant to
satisfaction of the Architect, Owner and/or authorities having jurisdiction.
Shoring
hovide all shoring required to perform the excavation and to protect the project,
employees, and public.
I B.
I
I
I
I
I
l-
t
c.
D,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
E. Surveying
Establish all lines, grades and elevations. Stake out the work and furnish all line stakes (1"
x 2" x 10") and all hubs or hardwood pegs (1" x 1" x 6") to stake out the lines and
structures to line and grade.
F. Maintaining and Protecting Trafhc
Maintain sufficient barricades, waming signals and lights, traffic conhol officers to protect
pedestrian and vehicular traffic. Provide and maintain such detours as may be necessary to
keep traffic moving during construction.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Documents
15 oCTOBER 2001
HLM 980071-04 15050-13
Section 15050 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
a.
D.
4.
G.
H.
A.
J.+
BASIC MATEMALS AND METHODS
Surface Drainage and Ground Water
Surface drainage shall be diverted away fiom open excavation and trenching before
commencement of work at the location. Surface water or gfound water seepage which
enters or accumulates in the tenches shall be removed by pumping or subdfaining, and the
subgrade or pipe bed restored to original bearing value and conditions.
Any settling of backfilled trenches which may occur during the warranty period shall be
repaired without expense to the Owner, including the complete restoration of all damaged
property.
VIBRATION ISOLATION
Equipment
l. Where inertia bases are indicated, pour these bases within structural channel frames
having mountings attached to the inside perimeter and fumished with supplementary
spring units. Fumish bases with an 18 gauge sheet metal bottom welded in place to
retain the concrete. Anchor bolts and reinforcing bars are to be set in the field, #5
reinforcing bars top and bottom, 12" o.c, both ways. Provide one #5 bar at corners,
top and bottom, 2'x2'long. The mounting housing shall have concrete anchors and
form enclosures for the spring elements. No damping material shall be used between
the inner and outer housing on mountings and mountings shall have a combination
lifting and leveling adjustrnent and 1/4" thick neoprene acoustical friction pads
bonded to the steel base.
J.
Mount base mounted pumps and compressors (including temperature conhol
compressors) on inertia base with a weight equal to not less than l-l/2 times the
combined weight of the pump and motor. Each inertia base for horizontally split case
pumps shall include supports for base elbows at the suction and discharge
connections. Where the concrete is "T" shaped, or other than rectangular, mounting
shall be self contained concrete inserts with flush openings on the side of the
foundation for spring adjustment or removal.
Mount supply and retum centrifugal fans, cabinet fans and air handling units (where
called for on plans) on inertia base with a weight equal to not less than 1-l/2 times
the combined weight of :.re fan and motor. Where centrifugal fan is used, mount fan
and motor on common steel base.
Support each air compressor (including temperature control compressor), chiller,
base mounted pump, factory assembled air handling unit and fan by Mason
Industries, Kinetics Noise Control, or equivalent spring type vibration isolators, as
follows:
Compressor
Pumps:
(1) Close Coupled
(2) Flexible Coupled
Mason Engr'g
Equip. Spec.
B
B
B
Static Deflection,
Min. in inches
0.75
0.75
0.75
15050-1 4VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Documents
15 oCTOBER 2001
HLM 980071-04
I
l-.t
Section 15050
Cabinet Fans & Air
Handling Units
(1) Floor Mounted
(2) Suspended
Fans
(l) Cenritugal
(2) Utility Sets & In
Line Fans.
(a) Floor Mounted
O) Suspended
(3) Vane Axial
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
t
T
I
0.75
0.75
0.35
B
D
B
B
D
B.X
0.35
0.7s
0.75
5.
6.
B.
I
I
I
t
I-
b.
2.
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
l-
All mountings used out ofdoors shall be hot dipped galvanized.
Equipment with operating weight different than the installed weight, such as chillers
and cooling towers and equipment exposed to wind, such as roof fans, cooling
towers, etc., shall be mounted on spring mountings as described in Mason Engr'g
Spec. B, but a housing shall be provided that includes vertical limit stops to prevent
spring extansion when weight is removed. Limit stops shall be out of contact during
normal operation.
Where required due to overall height restriction or where called for, provide height
saving brackets to mount equipment.
Piping
1. Chillers, Condensers, Compressors and Air Handling Units
Isolate all refrigerant piping from the structure throughout the building by
double deflection spring and neoprene hangers with 1" deflection. Hang
piping so that it does not touch any part of the structure. Connect pipes to
compressor or condensing unit with flexible pipe connectors.
Isolate all chilled water piping, connected to evaporator on packaged chiller,
from the structure throughout the equipment room by double deflection spring
and neoprene hangers with l" deflection. Hang piping so that it does not touch
any part of the structure. Connect pipes to evaporator with flexible equipment
connectors.
Connect all heating water and chilled water to units supported by vibration
isolators with flexible equipment connectors. Connect all steam, condansate,
and refrigerant piping to units supported by vibration isolators with flexible
pipe connectors. Hang all piping so that it does not touch any part of the
structure.
Base Mounted Pumps, Vacuum Pumps and Air Compressors (including temperature
control compressors).
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Documents
15 oCTOBER 2001I
HLM 980071-04 r 5050-t 5
Section 15050 BASIC MATENALS AND METHODS
a. Connect piping to air compressors with flexible pipe connectors. Isolate air
piping from the structure for the first six hangers by double deflection spring
and neoprene hangers with 1" deflection. Hang piping so that it does not touch
any part of the structure.
b. Connect piping to base mounted pumps, and vacuum pumps with flexible
equipment connectors.
SLEEVES, BOXES, AND CONCRETECURBS
Major openings in the structure for mechanical work may be shown on the structural
drawings, these will be done under the Architectural Division of these Specifications. It is
this Contactor's responsibility to accurately set necessary sleeves and boxes for pipe and
ducts (not shown on the structural drawings) before erection of structure. This Contractor
is responsible for the correct size and location of all openings including coordination with
the other tades. All sleeves shall be large enough to allow for continuous insulation to pass
through the sleeve.
Sleeves and boxes shall be provided wherever pipes and ducts pass through floor, wall and
roof construction.
C. Each sleeve shall be utilized for only one pipe. Blockouts for multiple pipes or individual
pipes are not allowed unless indicated on the Drawings or approved by the Architect.
D. Terminate sleeves flush with walls, partitions and ceilings. In areas where pipes are
concealed (i.e. in chases), terminate sleeves l/4" above fnished floor. In areas where pipes
are exposed, extend sleeve l/4" above finished floor, except in mechanical rooms and
rooms containing floor drains, where sleeves shall be extended 2" above finished floor.
E. [n mechanical equipment room floors, all ducts shall have 4" high concrete curb around
duct. fumished and installed under Division 3. Mechanical Contractor shall coordinate this
requirement with appropriate trade.
3.6 CUTilNGANDPATCHING
Be responsible for the cost of cutting and patching for work under Division 15 caused by
improper coordination or notification. Comply with requirements of Division l.
3.7 PIPE AND DUCTWORKPENETRATIONS
A. Where horizontal ducts and pipe pass through walls, and vertical ducts and pipes pass
through floors or roofs seal off void between opening and duct, or pipe and sleeve. All
penetrations of exterior wall below grade shall be sealed water tight. All penetrations of
exterior walls above grade shall be sealed weather tight.
B. Wherever any pipe, duct, conduit, steel member, bracket, equipment or other material
penetrates or passes tkough fire-resistant wall, ceiling or floor, completely seal voids in
construction with non-hardening caulk or other fire resistant material as approved by all
authorities having jurisdiction. Embed sealing material full thickness of material being
penetrated. Sealants used at penetrations of items which can be consumed in a fire shall be
intumescent and shall be installed so as to fill the void left if penetrant is consumed.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Documents
15 OCTOBER 2OOI
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
A.
B.
3.5
HLM 980071-04 15050- t 6
t
I
Section 15050
3.10
C.
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
Sealants to be installed in accordance with manufachrer's instructions and shall have been
tested in accordance with ASTM E-814 and classified by Walrock Hersey.
FLASHINGS
All flashings will be done under roofing division except as noted or detailed elsewhere in
these specifrcations.
See Section 15400 for vents and drains.
PUMP AND EQI.IPMENT CONNECTIONS
Where the suction or discharge of any pump, inlet or outlet of terminal equipment, or inlet
or outlet of heating or cooling generation equipment is smaller than the pipe size noted on
the drawings, all strainers, valves, flexible connections, expansion joints, etc', shall be a
minimum of the pipe size noted on the drawings.
PIPE INSTALLATION
Installation
1. Install piping without springng or forcing, and to clear windows, doors and other
openings. Cutting or other weakening of the building stucture to facilitate piping
installation is not permitted.
2. Provide sufficient swing joints, anchors, expansion loops and devices necessary to
permit free expansion and contraction without causing undue stresses. Also see
Expansion Compensation this section. Make changes in direction with fittings.
Support piping independently at equipment so its weight will not be supported by
the equipment.
3. tnstall vertical risers plumb and straight, horizontal lines parallel with walls and
partitions. Conceal piping above ceilings and within furring and walls unless
otherwise indicated.
4. All piping shall be run full size as indicated on drawings. Any reductions in piping
required by equipment connections shall be made at these connection points.
Clearance
Provide clearance for proper installation of insulation and for access to valves, air vents,
drains and unions. Provide minimum 1/2 inch clearance between pipes after insulation.
Shut-Off Valves & Unions
l. Where indicated, provide shut-off valves and unions suitably located, to isolate
each item of equipment, branch circuit or section ofpiping.
2. Provide dielectric unions at iunctions of dissimilar metals.
Routes and Grades
l. Route piping in general locations indicated, in an orderly manner and to maintain
required grades. Coordinate with other piping, conduits, ducts and equipment
making necessary oflsets to accommodate the same.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Documents
15 oCTOBER 2001
B.
B.
3.8
3.9
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
l--
t
I
I
I
D.
t
I
I
l-
I
HLM 980071-04 1s0s0-17
Section 15050
3.1I
BASIC MATENALS AND METHODS
2. Install piping to conserve headroom and interfere as little as possible with use of
available space. Group piping wherever possible at common elevations. Install
concealed pipes close to the building structure to keep frrring to a minimum.
Flange Installation
l. Align flange bolt locations with equipment and/or companion flange, "Two-hole"
flanges with level for all horizontal applications.
2. Apply anti-seize thread compound to bolts before nuts are installed.
3. Gasket material shall be centered on the face of the flange.
4. Tighten bolts to evenly compress gasket material. A torque wrench shall be used
for final tightening of the bolts. The required torque shall be determined by the
gasket supplier.
5. Once system has been in operation for 24 hours, all flange bolts shall be re-torqued
to prescribed level.
WELDING
General
1. Piping shall comply with the provisions of the latest revisions of the applicable
sections of the ASME Code for Pressure Piping, ANSVASME 831.9 Building
Service Piping.
2. Boiler external piping shall comply with the latest revision of Section 1 of the
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, ANSVASME BPV-I Power Boilers.
Before any welding is performed, the contractor shall submit to the Architect/Engineer a
copy of his Welding Procedure Specification together with the Procedure Qualification
Record as required by Section IX of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
Before any welder shall perform any welding, the contractor shall submit to the
Architect/Engineer a copy of :ire Manufacturer's Record of Welder or Welding Operator
Qualification Tests as required by Section IX of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
Code.
The types and extent of non-destructive examinations required for pipe welds are as shown
inTable 136.4oftheASMECodeforPressurePiping,ANSVASME83l.l -PowerPiping.
Submit to the Architect a written report of examination results. Report shall include all
welds listing the type of weld, the limitations or imperfections which were examined,
whether or not weld meets acceptance criteria, examination method, and name of person
implementing the examination.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Documents
I5 OCTOBER 2OO1
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
B.
C.
D.
E.
HLM 980071-04 15050-t 8
I
I
Section 15050
3.12
3.14
F.
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
Each manufacturer or contactor shall be responsible for the quality of welding done by his
organization and shall repair or replace any work not in accordance with these
specifications.
Provide backing rings on all pipe 2-112" and larger that are welded with welding rods.
Welds made with a wire feed welder do not required backing rings.
INSTALLATION PIPE HANGERS
Adequately support piping from the building stuchre with adjustable hangers to maintain
uniform grading where required and to prevent sagging and pocketing. Provide supports
between piping and building structure where necessary to prevent swaying.
Install hangers to provide minimum l/2 inch clear space between finished covering and
adjacent work. Place a hanger within one foot ofeach horizontal elbow.
Use hangers which are vertically adjustable 1-l/2 inches minimum after piping is erected.
Support horizontal soil pipe near each hub or hubless clamp with five feet maximum
between hangers.
Support vertical soil pipe at each floor with riser clamps. Provide intermediate support
with friction clamps tied to structure. Where practical, support riser piping independently
of connected horizontal piping.
lnsulation shall be carried full size through the hangers.
Concrete inserts to be used for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides
of reinforced concrete beams, wherever practical. Set inserts in position in advance of
concrete work. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, finish inserts flush with slab
surface.
VALVES
Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted.
Provide drain valves at main shut off valves, low points of piping and equipment.
Control Valve Piping
If the control valve size is smaller than the pipe size marked on the drawing, the reduction
in size pertains to the valve only. Gate valves, globe valves, and stainers on either side of
the automatic valve shall be a minimum of the pipe size marked on the drawings.
ACCESS DOORS
Furnish an access door for each pipe chase for each floor. This includes both toilet
plumbing chases and pipe riser chases. Access door assembly to be minimum size of 24"
x24".
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o n str uctio n D o c u m e nts
t5 ocToBER2001
G.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F,
c.
B.
C.
J.IJ
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l-
I
HLM 980071-04 r 5050-19
Section 15050
3.15
3.16
3.r7
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
B.
C.
A.
B.
c.
A.
B.
C.
BASIC MATENALS AND METHODS
Also, fumish access doors in all non-removable ceilings and in partitions and walls where
necessary to maintain access to plumbing cleanouts, shock absorbers, fire dampers, manul
dampers, valves and other mechanical devices requiring access. Size these as required
(minimum 24" x 24") to provide adequate access for service or replacement of
components.
Fumish all access doors to the General Contractor for installation by trade responsible for
surface in which installed. Provide instructions for location.
EQTIIPMENT BASES AND SI.IPPORTS
General
Fumish and install, as indicated on the plans and/or as may be necessary for the proper
installation of all equipment fumished under this Division, all foundations, bases and
supports. Be responsible for their correct location and sizes to fit all equipment. Shim and
grout between the equipment and its base to align and level. Bolt equipment bases,
vibration isolators, and supports to prevent relative movement.
Supporting Steel
Provide supporting steel not indicated on the Structural Drawings for equipment requiring
same. Fabricate supports in accordance with AISC Specifications for the Design,
Fabrication and Erection of Structrual Steel for Buildinss. Brace and fasten with flanees
bolted to struchre.
Housekeeping Bases
Concrete bases for all floor mounted equipment including anchor bolts and inserts are
installed turder Division 3 in accordance with setting diagrams fumished by the contractor
responsible for installing the equipment. Bases shall be 4 inches in height and over the
complete floor area of the equipment. The bases shall be located and sizes determined by
the conhactor fumishing the equipment.
DRIP PANS AND DRAIN PANS
Provide drip pans or drain pans under piping containing liquids or equipment where
indicated.
Pans: 18 gauge galvanized iron. Pans shall be two inch deep, with rolled top edges, and
shall extend six inches each side of the pipe, group of pipes or equipment. Keep pans as
close to the underside of the pipes or equipmbnt as practicable. Seams shall be soldered,
and pans shall be crossbraced as required to prevent sagging and warping.
Pitch each pan to a drain connection, for complete drainage and pipe a 314 inch or larger
copper tube drain to discharge over nearest available open drain.
PAINTING
Supporting steel shall receive one coat of primer paint in the shop after fabrication welding
is complete, as specified in Division 5. Paint field;oints with one coat of matching primer.
Finish painting under Division 9.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Documents
15 OCTOBER 2OOI
HLM 980071-04 15050-20
B.
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l*
I
Section 15050
3.18
3.19
A.
3.20
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
PIPE AND EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION
See Section 15190.
ESCUTCHEONS
Install nickel-plated floor, wall and ceiling escutcheons of adjustable type on pipes passing
through walls, floor or ceiling in finished areas after painting is completed.
Install 20 gauge flange around ducts passing through walls, floor or ceilings in finished
areas,
PIPE AND DUCTWORK TESTING
General
1. Test piping and ductwork systems prior to concealment. Ensure that the test
pressure which might damage fixtures, existing piping or equipment does not reach
such units by valving them off or otherwise isolating them during the test. Keep
written field records of all tests. Each record shall contain, as a minimum, the date
of the test, system or subsystem tested, test medium and pressure, duration of test,
test results, name and signature of individual performing test, and the name and
signature of witress to the test who is not an employee of the firm performing the
test. Submit copies of all tests to Architect. All tests must be done to the
satisfaction of the Owner's representative and local authorities having jurisdiction,
before covering. Fumish all instruments required for testing. All hydrostatic test
to be held for a minimum of six (6) hours without loss of pressure. Air Tests to be
held for a minimum of two (2) hours without loss of pressure. Any visible leakage
or appreciable pressure drop during the test will be cause for rejecting the test.
Additional tests will be required after corrective measures have been taken until
satisfactory results are obtained. Contractor shall be responsible for fumishing all
plugs, piping, valves, hoses and pumps necessary for the required tests and for
proper disposal ofthe water upon completion of the tests.
2. Test all drain, waste and roof drain lines with standing water test of nvelve feet of
head, held long enough to visually inspect eachjoint.
3. Test all low pressure steam, condensate, heating water, condenser water, dual
temperature water, chilled water and reduced pressure domestic water piping,
before connecting to units, at 150 psig hydrostatic pressure.
4. Test all high pressure steam and condensate, radiant panel (embedded in concrete),
glycol filled water lines, fire lines and domestic water service lines to PRV at 200
psig hydrostatic pressure.
5. Test all nahral gas piping under 60 psig air pressure.
6. Test all compressed air piping under 150 psig air pressure.
7. Test all refrigeration piping per Table ll-D of the UMC, 1994 edition using oil
pumped, dry nitrogen and tapping ofjoints. If there is any loss of pressure, soap
each joint to find leaks. After system is assumed to be free of leaks, charge with
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Documents
t5 0cToBER 2001
A.
I
I
I
t
I
HLM 980071-04 15050-21
Section 15050
3.2r
3.22
BASIC MATENALS AND METHODS
refrigerant to l0 psig and then increase pressure to pressures listed in Table 11-D
of the UMC, 1994 edition, using oil pumped dry nitogen. Check all parts of the
system with a halide torch or electronic leak detector. After testing is complete
and system is considered leak-free, evacuate using a vacuum pump to 500 microns
and purge with oil pumped, dry nitogen to raise pressure to ahnospheric.
Re-evacuate the system and re-purge with oil pump€d, dry nitogen a second time.
Do not use system compressor for evacuating the system.
8. Test all ductwork from supply fan to terminal boxes before ducts are concealed
and before terminal boxes are connected. All openings shall be capped off and
partial sections ofthe duct shall be tested using a fan capable ofdeveloping 8" S.P.
Use U-gauge manometer to record duct S.P. and orifice pressure differential
manometer to record cfm leakage. Repair leaks until total leakage from source to
last terminal box mounted coils does not exceed 2%o of to1g'l air flow. If leaks
cannot be detected and leakage is greater tlnn 2%o of total air flow, then smoke
shall be used to aid in determining duct leak locations.
FLUSHING, CLEANING AND STERILIZING
Before final connections are made in the piping systems, all piping except as individually
noted below, shall be blown out with air and then completely washed out with cleaning
compounds compatible with final fluid to avoid contamination. The systems shall then be
flushed for the complete removal of all foreign materials. Furnish all temporary
connections, valves, etc., required for this purpose.
Clean the boilers by the same procedure.
After flushing, sterilize the domestic water system in accordance with AWWA Standard
C651-86, Disinfecting Water Mains, and all subsequent addenda. After minimum contact
period, flush the system with clean water until the residual chlorine is no greater than the
city water. Submit to the Architect, written certification that sterilization has been
performed. Include a copy in Operation and Maintenance Manuals. hovide a test analysis
by the State Health Department of a random water sample, if requested by the Architect.
EXPANSION COMPENSATION
General
l. Provide structural work and equipment required to control expansion and contraction
of piping, loops, pipe offsets, and swing joints and provide specified expansion joints
where indicated or required.
2. Rigidly anchor pipe to building structure at points indicated and provide pipe guides
so movement takes place along axis of pipe only.
B. Expansion Loops: Provide expansion loops and offsets where indicated. Fabricate loops
and offsets with long tum factory-made welding fittings or long tum copper fittings and
size to limit fitting stress to values recommended by the manufacturer or the Code for
Pressure Piping, ANSI 831.1. Expansion loops not sized on Drawings shall be sized for
the total pipe expansion without cold springing, but shall be field cold sprung one-half the
pipe expansion conected for ambient temperature.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Constructiott Documents
15 oCTOBER 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
B.
C.
A.
HLM 980071-04 15050-22
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t-
I
Section 15050
Pipe Size
Inches
l-112" andsmaller
2 to3"
4"
5" and larger
Spider Length
Inches
2"
2-112"
3u
3-uz',
C.
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
Anchors: Securely anchor piping where indicated or where required for a proper
installation and to force the pipe expansion in the proper direction. Anchors shall be
suitable for the location of installation and shall be designed to withstand not less than five
times the anchor load. Anchor vertical pipes by means of clamps welded around pipes and
secured to wall or floor consfuction.
Pipe Guides: Install pipe guides properly spaced as recommended by the Expansion Joint
Manufacturer's Association for proper installation in conjunction expansion loops. Use of
guides with expansion loops shall be limited to points required to prevent buckling of pipe.
Pipe guides shall not be used as pipe supports. Guides shall be factory- made cast
semi-steel or other heavy fabricated steel, consisting ofa bolted two-section outer cylinder
and base with a two-section guiding spider bolted or welded tight to the pipe. Guide and
spider shall be factory insulated ifused with insulated pipe and long enough to prevent over
travel of spider and cylinder. Guides shall be of manufacturer's standard length and spiders
shall be not less than the followine:
D.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
END OF SECTION
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Documents
1s ocToBER 2001
HLM 980071-04 15050-23
Ir
I -^., SECTION 1sr90 MECHANICAL IDENTIFTCATTON
SECTION I5190
I MECHAMCALIDENTIFICATION
PARTI -GENERAL
r l.l RELATEDDocuMENTSI ffSrff:iT"lffi:'1,l;.Tlill,'::'JHIgTTlffiT'iffi;'fi:,?"l;T#:I section. Consult them for further instructions and be govemed Ly the requirements
thereunder.
r 1.2 DESCRIPTIONOFWORK
A. Fumish and lnstall
r ) lifl1l'i;#^i.?,1i?:;'i*ffi:};il:llpipes'
ducts and equipment
3. Valve tags
I B. Related Requirements
1. Basic Mechanical Requirements: Section 15010
2. Basic Materials and Methods: Section 15050I
I.3 REFERENCESr '":-r.I Comply with ANSI ,4'13.1 - Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems.I
PART2 - PRODUCTS
II 2.1 MATERIALS
A. Pipe Markers: Identify the contents of the various pipirtg systems. Flow arrows shall
clearly indicate the direction of flow. Utilize either of the following methods:r
1. Pressure Sensitive Markers: Bradley Type 8-350 or 8-946, Seton, MSI, Craftmark
I or equivalent flexible film identification markers and tape, with legend size, colorI coding, and marker length per ANSI A13.1.
2. Stenciled Markings: Of size and color per ANSI Al3.l, using clear cut stencils and
I oilbasepaint.
I B. Tags: Aluminum or brass l-Il2 inch diameter with edges ground smooth and color coded
I to match piping system identifrcation. Punch each tag to receive tie wires. Evenly space
and stamp letters (1/4 inch high) and numbers (7116 inch high) into the metal swface, with
black letters.r
C. Labels: White plastic laminate with black engraving, fastened with brass screws.
I Pressure-sensitive embossed labels (Dymo Type) are not acccptable. Provide labels of
I uniform size. Label all equipment unless a manufacturer's label is firmly attached.
r*-
r HLM 980071-04 VArL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER 15190-1
Construction Documents
I5 OCTOBER 2OO1
t
SECTION 15190
2.2 STENCILS
A. Stencils or Pressure Sensitive Markers
l. Conform to the followins Schedule:
Outside Diameter of
Pipe or Pipe Insulation
1/2"
3/4" through l-1l4"
l-L/2" and2"
2-1/2" ttrough6"
8" through 10
10" and above
Ductwork and equipment
MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION
Length of Minimum Size Letter I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Color Field
8u
8u
8'
12"
)4
32"
3/8"
l/2"
3/4
1 | tAtl
2-112"
3-r/z',
2-1/2"
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.I PIPINGIDENTIFICATION TA. General
l. Identifr piping in crawlspaces, above ceilings, etc. as well as exposed to view I
except piping in finished areas. Provide identiffing markings at valves, fittings, I
and equipment, at terminal points, at each branch and riser take-off, on pipes that
lead to and from underground areas, and at both sides ofpiping passing through I
walls, ceilings, and floors. In addition, provide identiffing markings at 30 feet o.c. t
for exposed piping and concealed piping.
I2. All markers must be in compliance with respect to (l) proper letter color, (2) I
proper letter size, (3) conect background color, and (4) proper marker length.
I3. For pipes under l/2" O.D. color coded identification tags shall be securely fastened I
at all required locations. Tags shall be l-ll2 inches in diameter.
I4. Identification of all piping systems shall conform to the designations in the Imechanical legend on tle drawings.
5. Apply directional flow arrows adjacent to each pipe mark. I
B. Presswe Sensitive Markers
Apply in accordance with manufacfurer's recommendations. Marker adhesion will be
tested for permanence. Replace any markers showing dodgers, bubbles or other failings. f
C. Stenciled Markings
Apply after completion of finished coat of paint. Wipe pipe clean. Perform stenciled on I
markings without overspray, drips or other imperfections. Provide dark background when
using light colored stencils on light coverings (i.e. provide black background if using
yellow stencil on white covering).
HLM 98OO7I-04 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER 15190-2
Construction Documents
15 OCTOBER 2001
I
t
I
I .-
I
I
I
SECTION 15190
D.
MECHA NICAL IDENTI F ICATION
Markers and Markings
I . Use an alrow marker with each pipe content marking. The arrow shall always
point away from the pipe marking and in the direction of flow; color and height of
arrow to be same as content marking. If flow can be in both directions, use a
double-headed arrow.
2. Apply pipe and arrow marking within three inches of each valve to show proper
identification of pipe contants and direction of flow.
3. Apply the marking to the pipe so lettering is in the most legible position. For
overhead piping, apply marking on the lower half of the pipe where view is
unobstructed, so marking can be read from floor level.
VALVE IDENTIFICATION
Identiff all valves and cocks including fire protection valves, in main and branch piping
located inside the building. Use tags secured with brass 'S' hooks, brass jack chains or bead
chains.
Stamp valve tags with a unique prefix to indicate system, followed by a number.
(Example: CW-l; CW-2; HW-l; etc.). In general, the prefix shall match the system
abbreviation used on the Drawings.
Provide a typewritten list of valves including: valve identification number, location,
function, normal position, service and area served. Mount list under glass as directed.
Include additional copies in the operation and maintenance manuals.
Show valve tag designations on the Project Record Document Drawings and on schematic
flow diagrams.
EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION
Controls: Stencil or label magletic starters and relays to identify connecting or controlled
equipment. Stencil or label manual operating switches, fused discorurect switches and
thermal overload switches which have not been specified as fumished with indexed
faceplates as to "connected" or "conholled" equipment. Stencil or label automatic conhols,
control panels, zone valves, pressure/electric and electric/ pressure switches, relays and
staners.
Pumps: All pumps shall be identifred as to service and zone(s) served. Stencil or label base
mounted pumps. Tags secured by tie wire may be used on small in-line pumps.
Storage Tanks and Water Heaters: Stencil or label tanks as to senrice. Identifu the
connecting pipes to each tank.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Documents
I5 OCTOBER 2OO1
B.
T
I32
I
I
I-.C.
D.
B.
C.
J.J
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
t-
I
HLM 980071-04 r s 190-3
SECTION 15190 ME CHA NI CAL ID E NTI FI CATI O N
D. Fans: Stencil or label supply and exhaust fans and air handling units and connecting
ductwork supplying one or more areas from an equipment room or isolated crawl or firrred
space as to drawing code number, service and areas of zones served.
E. Air Conditioning Equipment Identif air conditioning equipment such as refrigeration
units, heat exchangers, cooling towers, pumps, etc. by stencils or system nameplates.
When more than one piece of like equipment is installed, they shall be identified as to area
or space served.
F. Fire Dampers: Identi$ all fire dampers and their access doors by printed stencil secured to
the access door or a location approved by the Architect.
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Documents
15 0CTOBER 2001
HLM 980071-04 15190-4
r
T SECTION 15190 MECIIANICAL IDENTIFICATION
SECTION I5I9OI MECHANICALIDENNFICATION
I PARTI-cENERAL
I
I.I RELATEDDOCUMENTS
I The General Provisions of the Contrac! including General and Supplementary ConditionsI and Division I - Specification Sections and Contact Documents apply to work in this
section. Consult them for further instuctions and be governed by the requirements
thereunder.
I
1.2 DESCRIPTIONOFWORK
I A. Fumish and Install
f l. Markers, tags arrd labels for mechanical pipes, ducts and equipment.2. Pipe identification and flow indications.
3. Valve tags
I
B. Related Requirements
I l. Basic Mechanical Requirements: Section 15010
!| 2. Basic Materials and Methods: Section 15050
I 1.3 REFERENCES
t Comply with ANSI Al3.l - Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems.
I PART2-PRODUCTS
I 2.1 MATERIALS
I A. Pipe Markers: Identiff the contents of the various piping systems. Flow arrows shall
I clearly indicate the direction of flow. Utilize eittrer of the following methods:
I l. Pressure Sensitive Markers: Bradley Type 8-350 or 8-946, Seton, MSI, Craftrnark
I or equivalent flexible film identification markers and tape, with legend size, color
coding, and marker length per ANSI Al3.l.
I
I 2.
:ffi*lffr1-ings:
Of size and color per ANSI Al3.l, using clear cut stencils and
t B. Tags: Aluminum or brass l-l/2 inch diameter with edges ground smooth and color coded
to match piping system identification. Punch each tag to receive tie wires. Evenly space
I and stamp letters (1/4 inch high) and numbers (7/16 inch high) into the metal surface, with
I black letters.
I C. Labels: White plastic laminate with black engraving, fastened with brass screws.
I Pressure-sensitive embossed labels (Dymo Type) are not acceptable. Provide labels of
uniform size. Label all equipment unless a manufacturefs label is firmly attached.
l__r HLM 980071.04 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER ISI^O-1
Co nstr uct ion Doc uments
r 15 OCTOBER20DT
SECTION 15190
2.2 STENCILS
A. Stencils or hessure Sensitive Markers
l. Conform to the following Schedule:
Outside Diameter of
Pipe or Pipe Insulation
ln"
3/4" through l-l/4"
l-lD" and2"
2-112" through6"
8'through l0
10" and above
Ductwork and equipment
PART3 - EXECUTION
ME C IAN I C AL I D E NTI FI CA TI ON
Length of
Color Field
E"
8"
8u
12"
24"
32"
Minimum Size Letter
318"
l12"
3/4"
l-l/4"
2-l/2"
3-l/2"
2-l/2"
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.1 PIPINGIDENTIFICATION
General
l. Identiff piping in crawlspaces, above ceilings, etc. as well as exposed to view
except piping in finished areas. Provide identiling markings at valves, fittings,
and equipment, at terminal points, at each branch and riser take-ofl on pipes that
lead to and from underground areas, and at both sides ofpiping passing through
walls, ceilings, and floors. In addition, provide identifring markings at 30 feet o.c.
for exposed piping and concealed piping.
2. All markers must be in compliance with respect to (l) proper letter color, (2)
proper letter size, (3) correct background color, and (4) proper marker length.
For pipes under l/2" O.D. color coded identification tags shall be securely fastened
at all required locations. Tags shall be l-ll2 inches in diameter.
Identification of all piping systems shall conform to the designations in the
mechanical legend on th: drawings.
Apply directional flow arrows adjacent to each pipe mark.
Pressure Sensitive Markers
Apply in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Marker adhesion will be
tested for permanence. Replace any markers showing dodgers, bubbles or other failings.
Stenciled Markings
Apply after completion of finished coat of paint. wipe pipe clean. perform stenciled on
markings without overspray, drips or other imperfections. Provide dark background when
using light colored stencils on light coverings (i.e. provide black background if using
yellow stencil on white covering).
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Constructio n Doc uments
15 oCTOBER 2001
-'.
4.
5.
B.
C.
HLM 980071-04 15190-2
t
I
I
I
I
SECTION I5I9O ME C HANI CAL ID E NTI FICATI ON
D. Markers and Markings
l. Use an arrow marker with each pipe content marking. The arrow shall always
point away from the pipe marking and in the direction of flow; color and height of
arrow to be same as content marking. If flow can be in both directions, use a
double-headed anow.
2. Apply pipe and arrow marking within three inches of each valve to show proper
identification ofpipe contents and direction offlow.
3. Apply the marking to the pipe so lettering is in the most legible position. For
overhead piping, apply marking on the lower half of the pipe where view is
unobstructed, so marking can be read from floor level.
VALVEIDENTIFICATION
Identi! all valves and cocks including fire protection valves, in main and branch piping
located inside the building. Use tags secured with brass 'S' hooks, brassjack chains or bead
chains.
Stamp valve tags with a unique prefx to indicate system, followed by a number.
@xample: CW-l; CW-2; HW-l; etc.). In general, the prefx shall match the system
abbreviation used on the Drawings.
kovide a typewritten list of valves including: valve identification number, location,
function, normal position, service and area served. Mount list under glass as directed.
Include additional copies in the operation and maintenance manuals.
Show valve tag designations on the hoject Record Document Drawings and on schematic
flow diagrams.
EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION
Controls: Stencil or label magnetic starters and relays to identiff connecting or contoolled
equipment. Stencil or label manual operating switches, fused disconnect switches and
thermal overload switches which have not been specified as fumished with indexed
faceplates as to "connected" or "controlled" equipment. Stencil or label automatic controls,
control panels, zone valves, pressure/electric and electic/ pressure switches, relays and
starters.
Pumps: All pumps shall be identified as to service and zone(s) served. Stencil or label base
mounted pumps. Tags secured by tie wire may be used on small in-line pumps.
Storage Tanks and Water Heaters: Stencil or label tanks as to service. Identiff the
connecting pipes to each tank.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Constraction Documents
15 OCTOBER 2OO1
I
I
I
3.2
t
I
l:,
B,
c.
J.J
t
I
I
t
I
I
l-
B.
c.
D.
I
HLM 980071-04 15r90-3
SECTION 15190 ME CHANICAL ID E NTI FICATION
D. Fans: Stencil or label supply and exhaust fans and air handling units and connecting
ductwork supplying one or more areas fiom an equipment room or isolated crawl or furred
space as to drawing code number, service and areas of zones served.
E. Air Conditioning Equipment Identifr air conditioning equipment such as refrigeration
units, heat exchangers, cooling towers, pumps, e'rc. by stencils or system nameplates.
When more than one piece of like equipment is installed, they shall be identified as to area
or space served.
F. Fire Dampers: Identifr all fire dampers and their access doors by printed stencil secured to
the access door or a location approved by the Architect.
ENDOF SECNON
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstr uct io n D oc ume nts
I5 OCTOBER 2OOI
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
HLM 980071-04 15r90-4
I
I ^ sECrroN rs2so
I
INSULATION
SECTION 15250
INSULATION
I PART1GENERAL
I 1.1 RELATEDDOCT}MENT
I A. The General Provisions of the Contact, including General and Supplementary Conditions
t and Division I - Specification Sections and Contact Documents apply to work in this
section. Consult them for further instuctions and be govemed by the requirements
thereunder.
I 1.2 WORKINCLUDED
I A. Fumish and install:
I 1. Piping insulation, including valves, fittings and other piping accessories
2. Equipment insulation
I 3. External ductwrap
I B. Related Requirements:
I 1. Basic Mechanical Requirements: Section 15010
I 2. Basic Materials and Methods: Section 15050
3. Mechanical ldentification: Section 15190
11 4. AirDistribution: Section 15800
1.3 RELATEDWORK
r A. Insulatedpipe supports: Section 15050rI 1.4 QUALITYASSURANCE
I A. Requirements of regulatory agencies:t ' *ffi1'#:i:J:ll?r;'J*"#ilil:$Tlffi#:j;lHnlti'11"#',.l,"Tiit;
and smoke developed index of 50 or less as tested by ASTM E 84 (NFPA 255)
I method. In addition, the products, when tested, shall not drip flame particles, and
flame shall not be progressive. Provide Underrwiters Laboratories lnc. label or
I listing (UL 723), or satisfactory certified test report from an approved testing
I laboratory to prove that fire hazard ratings for materials proposed for use do not
exceed those specified.
I 1 E-^^-+:^--. 'rL- f^n^,,.:-^ -^+-...:^r^ ^-- ^-^^-+;^-^ +^ .L^ d^^^t^.l| 2'
fic;:,i#;, #:,fJ*ll.materials
are exceptions to the flame/smoke rating
I a. Nylon anchors for securing insulation to ducts and equipment.
b. Cork or heated wood inserts used between shields and piping at hangers on
t low-temperature piping.
f .-,
r HLM 980071-04 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER 15250-1
Construction Documents
I5 OCTOBER 2OO1r
SECTION 15250
n. E84
o. 896
I
I
I
I
I
J.
B,
INSULATION
Moisture resistance: Do not provide materials with flameproofing teatments
subject to deterioration due to the effects of moisture or high humidity.
Codes and standards. Provide insulation conforming to the following standards:
l. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): Manufacture and test
insulation in accordance with the ASTM standards, including:
a. C 167 Test Methods for Thickness and Density of Blanket or
Batt Thermal Insulation's.
b. C 195 Specification for Mineral Fiber ThErmal Insulating
Cement.
c. C 305 Test for Thermal Conductivity of Pipe Insulation
d. C 335 Test Method for Steady State Heat Transfer Properties of
Horizontal Pipe Insulation
e. C M9 Mineral Fiber Hydraulic-Setting Thermal Insulating and
Finishing Cement
f. C 533 Specihcation for Calcium Silicate Block and Pipe Thermal
Insulation (1985)
C. C 534 Specification for Preformed Flexible Elastomeric Cellular
Thermal lnsulation in Sheet and Tubular Form
h. C 547 Specification for Mineral Fiber Preformed Pipe Insulation
(re77)
C 552 Cellular Glass Block and Pipe Thermal Insulation.
C 553 Specification for Mineral Fiber Blanket and Felt Insulation
(Industrial Type) ( I 99 1)
k. C 592 Mineral Fiber Blanket Insulation and Blanket-Type Pipe
Insulation (Metal Mesh Covered)
l. C 612 Specification for Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal
Insulation ( 1983)
m. C 921 Practice for Determining Properties of Jacketed Materials
for Thermal Insulation (1989)
Test Method for Surface Buming Characteristics of
Building Materials (1991)
Water Vapor Transmission of Materials in Sheet Form
American Society of Heating, Reliigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers
(ASHRAE): Provide and install pipe and duct insulation in accordance with the
following ASHRAE standard:
a. 90.1 Energy Conservation in New Building Desiga (1999)
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): Manufacture insulation in
accordance with the following NFPA standards:
a. 90A Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems
b. 255 Test Methods, Surface Buming Characteristics of Building
Materials (latest edition)
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Documents
I5 OCTOBER 2OO1
l.
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
2.
3.
HLM 980071-04 15250-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I:
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
l-
I'-
I
SECTION 15250 INSALATION
4. Underwriters laboratories
a. UL723 Surface Buming Characteristics of Building Materials.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
Product data: Submit manufacturer's technical data for each type of mechanical insulation
in accordance with Section 15010. Submit schedule showing manufacturer's product
number, K-value, thiclmess and fumished accessories for each mechanical system
requiring insulation.
1.6 DELI\'ERY, STORACEANDHANDLING
A. Delivery: Deliver insulation, coverings, cements, adhesives, and coatings to the site in non-
broken factory containers with manufacturer's stamp or labels affixed showing fire hazard
indexes of products and manufactuer's density and thickness rating.
B. Storage and Handling: Protect insulation against dirt, water, chemical and mechanical
damage. Store in a warn, dry location. Do not install damaged or wet insulation; remove
from project site.
1.7 PROJECTCONDITIONS
A. Environmental requirements: Perform work at ambient and equipmant temperatures as
recommended bv the insulation manufacturer.
B. Protection: Protect insulation against dirt, water, chemical or mechanical damage during
and after installation. Repair or replace any insulation or covering damaged prior to final
acceptance of work.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
Owens Coming, Johns Manville, CedainTeed Mason, Knauf, Armstrong and Imcoa
insulation will be considered equivalent and will be acceptable without prior approval by
the Consulting Mechanical Engineer.
2.2 ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS
Various codes are more resFictive on the use of certain products in plenums etc. This
specification allows several methods of insulating valves, fittings, etc., but it is the
contractor's and the manufacturer's responsibility to assure that the code authorities will
approve any product to be installed on the project.
2.3 INSULATION GENERAL REQI.JIREMENTS
A. General: Provide insulation conforming with the referenced publications and the specified
temperature ranges and densities, in pounds per cubic foot (pcf).
B. Exterior of insulation: Provide insulation with exterior surface that is cleanable, grease
resistant, non-flaking and non-peeling.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstructio n D ocuments
15 OCTOBER 2OOI
HLM 980071-04 15250-3
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
b.
c.
c.
A,
2.4
SECTION 15250 INSALATION
Physical changes: Provide insulation that shows no physical changes that adversely affect
its qualities under normal use at the intended use temperature.
MATERIAI,S
Pipe Insulation
I . Interior Use
Fiberglass: One-piece molded three pound damity fiberglass pipe insulation
(ASTM C547, Class 2) with factory applied all-service jacket with self-
sealing lap. Jacket color shall be white and suitable for painting with latex
paints. Insulation shall be suitable for pipe temperatures from 0 to 850
degtees. Maximum k-value shall be 0.24 Btu-in/hr-sq fVdegrees at 75
degrees mean temperature (ASTM C335). Jacket shall provide a vapor
barrier with a perrneance of less than 0.02 permVin (as tested by hocedure
A of ASTM E96). Fire safety shall comply with ASTM E84, UL 723 and
NFPA 255.
Flexible elastomeric: Flexible tubular closed-cell elastomeric tubing
conforming to ASTM C 534, Type L lnsulation shall be suitable for pipe
temperatures from -40 to 220 degrees. Maximum k-value shall be 0.27 Bnr-
inltr-sq ft/degree at 75 degrees mean temperature (ASTM Cl77 or C5l8).
Permeance shall be 0.20 perm/in or less (as tested by Procedure B of ASTM
E96). Flame-spread/smoke-developed indices shall be 25150 or less for
thickness I inch or less.
Flexible polyolefin: Flexible tubular closed-cell polyolefin tubing shall be
suitable for pipe temperatures from -165 to 210 degrees. Maximum k-value
shall be 0.24 Btu-in/hr-sq fVdegree at 75 degrees mean temperature (ASTM
Cl77 or C335). Permeance shall be 0.05 perm/in. or less (ASTM E96).
Flame-spread/smoke-developed indices shall be 25150 or less for thickness I
inch or less.
d. Calcium silicate: Factory pre-molded, flame-resistant asbestos-free hydrous
calcium silicate conforming to ASTM C533 rated for 1200 degrees (Type l).
Maximum k-value shall be 0.49 Btu-in/hr-sq fVdegree at 400 degrees mean
temperafure. Insulation material shall be colored per manufacturer's
designation for asbestos free insulation.
Exterior Use
a. Fiberglass: Fiberglass pipe insulation for exterior use shall be the same as
for interior use, except that the all-service jacket may by omitted where a
vapor barrier is not required and replaced with a factory installed all-weather
30 mil W resistant PVC jacket or a metal jacket installed according to Part
3 of this specitication section.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Documents
15 oCTOBER 2001
2.t
I
I
I
I
HLM 98007r-04 15250-4
3.
4.
).
6.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l-:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
l-
I
SECTION 15250 INSULATION
b. Flexible elastomeric and polyolefin: Insulation for exterior applications
shall be the same as for interior use. Exterior protection shall be as
recommended bv the manufacfurer.
B.Piping Accessories (Fittings, Unions, Etc.) Insulation
Premolded insulation sections: Premolded insulation sections shall meet the
requirements for the adjacent insulation.
Tape
a. All service jacket tape: Provide tape with pressure sensitive adhesive
suitable for sealing all service jacket on chilled and dual temperature piping
system. Tape shall provide a vapor barrier.
b. PVC sealing tape: Provide PVC sealing tape with pressure sensitive
adhesive suitable for use with pre-molded PVC insulation covers. Tape shall
provide a vapor barrier. Tape shall be white and 10 mil thick.
Glass cloth: Provide white 20 x l0 mesh resin-treated elass cloth.
Vapor barrier mastic: Mastic shall be a water-base product suitable for spraying or
trowel application. Color shall be white. Water vapor penneance (ASTM E 398)
shall be 3.0 perm at l/16 in. dry film thickness new and 1.0 perm when aged.
Surface temperature range shall be -20 to 200 degrees.
lnsulating and finishing cement: Provide a high temperature mineral fiber cement
with a hydraulic-setting binder (asbestos free) suitable for service to 1200 degrees,
complying with ASTM C 449. Cement shall have a k-value of 0.97 Btu-in/hr-sq
fl/degree at 400 degrees mean temperature. Cement shall be suitable for troweled
application and set up to a smooth hard white finish. Surface shall be suitable for
painting, or weatherproofing for outside service.
PVC jacketing and fitting covers: PVC fitting covers shall be used with fiberglass
inserts or with fiberglass pipe insulation cut to the shape of the cover. Inserts shall
meet the temperature requirements for fiberglass pipe insulation. Covers and
jacketing shall meet the 25/50 flame and smoke developed rafings of ASTM E 84.
Covers and jacketing shall be white, 20 mil thickness and be suitable for surface
temperatures up to 150 degrees. Covers and jacketing used extemal to building
shall be 30 mil thickness.
t-
2.
7. Metal jacket pipe and fitting covers shall be 0.016 thick aluminum or stainless
steel.
8. Vapor barrier coating: Provide white, flexible, fire resistive vapor barrier coating.
Permeance shall be 0.05 perm at 0.055 in. dry film thickness. Coating shall be
good for temperatures at coating of0 to 150 degrees.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Constructio n Documents
15 oCTOBER 2001
HLM 98007r-04 15250-5
SECTION 15250 INSALATION
C.Equipment lnsulation
1.Fiberglass: For equipment having surface temperatures between 0 and 450
degrees, provide fiberglass insulation board or blanket meeting ASTM C 612,3
pcf densify with a k-value of 0.23 Btu-in/hr sq lVdegree at 75 degrees mean
temperature. Supply with all service jacket if other covering is not specified. For
equipment having surface temperatures between 450 degrees and 850 degrees
provide fiberglass insulation board specified for these temperatures.
Calcium silicate: Calcium silicate equipment insulation shall conform to ASTM
C533, Type I for surface temperatures to 1,200 degrees maximum. Insulation shall
have a k-value of 0.49 Btu-in/hr-sq ft/degree at 400 degrees mean temperature.
Insulation shall be asbestos free and be colored by manufacturer to be desisnated
as asbestos free.
3. Flexible elastomeric: For surface temperatures -40 degrees to 220 degrees,
provide flexible elastomeric equipment insulation sheet, l" thick conforming to
ASTM C534, Class II (sheet).
4. Flexible Polyolefin: For surface temperahres -165 degrees to 210 degrees,
provide flexible polyolehn equipmant insulation sheet, l" thick conforming to
ASTM C534, Class II (Sheet).
Fiberglass Duct Wrap
1. Exposed Duct
a. Rectangular duct: Fiberglass insulation board, l-112" thick, 0.6 pcfdensity
having an installed k-value of0.23 Btu-in/tr-sq ff/degree at 75 degrees mean
temperature. Supply with vapor barrier foil-scrim-laaft (FSK) jacket.
b. Round duct: Fiberglass duct wrap conforming to ASTM C 553, Type l, 1-
l/2" thick,3/4 pcf dursity having a k-value of 0.27 Btu-in/lr-sq ff:/degree at
75 degrees mean temperature. Supply with vapor barrier foil-scrim-kaft
(FSK)jacket.
2. Concealed duct: Fiberglass duct wrap conforming to ASTM, C 553, Type 1, 1-
1/2" thick, I pcf density, having a k-value of 0.27 Btu-intr-sq fVdegree at 75
degrees mean temperature. Supply with foil-scrim-kaft (FSK) jacket.
3. Bonding adhesive: Provide bonding adhesive designed to adhere fiberglass
insulation to metal ducts. Adhesive shall be nonflammable, fire-resistive and meet
the requirements of NFPA 90A.
4. Foil-scrim-kraft (FSK) tape: Provide tape with pressure sensitive adhesive and
FSK backing suitable for use on FSK jackets.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstruction Documents
rs ocToBER 2001
I
I
I
I
t2.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D.
HLM 980071-04 r 5250-6
I
t.
rlI
I
I
I
I
SECTION 15250 INSULATION
Vapor barrier coating: Provide solvent-based vapor barrier coating for service
temperatures from -20 to 200 degrees. Coating shall meet NFPA 90A
reouirements.
E.Insulation Accessories
l.General: Provide insulation accessories compatible with materials to which
applied and suitable for the services. Provide insulation accessories that do not
corrode, soften or otherwise attack the insulation or iacket in either the wet or dry
state.
Adhesives, coatings, sealing compounds and protective finishes: Provide
adhesives, coatings, sealing compounds, and protective finishes as recommended
by insulation manufacturer for applications indicated.
3. Staples: Provide outward-clinching monel-metal type staples, 314 in nominal
width.
7.
PART 3 EXECI]TION
Bands: Provide bands of galvanized steel, aluminum, brass or nickel copper alloy
of 3/4 in. nominal width. Provide band thicknesses exclusive of coating not less
than 0.005 in. for steel and nickel copper alloy, 0.007 in. for aluminum and 0.01 in.
for brass.
Wire: Provide wire of 14 ga. nickel copper alloy or copper clad steel, 16 ga.
stainless steel or l8 ga. soft annealed galvanized steel.
Wire Netting: Provide wire netting for exposed surface of insulation to be cement
finished. Provide wire netting that is 22 ga., I in. galvanized mesh, with
continuous 26 ga. galvanized comer beads having 2-112 in. wings.
Fire stop sealant: Provide inorganic fire stop sealant having I tE.,2 tu. or 3 lu.
rating as required by building penetration requirement.
5.
2.
4.
5.
6.
B.
3.1
I
I
I
t_
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
GENERAL INSTAILATION REQIIIREMENTS
Inspection
Inspect work in conformance with Section 15010.
Preparation
A11 piping and ductwork systems shall be tested and have all leaks repaired prior to the
application of the insulation. All surfaces shall be clean and dry; all foreign materials, such
as rust, scale and dirt removed; and where specified, surfaces painted, prior to installing the
insulation.
C. Workmanship
I . Fumish and install piping, ductwork and equipment insulation as specified herein.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstruction Documents
I5 OCTOBER 2OOI
HLM 98007r-04 15250-7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
b.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
3.2
SECTION 15250 INSULATION
Insulation shall be applied by experienced coverers per best frade practice and
manufacturer's printed installation instructions. Insulation shall be clean and dry
when installed. Install insulation material with smooth and even surfaces. Butr
edges firmly together.
Make insulation continuous through sleeves or openings in walls and floors, except
when there is a required fire resistance rating. Where this occurs, fill the open
space between the pipe or duct and the building opening with fire stop sealant.
Carry insulation tluough hangers, including hapeze hangers. Butt insulation tight
to high density inserts (Section 15050) at hanger locations and secure by taping
insulation to inseds. Where pipe supports for vertical riser clamps and anchors
must be rigidly secured to pipe, cut insulation around support, fill void around
support with insulation cement and cover with vapor barrier mastic.
Make sure that covering material which is to be painted will be in satisfactory
condition to receive paint.
Ductwork insulation shall meet the requirements of NFPA 90A, latest edition.
Cover all exposed and leading edges ofinsulation with adhesive.
Where new piping is connected to existing insulated pipe, new insulation shall be
butted against existing insulation and sealed to provide complete thermal barrier,
as well as vapor barrier where required by this specification. Existing insulation
shall be trimmed as required to allow a tight continuous butt joint.
Repair or replace all existing insulation to meet the requirements of these
specifications where the existing insulation has been damaged or requires removal
due to new construction requirements.
Pipe insulation exposed in mechanical rooms or occupied spaces below 10 feet
above finished floor shall be protected by PVC covers or metal jackets.
PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION
Domestic Cold Water Piping
1. General
a. Unless otherwise specified, insulate all domestic cold water piping.
Exceptions are:
(1) Piping used exclusively for fire protection.
(2) Chrome-platedtubing
A vapor barrier shall be provided on all insulated surfaces of the piping
system.
Install pipe insulation of at least the minimum thickness specified in Table
1 5250- 1 .
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Documents
15 oCTOBER 2001
HLM 980071-04 15250-8
I
I.
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
t.,
SECTION 15250
2.
INSULATION
Insulation lnstallation
a. Fiberglasslnsulation
(l) Apply insulation to the pipe by opening the seam and then closing it
after placement. Flap edges should be down at the 3 o'clock or 9
o'clock position. Remove release paper and seal flap. Apply butt
strips atjoints. Rub down all edges with a plastic squeegee.
(2) Staple flap on 6" centers starting at center. Seal staples with vapor
barrier adhesive.
(3) Seal all exposed ends ofpipe insulation with vapor barrier coating.
Flexible elastomeric or polyolefin insulation: Slip insulation on the pipe
prior to connection wherever possible and seal the butt joints with adhesive.
Where the slip-on technique is not feasible, slit the insulation and apply to
the pipe. Seal the seams and butt joints with adhesive per manufach.uers
recommendations.
Valves, unions, flanges and fittings: Insulate valves, unions, flanges and
fittings as specified in paragraph 3.2.H.
Buried pipe: Spiral wrap all buried plpe, except water service from steet to
buildings, with pipe wrap with 50% overlap. No insulation is required.
Domestic Hot Water Piping
L General
a. Unless otherwise specified, insulate all domestic hot water supply and
recirculating piping. Exceptions are:
(l) Chrome-platedtubing
No vapor barrier is required on this piping.
Install pipe insulation of at least the minimum thiclsress specified in Table
15250-1.
Insulation installation: Install fiberglass and flexible elastomeric or polyolefin
adhesive insulation as specified for domestic cold water piping.
Insulation of pipes under handicapped lavatories: Insulate angle stop assemblies
and drain lines with foam insert covered with l/8" minimum abrasive resistant
exterior cover with fasteners located out of sight, Brocar Trap Wrap Kit 500R or
500HS, McGuire Prowrap, Truebro LavGuard, TCI Products Skal + Gard, or
equivalent. Acceptance of installation quality will be by the Architect.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Documents
I5 OCTOBER 2OO1
b.
c.
2.
J.
B.I
I
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
HLM 980071-04 15250-9
SECTION 15250
J.
HLM 980071-04
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
z.
c.
D.
E.
INSULATION
4. Valves, unions, flanges and fittings: Insulate valves, unions, flanges and fittings as
specified in paragraph 3.2.H.
5. Buried Pipe: Insulate all buried piping with fiberglass insulation, 4-l/2 pcf
minimum or flexible polyolefin. Spiral wrap insulation with pipe wrap with 50%
overlap (not required on polyolefin insulation).
Storm Drain Piping
Insulate horizontal storm drain piping (including overflow piping), fittings and roof drain
bowls which are above ground and in the building the same as for domestic cold water
piping. lnsulation shall be provided on all fittings which transition piping from horizontal
to vertical. Carry insulation 12" down vertical piprng. Start insulation on vertical pipe 12"
prior to turning pipe to horizontal. Seal exposed ends of insulation with vapor barrier
mastic. No insulation is required on buried piping.
Condensate Drain Pan Piping
lnsulate condensate drain pan piping and fittings the same as for domestic cold water
piping, to provide vapor barrier installation.
Heating Hot Water and Steam Piping
l. General
a. Unless otherwise specified, insulate all heating hot water and steam piping.
This includes condensate piping and boiler feed piping.
b. Piping components which need not be insulated are: Piping connections
between baseboard radiation elements or ceiling radiant panels.
c. No vapor barrier is required.
a. Install pipe insulation of at least the minimum thickness specified in Table
15250- l .
Insulation installation
a. Fiberglassinstallation:
(l) Apply insulation to the pipe by opening the seam and then closing it
after placement. Flap edges should be pointing down at the 3 o'clock
or 9 o'clock position. Remove release paper and seal flap. Apply butt
strips at joints. Rub down all edges with a plastic squeegee.
(2) Staple flap on 6" centers starting at center. Seal staples with all
service jacket tape.
(3) Seal ends of pipe insulation at all valves, fittings, flanges and hangers
with adhesive.
Valves, unions, flanges, and frttings: Insulate valves, unions, flanges and fittings
as specified in paragraph 3.2.H.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Documents
15 oCTOBER 2001
15250-10
t
t
b.
4.
5.
2.
J.
A
F.
I
I
I
t
I
t
t
t
t
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
SECTION 15250 INSaL/ITION
Expansion Joints: lnsulate all expansion joints with blanket type insulation of the
same thickness as the pipe insulation. Hold the blanket in place by wire or
galvanized shaps for ease of removal.
Buried Pipe: lnsulate all buried piping with fiberglass insulation, 4-112 pct
minimum. Spiral wrap insulation with pipe wrap with 50% overlap.
Chilled Water Piping
l. General
a. Unless otherwise specified, insulate all chilled water piping.
A vapor barrier shall be provided at all insulated surfaces.
Install pump casing with removable insulation to allow for periodic
maintenance.
Install pipe insulation of at least the minimum thickness specified in Table
15250-1.
Insulation installation
a. Fiberglassinsulation:
(l) Apply insulation to the pipe by opening the seam and then closing it
after placement. Flap edges should be down at the 3 o'clock or 9
o'clock position. Remove release paper and seal flap. Apply butt
strips at joints. Rub down all edges with a plastic squeegee.
(2) Staple flap on 6" centers starting at center. Seal staples with vapor
barrier adhesive.
(3) Seal ends ofpipe insulation at all valves, fittings, flanges and hangers
with vapor barrier coating.
b. Flexible elastomeric or polyolefrn insulation: Slip insulation on the pipe
prior to connection wherever possible and seal the butt joints with adhesive.
Where slip-on technique is not feasible, slit the insulation and apply to the
pipe. Seal the seams and butt joints with adhesive per manufacturers
recommendations.
Valves, unions, flanges, and fittings: Insulate valves, unions, flanges and fittings
as specified in paragraph 3.2.H.
Buried pipe: Insulate all buried piping with fiberglass insulation, 4-ll2 pcf
minimum or flexible polyolefin. Spiral wrap insulation with pipe wrap with 50%
overlap (not required on polyolefin insulation).
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Documents
I5 OCTOBER 2OO1
HLM 980071-04 15250-1r
SECTION 15250 INSULATION
Refrigerant Piping
1. General
a. Unless otherwise specified, insulate all refrigerant piping (inside and
outside) including any buried piping, the same as chilled water piping.
b. Liquid lines within the building are not required to be insulated, except
where personnel protection is required.
H. Valves, Flanges, Unions, Fittings, Air Separators and Pump Casings.
Insulate valves, flanges, unions, and fittings in all types of systems, air separators in
heating and chilled/dual temperature water systems, and pump casing for chilled and dual
temperature water systems as follows.
l. Option I : Insulate with pre-molded insulation sections. Secure sections in place
with all service jacket tape and trim insulation to assure an even transition with
adjacent pipe insulation. Apply glass cloth circumferentially around insulation
sections and then apply vapor barrier mastic over the entire surface to provide a
vapor seal.
2. Option 2: Apply insulating and finishing cement over surface. Smooth and fmish
cement to make a flush transition with adjacent pipe insulation. After cement has
dried, apply glass cloth circumferentially around cement. Apply vapor barrier
mastic over entire surface to provide a vapor seal.
3. Option 3: Insulate with factory precut, two layer insulation and cover with factory
pre-molded, one piece PVC fitting covers. Tuck the ends of the insulation snugly
into the throat of the fitting cover and the edges adjacent to the pipe fitting. Secure
the fitting cover with vapor barrier master or by taping the ends circumferentially
with PVC sealing tape to the adjacent pipe covering. Tape shall overlap at least
l/4 in. and extend a minimum of 2 in. onto the pipe covering.
4. For flexible elastomeric or polyolefin insulation for fittings, flanges and valves
shall be premolded, precut orjob fabricated of the same thickness and conductivity
as used on adjacent pipe.
I. Piping with Heat Tracing
Insulate all piping with heat hacing with a minimum %" insulation or the same as for the
type of system connected to. Insulation shall be one size larger than pipe size to allow for
heat tracing.
J. Exterior Piping
I . General
a. All insulated piping which is "outdoors" or exposed to weather shall be
provided with a suitable jacket or coating. Jackets may be provided as part
of the insulation system if specified for exterior use by the manufacturer.
Installation to be per manufacturer's recommendations.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Documents
15 OCTOBER 2001
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
('.
HLM 98007t-04 15250-12
I
I sECrroN rs2so
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I ,,:
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
INSULATION
b. lnsulation shall be carried through building wall and terminated with sealed
ends inside building or continued as required.
2. Metal Jacket Installation
a. Jackets shall be installed with metal bands securing the jacket in place.
Bands shall be located at buttjoint overlaps and spaced between buttjoints.
b. Overlaps in the jacket shall be positioned to shed water. Butt joint overlaps
shall be wide enough to provide weatherproofing.
c. Installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
K. Minimum Pipe Insulation
The minimum pipe insulation thiclmess specified in Table 15250-l are for fiberglass pipe
insulation and meet the Model Energy Code (1992) and ASHRAE Standard 90A.
Thicknesses of other types of insulation shall be adjusted to provide equivalent resistance
to heat flow.
a --,I HLM 980071-04 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER ts2s0-r3
Construction Documents
15 oCTOBER 2001
I
SECTION 15250 INSALATION
Table 15250-l
Minimum Thicknesses for Pipe Insulation
Insulation Thickness in Inches for Pipe Size (2)
(1) Runouts to individual terminal units not exceeding 12 feet in length.
(2) For piping exposed to outside air, increase thickness by 1/2 inch.
EQUIPMENT INSULANON INSTALLATION
Low Temperature Equipment
I . General
a. Unless otherwise specifred, insulate low temperafure equipment.
b. Insulation thickness and materials for low temperature equipment shall be as
follows.
(l) Chiller evaporators - 1-l/2 in. flexible elastomeric.
(2) Chilled water pumps - 1-1/2 in. fiberglass.
(3) Air separators - 1 in. fiberglass.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Documents
1s ocToBER 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
J.J
Piping System Types Fluid
Ternperature
Range
Run-
outs up
to 2' (l)
l" and
less
l-114"
to 2u
2-tlz'*
to 4"
5" to
6u
8"
and
larger
Domestic Cold Water 40-60 l/2 t/2 t/2 t/2 L/2 1/2
Domestic Hot Water 105 -160 v2 1 1-U2 t-l/2 t-l/2
l6l-200 v2 t-112 t-t/2 2 2 2
Heating Systems:
Hot Water, Steam
Condensate and Steam
above 305 t-t/2 2-r/2 2-ll2 3 3-t/2 3-r/2
251-305 t-u2 2 2-t/2 2-v2 3-t/2 3-r/2
201-250 1 t-t/2 t-l12 2 2 3-t/2
l4l-200 Ll2 t-112 L-LIL 1-U2 r-r/2 t-1/2
105-140 1/2 I I t-1/2 t-t/2 t-t/2
Cooling Systems: Chilled
Water, and Refi:igerant
40-55 t/2 1 I I I
below 40 I I 1-t/2 1 1l.l t-t/2 1-U2
Generator Exhaust 1200 or sleater 4 4 A 4 4
HLM 980071-04 15250-14
I
l-SECTION 15250
J.
A
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
l-'
2.
J.
A
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
INSALATION
Chiller evaporators: lnsulate the evaporator shell, water boxes and suction piping
between the evaporator and the first stage compressor with flexible elastomeric
insulation. Apply the insulation with the manufacturer's recommended adhesive
having full adhesive covering under all the insulation. In addition, adhere all butt
joints with adhesive and cover with 2" wide x l/8" thick insulation tape over all
joints. Finish all insulation with two coats of manufacturer's recommended
protective coating. Care shall be taken not to insulate over any nameplates or
labels. Bevel and seal insulation around such. Insulation providing a vapor barrier
shall be installed on all exposed cold surfaces.
Chilled water pumps: Insulate dual temperature and chilled water pumps the same
as valves, fittings, etc. Pump casing insulation shall be renrovable to allow for
periodic maintenance.
Heat Exchangers: Insulate heat exchangers with fiberglass board insulation.
Boards shall have minimum dimension of 12 in. and a maximum dimension of 48
in. Install board insulation to fit as closely as possible to the equipment and
stagger end joints where possible. hovide the insulation for cylindrical surfaces
with edges properly beveled to provide a tightjoint.
Hold all sections of insulation with two coats of vapor barrier mastic applied with
an glass cloth between the coats. Point up all puncfures and breaks with vapor
barrier mastic.
B.High Temperature Equipment
1.General: Unless otherwise specified, insulate equipment in steam, hot water
heating and domestic hot water systems. This includes condensate storage tanks,
flash tanks, converters, boilers, breechings, and domestic hot water generators and
storage tanks. Care shall be taken not to insulate over any nameplates or labels.
Bevel and seal insulation around such.
Exceptions: Do not install insulafion on equipment with factory installed
insulation.
Insulation Thickness and Material: Insulation thickness shall be as shown by
manufacfurer's charts to provide a surface temperature less than or equal to 120
degtees at 90 degrees ambient temperahrre and zero wind speed. Materials shall
be suitable for equipment surface temperatures.
Finish: Cover insulation with l8 ga., 1" galvanized wire mesh. For equipment,
finish over the galvanized wire with glass cloth and vapor barrier mastic coating
with dry film thickness of 1/16 inch or use FSK jacket. For breeching, hnish with
1/2 in. layer of insulating and finishing cement.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstruction Documents
I5 OCTOBER 2OO1I
rrLM 980071-04 15250-I 5
I
t
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.
A.
3.4
SECTION 15250 INSULATION
DUCT INSULATION INSTALLATION
Outside Duct Wrap
l. General
a. All insulated ductwork is to be insulated on the outside. Duct liner is
not allowed.
b.Reference Section 15800, Air Distribution, for description of ducts requiring
insulation.
Supply and/or retum ductwork located within conditioned spaces served by
this ductwork, do not require insulation. Ductwork passing through a space
that is not supplied air by this ductwork requires insulation. Mechanical
rooms and ceiling plenums are not conditioned spaces and duct insulation is
required.
Ductwork insulated inside and factory insulated ducts need not be insulated
on the outside.
Insulation for exposed rectangular ducts shall be fiberglass board. Insulation
for other ducts shall be fiberglass duct wrap.
Ducts for outside air intakes or ducts exposed to the weather shall have 2 in.
thick insulation.
Installation
a. Fiberglass board: Secure board insulation tightly and smoothly with not less
than 50 per cent coverage of bonding adhesive. After application of
adhesive, secure the insulation tightly and smoothly with speed washers and
welded pins. Space pins not over 18 inches apart each way, not over 3
inches from edges of insulation joints, and capable of supporting a load of20
pounds per pin. Apply insulation with all joints, in close mechanical contact
and all open joints, breaks, punctures and voids filled with vapor barier
coating. Where pins are welded to ducts, use a welding procedure which
will not distort the duct, will not bum tluough, or will not mar the interior
frnish of the duct, but will develop the full shength of the pin. Provide pin
sizes and diameters as recommended by the manufacturer for the type and
thickness of the insulation specified. Joints in jacket shall be taped with 4 in.
wide FSK tape.
b. Fiberglass duct wrap: Secure duct wrap tightly and smoothly with a bonding
adhesive applied in 6 in. transverse strips on 12 in. centers. When the long
side of the duct or the duct diameter is 24 inches or more, secure insulation
also with speed washers and pins as specified for board insulation. Pins
shall be spaced not more than 13 inches apart each way. Do not permit
sagging of the insulation and provide sufficient bonding adhesive or
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Documents
15 OCTOBER 2001
HLM 980071-04 15250-16
I
I sEcrroN ls2so TNSULATT,N
I ff:i*t
to prevent this. Joints in jacket shall be taped with 4 in. wide FSK
I
c. All cuts and tears shall be sealed with strips of 4 in. wide FSK tape.
I
ENDOFSECTTON
I
I
I
I
I':j
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
l=- HLM,80071-04 ,ATLVALLE.MEDI,ALCENTER rs2s0-r7
Construction Documen s
I5 OCTOBER 2OO1